EHY223 HYSYS Dynamics Introduction To Dynamic Modeling

~aspentech
EHY223
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics:
Introduction to Dynamic
Modeling
AspenTech Customer Education

Training Manual: Workbook
Course Number EHY223.088.01
~
~
'----~-_,
Copyright© 2015 by Aspen Technology, Inc. 20 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts
01730, USA. All rights reserved. This document may not be reproduced or distributed in
whole or part in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Aspen
Technology, Inc.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice, and Aspen
Technology assumes no responsibility for any typographical or other errors that may
appear.
Aspen Technology may provide information regarding possible future product

developments including new products, product features, product interfaces, integration,
design, architecture, etc. that may be represented as "product roadmaps." Any such
information is for discussion purposes only and does not constitute a commitment by
Aspen Technology to do or deliver anything in these product roadmaps or otherwise. Any
such commitment must be explicitly set forth in a written contract between the customer
and Aspen Technology, executed by an authorized officer of each company.
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Contents
Contents
Lessons
Introduction 1- 1
Transitioning from Steady State to Dynamics 2- 1
Transitioning from Steady State to Dynamics Workshop 2 - 16
Controllers and Strip Charts 3-1
Controllers and Strip Charts Workshop 3 - 12
Dynamic Details 4-1
Dynamic Details Workshop 4-9

Expanding the Model 5-1
Expanding the Model Workshop 5-6
Compressor Curves and Surge Control 6-1
Compressor Curves and Surge Control Workshop 6-6
Dynamic Column Modeling 7-1
Dynamic Column Modeling Workshop 7-8
Column Pressure Relief 8-1
Column Pressure Relief Workshop 8-5
The Event Scheduler and Cause & Effect Matrix 9-1
The Event Scheduler and Cause & Effect Matrix Workshop 9-7
Activated Dynamic Compressor Surge 10- 1
Activated Compressor Dynamics Workshop 10-6
Dynamic User Variables and Aspen Simulation Workbook 11 - 1
Dynamic User Variables and Aspen Simulation Workbook Workshop 11 - 6
Pipeline Hydraulics 12 - 1
Pipeline Hydraulics Workshop 12 - 17
Appendices
Appendix A: Pressure Flow Theory 13 - 1
Appendix B: Basic Control Theory 14 - 1
I
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. Aspen Technology, Inc.
~&~ [E~:~V-~ fill\lf{li!!iil ~~~fl 11111111 ~ ~ ~
·-
~~~!I§§ ~nm a
II
fJ'}'':'j
Standard Curriculum
--
Engineering - Refining, Oil and Gas Industry
Process Modeling Heat Transfer/ Basic Cost Analysis

Hydraulics
Ener! Engineering
!:l 2 EEE102
~
' ' ' End User Basics ProCess Economic
- ~ ~ I
Analyzer (APEA)
C
0
,c1\~-~ <'--.;:,.,~~·! ii
EEE103
11 I"
~
"C
.. EHY121 -- - -- -
In Plant Cost
C ii Estimator (AIPCE)
:,
0 - - -- EEE1011
u. Aspen Capital Cost
ii Estimator (ACCE)
' - -
' ii mill
Advanced ACCE
'
---- ---
EHY2102 f---- ~~-_".f:~']' Ul

,,' ~.,,-'"'- - ~ :;:;-1 l ~,~, ~
Petroleum· Project and Admin.
Refinin·g I" ~J (I IJ ~ ,1
Configuration simUlatiofl WOrkbook
\, I J ~ L' ' I \
'lii"" - " . ---- -,-~
=s EHY2351 Energy Analyzer
Aspen HYS'l'S EAU2831 Economic Evaluation
."'
E Upstreaffl-, Utilities Planner
.Sl
C 2
EHX2911
Energy Analyzer
FJfi:'c'" _ i~r,~(,,1
' ,_,,,.__--,"',]ii-'
~,;,-;-"' ~o\ ~ '
i·~:Wii:J ',J '~:.'...J:iJ_~
ENG-REFINEMAP051116-S
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Introduction
I
I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics:
Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
EHY223.088.01
I
I Disclaimer
Aspen Technology may provide information regarding possible

future product developments including new products, product
features, product interfaces, integration, design, architecture,
etc. that may be represented as "product roadmaps." Any
such information is for discussion purposes only and does not
constitute a commitment by Aspen Technology to do or deliver
anything in these product road maps or otherwise. Any such
commitment must be explicitly set forth in a written contract
between the customer and Aspen Technology, executed by an
authorized officer of each company.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I-I Aspen Technology, Inc.

Instructor Introduction
Name
AspenTech Experience
Educational Background
Industry Experience
Other
Student Introductions
Name, company, and position

Process simulation experience
Expectations for the course
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 1- 2 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Introduction
Course Objectives
At the end of this course you will be able to:
ll Develop the skills and techniques required for creating and

running dynamic simulations
Build dynamic models of vessel relief scenarios,
I compressor surge control, distillation column control, and

pipeline hydraulics
Apply the best practices for transitioning from steady-state
to dynamic modeling and discover shortcuts for efficient
use of HYSYS Dynamics
I
g ~aspentech ,, lOI5 l\spcnT.,..;hn<>l<><IY, Inc A-Ur/ghts,.,.......,.,d I ., ,'i~NE
I Course Agenda - Day 1
~
1. Transitioning from Steady State to Dynamics
[I 2. Controllers and Strip Charts
3. Dynamic Details
i!f I
Ii 4. Expanding the Model
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Resenred. l •3 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Course Agenda - Day 2

L-·----------------·---------·--1
5. Compressor Surge Control in Dynamic Mode
6. Dynamic Column Modeling
7. Column Pressure Relief
8. The Event Scheduler and Cause & Effect Matrix
@aspent~ch ©2015AspenT<:<:hn"ffl!,V,lnc"'llrlghure""'1JCd I 7 ai§}NE
L. Course Agenda - Day 3
9. Dynamic Compressor Surge Analysis in Steady State

10. Dynamic User Variables and Aspen Simulation Workbook
11. Pipeline Hydraulics
~aspentech ©2015 ...spenT<,,:l,nclog.v,Inc.Allngh!oar~ [ E) i§NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 1-4 Aspen Technology, Inc.
Additional Topics
I Appendix A: Pressure Flow Theory
I Appendix B: Basic Control Theory
I
I
I
I @aspen tech Cl 201':i Asj>en Tedu,olar,rv. In,:. All rlglltsr<"'""'"" I 9 ·BN E
I Course Schedule
I Morning Session
- 8:30 am to 12:00 pm
I - Coffee break mid-morning
Lunch Break
I - 12:00 pm to 1:00 pm
Afternoon Session
- 1:00 pm to 4:30 pm
I - Coffee break mid-afternoon
I
<!Jaspentech ({12015.AspeflT""lmol,>ov fnc Allrlghlsreserv>•d I 10 •§NE
©2015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. l-5 Aspen Technology, Inc.
·.---..c-1
Class Structure
"Hands-on" learning philosophy

Brief introduction to each module, with demos as required
Learning is achieved primarily by doing workshops and
asking questions as problems are encountered, rather than
via lecture
Tell me and I forget,
Show me and I may remember,
Involve me and I understand.
Once each simulation model has been completed, attempt
to answer the challenge questions posed at the end of the
module
Discussions and requests for demonstrations are welcome
at any time
Virtual Logistics
Begin at 8:30 am CT, conclude by 4:30 pm CT

One hour lunch break around 11 :30 am CT
15 minute mid-morning & mid-afternoon breaks
Lab environment contents
- Aspen HYSYS
MS Office applications
Course Materials
Win-zip application
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 1- 6 Aspen Tecimology, Inc.

Virtual Etiquette
Please let the instructor know if there are any issues with
the course environment
Live Meeting tools:
Questions/Raise hand
Feedback status
Chat
Course slides
Polling questions
State your name when you speak
Please mute/turn off cell phones and PDAs
Be prepared to be called upon!
If you plan to leave the course for a moment, please
inform the instructor - the material builds upon itself!
I ~Jaspentech ©2015A5p~llle<:h/'lol1>gy,lllC A.lleoghi5reseNed I 13 ,¥,3NE
I E-Learning in Aspen HYSYS

Empowering Users to Learn Faster
E-learning
i l!i. ~
'. _";! I( 7ff~t~·'. j
11113Sear(h Results '·'"""'"""'"'·
:It :a::~ ::J:: 0
i: Id !)o<i,... W ,,-,
~ }-k-~•" .,~,,
:@·.
:
l!.:~ z~;~:. .
.~. ·.;·.~·:1.:~\- . : ''"'"b"""'· ,,i.•• fmo
u,,m,"1
~.'f!J!i#-. •. ~~~::t;::~;~i~p!,::·!~~=~• ~hoo,.
,1
#;:«;, .. ,,.,,
Jll1,~,0,aJ,1J'
ir,.oaosn .. (001
.lf~:~_s,: ~!:=::,:°.:~'.:'.::::-:™
1-IDnll-'™)''''
(!Jaspentech ~ }015AspenTechm,loyy rnc:.Allro~lrtsmse,v,>d ! H ·r9NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 1- 7 Aspen Technology, Inc.
E-Learning in Aspen HYSYS

Learning Content Organized in Groups
. . . ,. -~ ,:,.-, . ~r,"
,~~~;;, ·~~::.,!:,W:::™"""~~·~~:,ur:~_>-(._
-'•;:";_,.c:';C"'."J,- c•: :·:
t;~,~~t;
0
,
i$ -·
"~',_.......,__..,... __"':""" ,...,,,..,
~~ "'-'" ·-· = Ji
',,,.,"~'"'"""'·
~
!Acid G;;(j.;~ing ..... :·;

] Md~ional Dj,-ru,mic, £.<am~•• r,,:
iAssay Managemonl i
j Coium~,, : ',i
i Cornpr•••or,;
i Di,-,i,mi" ~nd ?roce,s c~~\r.,\
i r .~
'
''
Dynamk• for ,,,.._,.uro Change!
1Ecor>0micA!'.!ty," r·.1·1
:foor,;1).naly<i,
I Ga< P,oc.,.,ing
''
j :ff '
j lnt,oduc,ion to H"YSYS O,.l""'"i"
'N~ur;il Ga, D~hydl'3tion
''I
i Cp,,ration~ Support ::..-1·'I
i ?Spa lino Hydra~l'Ci
1Pressuro R~lief
I P.rwsJ _M_Qde(iQ.,_>n,H'l'_lYL .. .·!
I
®c1$pentech ©20l5ASpenTechnafogy,{ne::.Allrlghl5r"""""'d I 1S ®NE
E-learning in Aspen HYSYS

Discover Related T epics
-,~,-
,._ 1'·
t "" El ....!Ii.. .
~-
~
...~ "'""" --~·"'" - ·- '""' -~-

Iii ;,-J .r ,H~ l<f'
,.,.,.,.,.,
, ~
""'~.:., "':. ,""""'.
'"....,L.
:'r.'i"III#><,
,.,_...,
"''·•=,,,.
lit.'-',,,~,
,.,,,.,,.,.,, ..
._ .
.....~..,,.,., _...,,., __
,,,. ,-,..,,,.,.,
'""""'"""•-,,,~,.,_,--~~·"~'''<»''-"'''"'
-··--~-_,......_,.....,_,_.,...,.,.....,
'""""""""''''"ud¾""f........... ,
...
--4'-
.
·-"'=~,,
.....r,.,.,_,,.,,,c_,...,....,,,'"'"'..,
' ,. . """"'""'"""....
s...,,,,.,,, ""'''",..,,.""""'~"""'~"~-......
,to, . . . . ., , , , . ,. .
..,_,..,...,,.k>a,><;o<,o<•=-;,•..,
,.,,_,,.,,,,,..,,,,,._._,~""'"'"'"'"""'""''"""'"""'""''""'""""""'-
...
@aspentech ©llll5As1>enT'"'hmilt>9y,ln<:.Alir19htsr~ I 16, ~NE

aspenONE Exchange
I aspenONE Exchange brings together equipment selection

tools, examples, training, product updates, and more
1· [,. ,<, .• , ••~I
_,,.,....."""'"' . < f:.lc.
• 1!111111
i,
.. "' s·~ ;a ""'Iii """''

'"' "''·"'1' "'"""· ""'''"'""""" """'" .,_,..,,.,. ~" """' ""'~"~'""
.J
I '.... L'!..:,..
'
se~,ct, Rc,ulli
SULZER
-~-
, ,. , ~, ,TI-
,..,.,,,....,,11o"''""°""""''°"""'"'"'"''""'"f~'-''"'"'"'o
''°°'"' ooo, ""~ or,h ,.,ro""""'' "'''"' ,.., ""~ """" ,.;,-"""'""'°'
~N~,C Opt<"""J ( 0 - 1 .. d '""""""' ,,,,... '"' ..
""'"'~""'"*''l"'-"'""°""'"''J"'""'·'"""s,~,,,,,oo•«N••"'"'""·
i WhaUl..,,.,,.,.lt.,~Simui.u...-1"•Ci"'
,....,,o,..ut.t.:,wo,u,ootJO... ,mo.,.1>v1h<,,"o<rt•"'"""""''" ..,,;,..,
• !O<:l,tt""'o,J'" or.;,.- !O ""1"f.,,od,l<"' n<O•fl111~ o<ot,.N,~hJh! -
i,.d""'""'"...,.'""d""'°'""t"'"''Fl'.afritev"''",IJlo.,_c,,~,.,l>o..
I " ""' ... .,.,... ,o ,. - - · """'" ""~ ~ .... ~i ''fl""'""' J>t«.., ,GCJSI')
lln!le a,~"" <l.'~'l'"<riont {or 1~, <urr,nf !J#O•<O

,.,,,//<.
... ............... .
I
,
l·./0"''"""'
@aspentech ,i\l 2015 A~penTr.chnolo,;1v, tnr• .O.llr,~l>l3-r-,ved J 17 i>gN E
I aspenONE Exchange
I
I -~1.,.'.,-;,~.. ,_. .
Easy access to feature and product information to get you
up to speed and productive quickly
,; I •
/ OO(o
!!,§.:-:'.'.!.". !
~-,,,.O<lolf
,tkl->·Aljl!<lfl'lmWS·•~
J. ,! ~' '~,;;,; !
~-----q"-
........),··"-''-' ~-.=•-
if) ~..";,"-"-""'
I
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I-9 Aspen Technology, Inc.
aspenONE Exchange
SILl!ili --
s....,,,,,,,d,,...,.,,, ..~,.,
·~,,,d,,,~,
,.,.... ,.,,~~
""""'"''""·"'"""''''"
. ._. . . l',_""'"
ffl... ;:.~·;.~'.';';·,::.::::.:~·.~.~
A.. •
"''"""'c"'"'~"""'
"''°"~''"""'"'·"'""''... --..~-·".
_,,,._,
........... ~.--....
.... r-
"'"""""""'"""''oP""'""
~.. . .
,.,.,,~,.,...,;.,,,,,.,.,,.,w.,
I
'"'""''""""',,-'""'"'"""'
••• ,.,~ "'~_.,,...,,.,,,,u,.o,...,d,.,., ........ '"'-'"'""""'"'"tuu~,,,,., .. ,,,,,.,.•car, ~.,.••,,.,.,._, "'''""'"""''""ff"""""''
,,...... ,,,,_.,,.. '"""'""' "'' =~~-,,...,....,.
l"lolR .. <~tn .. ~«I> .... """"'°"'''"'""
o,,,,.t<m<:<;<0.rt,<>,>,nl«O•~'"'""P"·
'""""''"''""''"'""""'"'"''""'""'"'""
""'"""'"""'"" "'""'" "''"
'""" w,~" ' ,,~,.., ,..., '"' """" """'~' •• ""''"'''"'"'"'"""'"'Mt""'""'"""""'
""'~'"""'"" '"''""""ri' "" "",.,.,
... ·- ""'"'"''"'"""''"'""'""'"'d"""·"""''"""•
.,,....,or.,,,,..,..,'""
,,. ,..,,,,..ia .,.,,,u,m '"""""" "'"
""''"'"'"""'""''"'~•·="'"·"-'"
_,._.._. .....
COT<_,..,...,..,_......,..
,,a '"'""''"°..,"'"'""'"' ...........,... .................
'"""''""""""''h,,....
.,..
l
- i ....... ....
. " " ' ' " ' " " " " " " " ' ~<>(I'.,,.
OO•"'"'"""''I~"''""''"~'"'
"'''"''~""'"""'"""""'·
'''"""'""'""''"'""'"""""''"'"I""""
"'l¥'""°"M"''"'",En"'"'''''''''""''''"
...... ...~.
"'""'~''"""""'"'""""'"""
,.., ,~. ,, """''
"'~''"'""""'!'"''"""-"
'""'. '"~"' ., ,.,,""'""
~:::"" '"'"''"'"" .... """''"'"'"""" '"' ..,.
•••'"'"'''"''~"'""'"I"'"'"'"'"'·"°'"' , ·-· "'~"""-"'"'"'"
,..,. ,rl~-·-"'. . "'
"'"""'"'''-""'"''""'"'"''"'''"""·
,.,,,,,,, .....
Find all the new content in aspenONE

Exchange from the File menu in the Exchange
Featured Page
~aspentech 1g2015Aspe,0Techn<>logy,Jnc.Allr1ght"re-SeNt!d I 19 §NE
aspenONE
aspenONE is a unified web and mobile environment for:

Searching, sharing, viewing, interacting, collaborating with:
Aspen Plus & Aspen HYSYS Models
Real Time / Historical Production performance data
Plans and schedules
Accessible anytime, anywhere - with no installation or
training
:~~~-"~~~;~
;:!;~)::;: J
j
,J
. :'
For more information please refer to KB; 136954
~aspentech ©lOlSAsp.-.nT<:dllwll)Q.y; fnc.Allr,ght<;.r~ I 20 @NE
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I • 10 Aspen Technology, Inc.
I
aspenONE Drive
I Introduced in
,--·a:,,. ..... ""'"''"
VS.8 -- aspenONE Drive on Premises

I Allows model
authors to
.,~,oONE o,,..,,, '"'"'' "POl~MJ on"'"' to,npoo)'< ,..,.0,1:,.~.,, y~u , .. "" .lod
>r~<> y,;;ur mod•l1 Md ""'d•I• ~ ,oU .. l)Ul.s <h,ntd woh ,·ou. wri,n )""" ,..,,. rnotiol,
<h'1 ... u<,r, "<We"' ,m.,; frornlho 'Y'""' '""""""'9a l11tlno llle n,aO<i ooyau,
il~,~• ,oo ""
upload and atp<nCNO l>m~. illoml ""'~<I< .:.,ob, ""'<n<O!o, anJ oo~olo,,de<i rn ""f
~•n., oo lli< ,.,b
I access their
models and
those shared
by other
users from
any device on
-~-
,....i,;_,. [J i:
the company ··:·~~-'
I network
I ~)aspentech ci:;/Ol5A~peoTahnology,ln,:.Allrrght,n.. S<,Nt!d 1 21 ,§NE
I AspenTech Contact Information
I Web: http://support.aspentech.com
http: //training. aspen tech .com
Email: aes.support@aspentech.com
training. registration@aspentech.com
Phone: Regional and in-country toll-free numbers at
http: II sup po rt.aspentech. com/ contacts
Technical Support Hotline

Training
NALA EMEA APAC
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I - 11 Aspen Technology, Inc.

·------------.~-..~.=-----
~-:i [~~~-~I llI~ c::::-,1 :_,.,cs·.. ./ G ,.,,; \,,.,;i)~,~·,J liiM §·11 ~~ ~1
b"""'' ~ ........ •
- -
• 1j Complete the Course Evaluation-thank you!
You will receive an email with a link to the course evaluation,

or you can fill out a hard copy provided by your Instructor.
;(!)aspentech AspenTech Course Evaluation
Course Tide: E.l>-.P1 01 - Aspen Plus. Process Modeilng Name:

~ Complete the evaluation
Dates: 11-Mar-2013 - 13-Mar-2013 lnsm.1dor:
Location: ASPEl~TECH-FRANKFURT. GERMANY to download your

lease, /el us know y,)ur feedback on this tra1mng e.xperierce by ~ming our perfITTmanu; in lhEo areas r~uest.ld beiow J certificate!
1. Course Content
Seqwmce of course c:onrnnt and topics co·,ered 1Se1e·c.t One-·-· .. ·: · ·__ ~
Ccrra;c1 level of d1m1il co·:ered for topics prese11ted LSelecl· One _____ ,___ ,_, __ :-:'j
Effecti·,e mix ol lecrnres and worksrtops !Selecton~~----vi

L.;w;i Df difficulty of work.shop problems !Select One'_,,,,_,_,_ v!
Ch1rity Qf course pre-requisites and objectives pnor to at\ending course _,lSe>lectOne,, ___ , -·., (;j
Please list any actdi!Jonai top1ts that 5hould have bee,n w,ered. cir that should ha'1e been covered in great,cr delail
. . -·-·-· " -··-· ,_,.,_ -·-·--. ·- - . - - - - ----
~aspentech © 2016 Aspen Technology, Inc. Allrighl:$ r-eserved J 1 d~N E.

\.
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Transitioning from Steady State to Dynamics
Transitioning from
Steady State to Dynamics
;
I
I Lesson Objectives
Provide a theoretical overview of the Aspen HYSYS

Dynamics Pressure/Flow Solver
Define dynamic pressure/flow specifications and equipment
sizing data
Review the solving strategy and degrees of freedom
analysis of HYSYS Dynamics
Utilize the Dynamics Assistant to check the preparedness of
a simulation for dynamic calculations
f~)aspentech ,<1 ?.015 Aspen rei:hnol011\I, Inc.. AllrrghlSre,..,....cd I 2 •§NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 2- I Aspen Technology, Inc.
Pressure-Flow Solver (1)
The Dynamic Solver in Aspen HYSYS is not the same as the

Steady State solver
The Dynamic Solver considers the Flowsheet as a Bqundary
Value Problem -
If pressure or flow specs are made on all the boundary
streams (i.e. feed(s) & product(s)) then P/F Solver will be
able to solve all internal pressures and flows simultaneously
- Dynamic calculations are not seqµent_ial as in steady state
HYSYS -· --
Three Key Concepts:

- Pressure/Flow Specs at the boundary streams
- Resistance Equation Operations 7 Calculate a Pressure Drop
- Pressure Node Operations 7 Calculate a Pressure
Pressure-Flow Solver (2)
Resistance Equation
P Spec
F = f(AP)
Resistance Equation
P Spec Pressure Node

dP/dt = f (V, T, F)
F=f(AP)
P Spec
F = f(AP)

Solution Procedure (1)
Solve Pressure/Flow Equations - Every Time Step

for the whole flowsheet
- Resistance Equations (LIP/Flow)
- Pressure Nodes (P, V, T)
- Material Balances (with Accumulation)
Control and Logical Operations

Energy Calculations
Solve Compositions/Flash calculations
Frequency of dynamic calculations can by
configured within Integrator - Less Often
(Configurable)
I
I Solution Procedure (2)
I Distributed system: Thermal and component gradients in

3D (x, y, z) are taken into account with time
I - Requires partial differential equations in the x, y, z, and t

domain
- Typically these problems are solved via CFD ·
Lumped system: x, y, z gradients are ignored and all the
physical properties are considered to be equal in space
- Represented by a set of ordinary differential equations (ODE's)
The lumped method saves calculation time and provides a
solution reasonably close to the distributed model solution
Aspen HYSYS can also consider static head contributions in
pressure calculations (dP/dz gradient considered in vessels)
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 2-3 Aspen Tecimology, Inc.

\
· 1 Setup of Dynamic Model (1)
In Dynamics, a process simulation requires additional

specifications in order to calculate
- Dynamic P/F Specs on boundary streams
- Pressure Node equations in locations where allowance is made
for accumulation (holdup)
- Resistance (or Conductance) equations in locations with some
sort of pressure drop or increase
Setup of Dynamic Model (2)

-- - - - - - - - -------,
Equipment sizing is a very important step in dynamic

modeling
- Review all unit operations to ensure they are ready for dynamic
calculation
Remember to pay attention to the pressure drop across the
plant
., NO PRESSURE DROP = NO FLOW
., POSITIVE PRESSURE GRADIENT = NEGATIVE FLOW
Think about your model as a real operating plant
®aspentech ©20E/kapenT<.>.::hnology,IDc.Aflngltblr"~ I 8 ®NE

Dynamic Pressure/Flow Specifications
Start by adding a dynamic pressure/flow specification on each

boundary stream
- Boundary streams are defined as flowsheet inlets or outlets
Dynamic P/F Spec values are based on current steady state
results
I
..
- Specs can be modified if active
Only activate pressure or flow - not both!
I:···
Ji
®aspentech i<J2015Asper,Te,:;fmc,fngy luc 111r~111hl~r,,,..,...,.,d / 9 ®NE
Pressure Node Operations
All unit operations with significant holdup volumes are

pressure nodes in a Dynamic simulation
- Separators and Tanks
- Column tray sections
Pressure node operations allow for the accumulation of
material in the operation
The Pressure-Flow relationship can be defined as:
dP
dt=f(V,F,T)
@aspentech «. 201s "-wen fe.:hr1ol00Jv, lnc.Allnghts,.,.serve.d I 10 •!:!)NE

\.
Pressure Nodes - Principle (1)
A vessel has a fixed geometry (volume), Vapor

i.e., dV/dt = 0
For a fixed volume, a pressure node Feed Fixed
Volume
is calculated as a function of:
- Vessel Temperature
- Vessel Holdup Llqt1ici
In Dynamic mode, the rate of change in pressure is
related to the rate of change of temperature
(enthalpy) and the rate of change of material holdup
(level)
dP
dt = f(V, F, T)
Where: V = Fixed Volume

F= Flow
T = Temperature
Pressure Nodes - Principle (2)
A Volumetric flow balance can be expressed as:

(Volume change due to pressure change) +
(Volume change due to flow change) +
(Volume change due to temp change) = 0
An example:
Assume
Fixed
Vtipdr Pmduc;t
Flowrate
When Liquid
V-100
Level Increases,
Feed
Fixed then
Jnc:reasa
Flowrc1:te
Volume
"" Vessel Pressure
Increases
Assume
Liquid Product Fixed
Flowrate
@)aspentech © :l015Jl.;;peo re.:hr1ulo0v, :inc.Allr,ohl::,i~rv.-.d [ 12 J,BN E

I
I.
.
Resistance (or Conductance) Equations
~
~
The P-F relationship for these unit operations can be
defined as:
Flow=k.Jp!1P
- The conductance ( "k" term) is determined from the steady
state flow, density and pressure drop
- Unit operations that use resistance equations include:
Heaters and Coolers
I Heat Exchangers
PFRs
Pumps and Compressors
Column tray sections
I
I
I Resistance Equations - Valves
For valves, Aspen HYSYS uses the turbulent flow equation

for the P-F relationship:
Flow = C, fj;p
Note: Cv proportionality constant incorporates the Cv of the valve
and its opening%
Separat.,r
I~
@aspentech ,,..io1sl\.spenT<:<.hr1olo0y,In<:.Allrnild..sre.""""'-d l 14 .JS~NE

\
Equipment Sizing Inputs
Typically found on a unit operation Rating or Dynamics tab

Valve sizing
Valve type
Normal valve opening position
Pressure drop across valve (from steady state)
Current flow rate
Sizing the Separator
Sizing the Heat Exchanger
Sizing the Heater/Cooler
Aspen HYSYS equipment sizing routines can be used,
defaults accepted, or values can be provided by the user
Dynamic Inputs for Unit Operations

Dynamics Spec1ficat1ons
Use this table as Boundary

Streams
Insert a vall"e an ell tJ,cundary streams [feed/llfoduct streams) W1lh1n the
Flowsheel 1hat are not conneaed to conducta11Ce dE!'liees ~.e .. heat
a guide for e~changers, coolers_ heaters)
Pressure Place a pressure specincat1on on all boundary streams (fe.edlpmduct
transitioning unit Specification$ streams) wi!hin the Flowshee\.
operations to Oi!tltlatlon
Columns
Distillation columns with condensers requlr~ an e~tra specmcation around
the condenser. Make a flow specifrcation for the reffu)( flow.
dynamics V11lves Use the 'pressure/flow relalionship' as Iha dynamic specification far a
,.,]Ire_
Kv11]u9 Use the ·!l'le,all K value' as the dynamic specification for coolers, heaters_
and heal exchangers and LNG exchangers.
Pressure Be sure to account for pressure gradients throughout the Flowshaet.

gradients Moreover, be sure to specify reasonable pressure drop,;(rises in the
Flows heel Pressure d1ffarenfols are the drr.ing force for flow through the
process Flowsheet
Tray Sizing Use the tray sizing utility to estimate lhe column geomelr>/ and pressure
profile.
Mixe'9 Use Lfm Equalize All oplion as the pressure specrfication for mixers.
ec''-'-'~----+ Remove Use Splits as D\mamic Flow Specs on tees_

Rotating Use Efficiency and eiH1er Head or Prijssure Rise as dynamic
Equipment si;e,ciiications for rotating Equipment Com~es5or and Pump Curves
,wa1iable. make excellent dym1mic spi.cificalions
Hold.ups Be sure lo properly size equipment with hold ups

Dynamic specifications can only bemQdlfied when the Integrator Is stopped. Once the
integrolor is staned the value of lhe dynamic specification can be chenged (ils value
appears in blue), bul the choice of dynamic 9fJ8,Cifkatlon cannot be changed.
©2015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. 2-8 Aspen Technology, Inc.
Solving Strategy (1)
The system is described in terms of nodes, resistances and

conductance's
Flow rates are related to the change in pressure at nodes,
the resistance across valves and the conductance through
process equipment
The result: significant coupling between the P-F equations
that describe the process flow sheet
Solving for flows and pressures requires the simultaneous
I solution of a set of linear and non-linear equations
I
I
I Solving Strategy (2)
HYSYS Dynamics uses a simultaneous equation solver

- Unlike HYSYS in steady state, which uses a sequential solver
Degrees of Freedom analysis is performed to determine if
proper amount of inputs are in place
Although Degrees of Freedom analysis is important, it may
not catch inconsistent specifications
- A dynamic spec may satisfy the DOF, but it could lead to an
inconsistent solution
@aspentech cc) ;!OH Aspe[l le;:hrro!O!ly, Inc.All'1ghbiceS<!rve.d I 11) isii:)N E

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Transitioning from Steady State to Oynamics
Degrees of Freedom Analysis
7 variables will define the system

- P, F of Feed 1, Productl, and Product2 (6)
- Separator Pressure (1)
P, F
4 equations define the flowsheet
Vairor Producr1
VLV-101
- Turbulent Flow Equation:
• F,. = kJP,. -P, (3)
0 ;,, P, F
""'---l><l---+--1 Sep.arator
- Separator Feeci1 VLV- lOO. 1
p
dP (1)
dt = f(V, F, T)
P, F
DOF: 7 - 4 =3 Liquid
YLV-102
Prod1Jct2
- Specification of 3 variables
completely defines this system
Available Dynamic Specifications
A variety of specifications can be made:

- Pressure sfecification
on materia streams P, F-?
- Flow specification on Vapor
VLV-101
Product1
material streams
- Fixed pressure drop P1 F ~?
across equipment Feed1 1
Separator
- Pressure/Flow equation YLV-!00 p.7

calculation (for valves)
Conductance calculatior P, F ~?
(for process equipment:
Liquid Product2
VLV-102
@aspentecl1 ©Wl5J\..~penTed111ologv,fnc.ALlnohl:sr.,,.,,nie<1 I 10 4i0NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 2 - 10 Aspen Technology, Inc.
I
~
l!~
Inconsistent Solution
I P/F specs are used to solve the flash via DOF analysis
I - Previous DOF analysis "7 3 specifics required

Possible Solution:
- Specify Feed(P), Stream 1 (PJ, and VLV-100 (1:,P)
I • P1, PFeed, and c,,.P are related by the equation P1 - PFeed
Inconsistent solution!
- aP =0
Vapor VLV-10 I Product!
I Flowsheet under-specified
- One specification is redundant
Feed\
p
Delta P
l/l.V-100
1
p
SepJrnror
I Liquid VLV-10::1 Flruduct2
I
I Acceptable Solution
~
Pressure specifications made on all boundary streams
u
[ Consistent solution
- Vessel pressure calculated by holdup equation
- Stream pressures calculated by resistance equations
11J I p
Vapor Product1
VLV-101
fl
k
~
I
,_J
p
Feedl V1..V-IOO 1
Sep::irator
p
lrquid VLV-10 2 Product2

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Transitioning frOm Steady State to Dynamics
Guidelines/Rules of Thumb
One P/F specification should be made on each process

boundary stream (feeds/products)
Make pressure specifications on boundary streams attached
to process equipment that use resistance to flow/
conductance relationships
- Analogy: feeds come from large storage tanks and products go
to large storage tanks; large tanks fix the feed and product
pressures
Aspen HYSYS will use the equipment conductance or Cv
value combined with the pressures of the inlet and outlet
streams to determine a flow rate through the equipment
Internal flow rates will be calculated by pressure gradients
(resistance to flow/Conductance equations) throughout the
flowsheet
Dynamics Assistant (1)

_ _ _ _.:, ____ _
Dynamics Assistant is a tool that assists with ensuring the

proper dynamic specifications are in place
- Recommends a reasonable set of specs
- Recommendations ensure case is not over specified
The Assistant can also size any unit operations that do not
have sizing info ,, , , , , ,;;.;;:.;,;:,.,,imi - ·-
You do not have to make all ii·~.,::ir,;i~-~'L;;.;:;~-;;:;~.-1¥~~~~-r~.:~i;,;;:.;f-:---..
lI-i "J-W·"-'9""""·"'="11:i·P''"",-"'.,"""""~°"'''"'"~"!!""'"''.._.
'"" ""'""' ,. . _,,.., , ... ""°"'"l '''"" '"' '""'_,_,,~ f
;l
changes listed in Dynamics ·1
Assistant ,,i\ ,'-1"""",,g.,'
,.,,. -·
J,.,,
.
Rev1ew any messages t o j'
: " ............"''"'""'-'''"''""'
.,,.,,.,,..,~.,... ,..,.._,,~.,,.,,,
1
determine if they are required 1· '""~~::;'::::::,:;'.'.~;::;
changes, or merely [i ·~--·- t
suggestions i
11
;, ;:_::
vae,~
); ,"::,;~i). .:if~~;J
11' ,.. ,.. ,,,..... ,. . ,,, "
' ,,it
['i, •
...,,,.,a,,., :,s.,.,,• 'i!
l _ ' ., ... - .. --, . ,-,_-"·-~-- ,____- --~1: 1
-- -----~

Dynamic P/F Specs Color Scheme
You can select various color schemes P\PE-100

for flowsheet streams Alpha AJpha1
- Dynamic P/F Specs scheme sets color
based on pressure/flow specs
- Other schemes available
I
PIPE-101
- You can create your own
Bravo1
Dynamic P/F Specs color scheme is Q-Bravo
extremely useful for visually checking
I which streams have dynamic specs in

place
PIPE-102
Ch;::,,1;;,,~.t,;;;;;;;;;;;~-,c:;;h,:;irll.,,1-
a-Charlie
I
I ~aspentech rc:,:zot'iAspenTet:lmoh,gy,lni::.Allrlyht;;re'°""'ud l 2~ i§NE
I Dynamic Transition Summary
I Make pressure specs on all boundary streams

- Generally do NOT make pressure or flow specifications on
I internal streams
- Pressure specs are generally preferred over flow specs
Add valves to boundary streams attached to separators
Size process equipment (valves, separator, heater, heat
exchanger)
Enable P/F equations on valves/conductance devices
Supply C/s and k's
I SAVE THE CASE BEFORE SWITCHING TO DYNAMICS!
®aspentech @ 2015 l\~pcnT~lulal0gy, foe. Allroohlsro,,1,,..,,.,_d f ;l6 i§N E

Workshop: Transitioning from Steady State to

Dynamics
Starting with the case 01-SteadyStateStarter.hsc, you

will add the necessary sizing information and flowsheet
specifications to begin a dynamic simulation
Q--Cool
PIPE-100
Alpha
"i-- ) I
A!pha1
'~
VLV-100
J
A!pha2 HP ~ ..Hot,Vap
E-100
a-Alpha
PlPE-101
Bravo 8ravo1 VLV- 8ravo2 To Sep HP

101 Sep
MIX-100
Q-Bravo
PIPE-102 I
Charlie
•e;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;JJ-;:;:;;t;;-~>N-c--------
.. Charliel VLV-lOl harhe2 L~
HP LIQ VLV-103 HPLiqt
0-Charlle
Workshop: Transitioning from Steady State to

Dynamics - Tasks
·~=========================--=---j____
This workshop includes the following tasks:
Task 1 - Equipment Sizing
Task 2 - Define Pressure/Flow Specifications
~aspentech 9lO:l:5J\.>!penTer.hnalogy,Inc.Alln11htir~ I 28 ®NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 2 - 14 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.
E-Learning Resources
:[!:;,_--~i~,::--,~~s, ~~~~~:~:9_iD~i~t::i~,;;;;~,: -~ Introduction to

~ .':'' El !Iii Iii :):::::~ ~::::....... ~: ..
Process Modeling in
,,,;~,.. ,.,... , ,-,_,,,~,~=" A°"~' .......,~"''""'""'' );;:,'':.. ,~:;~,:;_ Aspen HYSYS
>~ IMlW...., Wl/V.,, ~1-- """L
_A""'1,ot_cl"!M•01c~.'"'"'~. -~-;,_f. Getting Started with HYSYS
""'"'""'~'"' Dynamics
-· r:Fli;..rs'-'';:i"
C:.i"!)ory /'. 1
...itu,,,
,,. ,,:,,
.,, , -.
I
• , •.,,..•• · 1
,.,,,,,.,,, A._.,,~...,""'
' U.-U,.
""~ 'li>""""'""'
a,.,,.,,, f1>1h Oj,I,,,,, r>,>~• i,,.,,,11,,,,
:::,:·"- JI , ;~,ci<!ll><m,
i)<U"O'P•o"'""'
~'"""'' .IT.i·a~" ~-,-c•..-i-.;r'':°-.,F'""

•-~ef'-"H t » o
I
11
~

Transitioning from Steady State to Dynamics

Workshop
~aspentech
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics. Introduction to Dynamic Modelling Workshops
Transitioning from Steady State to

Dynamics Workshop
Files can be found in folder: 01_TransitionDynamics
I Objective
Aspen HYSYS has been designed to permit a two-tiered approach to simulation. With
numerous options to supply different levels of equipment design and performance
information, Aspen HYSYS provides modelling capabilities aimed at both process design
and detailed design activity.
I For process design activities, users typically enter basic design information and Aspen
HYSYS estimates reasonable defaults for the detailed equipment information. Typically
these basic design parameters can be found on the Design tab of unit operations. Any
I detailed equipment information estimated by Aspen HYSYS Dynamics is shown in blue,

italicized text. Generally, this detailed information can be found on the Rating and
Dynamics tabs of the unit operation property view.
I In the next few modules, we will focus on design dynamics in order to illustrate the
fundamental concepts underlying the use and configuration of Aspen HYSYS Dynamics.
In later modules, we will expand the design dynamics model by incorporating detailed
I equipment and performance information and explore the detailed rating capabilities that
Aspen HYS YS Dynamics provides.
Description
This module examines the process of changing a steady state simulation into a dynamic
one. The process for doing this is not difficult, but key procedures should be followed to
ensure a smooth transition from steady state HYSYS to HYSYS Dynamics
• Task I - Define Pressure/Flow Specifications

• Task 2 - Equipment Sizing
I • Task 3 - Move to Dynamic Mode

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modelling Workshops
Task 1 - Equipment Sizing

A dynamic model to run and calculate properly, many inputs need to be formatted
differently than they are in steady state. In addition, some items must be added to your
model while others need to be removed. In general the following items require some
attention when transitioning from steady state to dynamics:
l. Add some unit operations as necessary

2. Size your equipment
3. Adjust pressure specs for column models
4. Address/remove logical operations
5. Add control ops
6. Specify dynamic pressure or flow conditions
o Open the file saved at the end of the last workshop. 01-SteadyStateStarter.hsc.
o Save the file as 01-PrepareForDynamic.hsc
Q-Cool
PIPE-100
Alpha Alpha1 VLV-100 Alpha2 HPVap
Q-Alpha
PIPE-101
HP
Sep
Bravo
0-Bravo
PIPE-102
Charlie CtJar1ie1 Char1ie2

VLV-102
HP LIQ VLV-103 HP Liq1
a-Charlie
You will begin by appropriately sizing the unit operations in your steady state model.
Specifically, you will begin with the four valves in the flowsheet.
a Double-click the valve icon VLV-103 on the liquid product of the separator.
a On the Rating tab of the Valve property view, select Universal Gas Sizing as the
Valve Manufacturers option and select Linear as the Valve Operating
Characteristics option.
a Set the Valve Opening (%) in the Sizing Conditions group to 50%. Click the
Size Valve button to complete the sizing.

I-
~'t/1
t':.e:
i
r ;
~
"·
I
t:
I'"" 11 so:~v..i,,." ·--· J d9C{!0

108.D
~;!
; ···-·--·····-·-·-····~·-
I In this instance, the Size Valve calculation detennines that a Cv of 108 USGPM will pass
240,300 kg/hr when the valve is 50% open with a pressure drop of3792 kPa (550 psi).
I CJ Repeat the same sizing procedure for rest of three valves. List the calculated
valve Cv values below:
Valve Calculated Cv
VLV-100
VLV-101
VLV-102
CJ Double-click the HP Sep operation and select the Rating tab.

CJ Enter a Volume of 127.4 m3 ( 4500 ft').
Se_par~tor: HP Se.P
-!t \liartica(
Ori.,nta,icn: 0 Horizcr.tal
q
"""12.7_..
O,ame¥er [mJ l1&l' i
I H;,1ght[m] ?:1~6 j
!H~ad_hfighl [ml_ ....,.,... ~ernp_~P,. i
[:"'J Ignored '
-----~11

Unlike separators, a number of unit operations have equipment volumes that are defaulted
- for example, Heat Exchangers, Heaters, and Coolers. When adding these unit
operations to your flowsheet, make sure that reasonable equipment volwnes are specified.
o Next you will size the E-100 Cooler operation. Double-click the operation and go
to the Dynamics tab.
o Enter a Volume of14.16 m3 (500 ft3).
lie' Cooler. E-100 - " -
.......]!I
.,
11
,!
I'
i
,!
ii
i!
:i
ii
ii,.
The Pipe Segment operations already have lengths and diameters; these sizing inputs are
sufficient for any dynamics calculations. As for the Mixer block, it is required that the
Equalize All pressure specification is made, this is already specified in the starter file.
- -------Just1:emembe1 to use the Equalize All optieifl when t1sing a Mixer ia KYSY-S-1Jyn"'a,111nn<>'""'"s~,- - - - -
the Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet pressure assignment option will not work!
D All operations have been appropriately sized. Save your case.

Task 2 - Define Pressure/Flow Specifications
In Aspen HYSYS Dynamics, the simultaneous solution of the pressure-flow relationships
within the flowsheet requires the user to make a number of dynamic operating
specifications. The possible pressure or flow specifications for a flowsheet include:
• Pressure specification on a material stream

• Flow specification on a material stream
• Fixed pressure drop across equipment
• Resistance calculation (for valves)
• Conductance calculations (for process equipment)
• Pressure/flow holdup equation
©2015 As:penTech. All Rights Reserved. 2- 19 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Pressure/flow stream specifications are made on the Specs page of the Dynamics tab of
IJ any material stream. Dynamic specifications for unit operations are also generally found
on the Dynamics tab of the unit operation property view. The following table contains
some rules that will help guarantee a consistent, properly specified flowsheet every time.
[] Dynamic Spec1f1cat1ons
Boundary Streams Insert a valve on all boundary streams (feed/product streams)
within the Flowsheet that are not connected to conductance
Ll
1.•
I
..
Pressure Specifications
devices (such as heat exchang;rs, coolers,~):-, \C~-W.
Place a pressure_ specification on all boundary streams
-,
'
(feed/product streams) within the Flowsheet.
Distillation Column Distillation columns with condensers require an extra
specification around the condenser. Make a flow specification
for the reflux flow.
Valves Use the pressure/flow relationship as the dynamic
specification for a valve.
Kvalue Use the'overall K value as the dynamic specification for
coolers, heaters, and heat exchangers and LNG exchangers.
u Pressure Gradients Be sure to account for pressure gradients throughout the

Flowsheet and specify reasonable pressure drops/rises in the
Flowsheet. Pressure differentials are the driving force for flow
through the process Flowsheet.
Tray Sizing Use the tray sizing utility to estimate the column geometry and
[] Mixers
pressure profile.
Use the Equalize All option as the pressure specification for
mixers.
Tees Remove Use Splits as Dynamic Flow Specs on tees.
Rotating Equipment Use Efficiency and either Head or Pressure Rise as
(Pumps, Compressors, dynamic specifications for rotating Equipment. Compressor
Expanders) and Pump Curves, if available, make excellent dynamic
specifications.
Hold-ups Be sure to properly size equipment with hold-ups.
Dynamic specifications can only be modified when the Integrator is stopped. Once the
Integrator is started the value of the dynamic specification can be changed (its value
displays in blue}, but the choice of dynamic specification cannot be changed.
Based on the previous table, we can make the following observations:

• The boundary streams are Alpha, Bravo, Charlie, HotVap, and HP Liq!.
• HP Liql is connected to valve VLV-103, so the addition of a valve is not
required.
• HotVap is c0IU1ected to a conductance device,. E-100, so the addition of a valve is
~®ired. - -

• The upstream side has three pipe segments and three valves to control the flows,
so there is no need for any additional information.
All boundary streams in the flowsheet must have a dynamic pressure or flow
specification. The boundary streams are: Alpha, Bravo, Charlie, HotVap, and HPLiql.
Use Dynamic P/F Specs color scheme to identify dynamic specs in streams. This color
scheme can be changed using the drop down menu in the Flowsheet/Modify tab of the
HYSYS ribbon. Using the Dynamic P/F Specs scheme, you can use the following color
coding to ensure that you've properly specified your streams for HYSYS Dynamics:
1. Blue stream= No dynamic specifications

2. Green stream= Dynamic pressure specification
3. Yellow stream= Dynamic flow specification
4. Red stream= Both dynamic pressure and flow specifications
5. Grey stream= Energy stream
-
~·
D
;..i:
~;}
"'"'
Go to Flowsheet/Modify ribbon. Change the color scheme to Dynamic P/F Spec.
After doing this you will see the color of the feed streams is red. That means the streams
have both pressure and flow specs, as mentioned before we need to define only one
dynamic spec.
o Double-chck the Alpha stream arrow and go to tlleDynamics tab. Make-sure--

Pressure Specification is Active. Uncheck the flow spec if is checked.
1;·5~·~~-
"l ! S.tripcha.rt
11 1
j,Iiii
I'I;•.
I·
IH ~) ~1-olar
t
·11:.1! [!
I'
! Ii I·
I
Iti I

f: CJ Activate the dynamic pressure specification for the Bravo, Charlie, HotVap, and
i;i HP Liq 1 material streams as well. At the same time, make sure that the dynamic
f flow specification is NOT active in any of these streams.
Double-click on Alpha2 and go to Dynamics tab. Uncheck any spec. Remember
!'
Cl
I
that when modeling in HYSYS Dynamics we need to make sure that no internal
stream has any dynamic spec.
Note: As a shortcut, instead of going to each stream's Dynamics tab, open each unit
operation and go to the Worksheet I PF Specs tab to view the pressure flow specifications
rlll for each ofthe connected streams.
~
The k variable is the conductance-to~flow constant for unit operations such as Heater,
Cooler, Heat Exchangers, etc. The value of k is calculated based on the current steady
state pressure drop, density, and flow rate through the operation.
o Double-click the E-100 Cooler. On the Dynamics I Specs page, click the
Calculate k button.
Cl After the k value has been calculated, activate the Overall k box and make sure
the Overall Delta P box is deactivated.
CoOler:E-100
::..s,gn] Rabng TW~,lwl~t [ P:_rforma~~ ~ - - - ---
[I Dynanucs Modol D•tail• _ ·"·· . ., 1
i i,i, ~::, !. !'. Suppl,od i;luty Zone$ ,,.,,' I ]

;,;ProductT~mpSpec iVolumo\m3] ~
!-!i ll<ipc~,rt i ,..., Du~, Flu;d
lli . , !,_Duty l<J_,__hl
·- S.4S3~~oo7 ..1 ',
1!1 ................. i
,! i Dynam•c Sp~cafica~on; ··
11 • ro:;;;ilo";it~. PlkP~J -69'.iiii--\j"·F
.11! I isi~~ll_t _[1<_91'l_,'.i~_9~~.~:.~~-"'-,n fj)()4,o,;-O{l.f. i ! P'
I:, C•kulBte k [..•.. Sp«_ 2-?nes. . _J

1:1
Iii
1 L::r~:·--~t~_:.~-]
~----

It is also useful to verify that all other resistance/conductance items (in this case, the four
Valve operations) are using a pressure/flow relationship, rather than a fixed delta P. If
pressure drop is fixed, then there is no relationship between pressure and flow at that
point of the model, making the dynamic calculation very inflexible. So let's take a
moment to ensure that the four Valve operations are set up properly before continuing.
o Double-click VLV-100 and go to the Dynamics I Specs page. Make sure the
Pressure Flow Relation check box is checked and the Total Delta P box is not
checked. Check the box to make it a Check Valve. This helps to prevent
backflow in case of negative pressure gradient.
Va,ve: Vfv~ ,oo-

~6~g~]_ Rat;ng !w3""".-1cs~_:,e_!
\i Oynamk, I ~/"'~' Spec•f,cat,o,s _
fS _- - - "-"· · "·- ········· I
Ii;
j
~~:p ! : l;;~~;;;,1;'.:"°' ------~ -- 5001L ~ --·
i:lctua~or. ! i'. Dynamic Parnm<=ter.. ······•···•·············· •····················
!I,
j ! , ow 'm1tsi : t""
-· ····· ·•··············•·······•····
JJi Stri-pchart I ' IVaive Opening[-%] 50.00 i

jI r ! j lc.ariductance {Cv) [USGPM(60F, lp;i}J 1707 ]
Jl'l i !iMimFlow[kg/h] ?'69Se+005 JI
Ii II i f·-'·ct··-'..' '. D__•_ It~ P. [k..P.a} -· 50G 7
II
il'
1
I t~l Cfieck Valve [Prevent, Backflo:~;-···-----·---·-·- -·-· ' -·
r·
{-:: .•..I ··-··--·--·---..--
. [____ o_ei.,. -· .-·-1--~---·

o Repeat this procedure for the three remaining valves.
o Double click on PIPE-100. Go to Dynamics tab. Keep everything defaults here.

Note that Simple Pipe Friction Model Method is selected by default. It means the
model selected under Design II Parameters page will not be used. If you wanted to
use those correlations you need to choose the second option (Pipe Model
Correlations). You will keep the default choice to keep it simple.
Note: You can always get more information about each specification cell in HYSYS by
simply clicking on Fl, this will display the HELP content. Remember you can also
type any key word at the top of the window in the Search aspenONE Exchange
;t e , 01-l'repareforOynamic.hsc - Aspen HYSVS va .... /¥ 4. 4 14 .4.,ili- M · ·* ,
r.,,o.a'"" v,~., CeOoc,,~¼ '""'"' ~-;;;;;;,;;;;;;.,;;,;:;,;,· .. ; "'''"' I~J'cc,rO•'!"''GMii,,-,,,.,.,
- - , , , - , - - " , . " C,)
p,,
., '
A,<µen °1-iYS'/S. ve_a He!p
_.,.~·---,~,-~. i::i"a.!11(:
.;. :ill. A
f:>c1r;:it11et8rs Pa9e
.'P"''''·1'-·rcs. ½oc,o.,, \/,eM,a,c·.f·"'-' .,- . , U .. o.dy ,·,a _,,re· '"""'ioi o,,;o,vn,,,
J;-,·--k?L,HJ-e.!:",
llll'·"""'"'

.f;. Pipe -Seg_rnertt: _P_IPE;; 1_00
~ ~~~ig_~I~~rkshe~~a~e-}£1~ ~~~.;nc~ Dyna~ics ]__ ____ ._"---"·-

! Dynamics £.arameters ············ ·· ·······--·······
[-t:i~: t~! I
..
1
1 ~; 1
SFlimmp,leMP,ip1',' ,-,-,-ct-,,·,····M··-od·-,·,·· -M--,,-h·-,-,·---- - -- -··-·-·------- --
i St rip.chart j ' -,) Pipe Model Cor~lations
1
1 i rPipe.fricti~n-Mod~I . ~-.. =~-=~.-=-~- ~-~~--~- ~~===·=·=~~~~]
'1 l ] I Hos,, Typ,
i
I ,' D one dp c;,ldpipe-
· 11 '.~ one dp caldsegment
1 Model Holdup Volume fli

Base Elevation of lnlet Relative to Ground 0.0000
111
I ci Save your file.

Task 3 - Move to Dynamic Mode
I Once you have sized all the equipment, made all the dynamic specifications and have
proper pressure profile, the model should be ready for dynamic calculation. Before you
move to dynamic mode, let's check those one more time.
I CJ
CJ
Are all the boundary streams green? _ _ __
Are all the internal streams dark blue? _ _ __
CJ Click on an empty place on the PFD. Press Shift+P to view pressures.
o Does the Mixer have equal pressure for all the associated streams? _ __
o Does the pressure profile look right? _ __
If any of the answers of the above questions is no, fix the problem.
I PIPE-100
a-Cool
'69.98
kPa • 1~2
Q-Alpha
kPa VLV-100
"£481
kPa 6481
kPa
/ 6411
E-100 kPa
"6550
kPa
PIPE-101
Q-Bra\JO
6534
kPa VLV-101
6481
l<Pa
MIX-100
-- 64B1
<Pa
HP
Sep
PIPE-102
""662-0 6603 6481

kPe kPa VLV-102 kPa
6481 VLV-103 ·'26 89
KPa KPa
©2015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. 2- 24 Aspen Technology, Inc.

There is another way to check the readiness. It is called the Dynamics Assistant. The
Assistant performs many tasks that the new user may not be aware of, or familiar with.
The Assistant is capable of suggesting specifications that will produce a workable

simulation; if, however, your simulation will deviate from the "standard," the Assistant
may suggest specifications that are not desired in your simulation.
The Dynamics Assistant will activate when you transition a model from steady state to
dynamics and the assistant finds any problem or have any suggestions. You can also click
the Dynamics Assistant button to bring it up. When using the Dynamics Assistant, make
sure to read any messages carefully. Some messages may denote a required action while
other may be suggestions that you can ignore.
o Go to Dynamics ribbon and click on Dynamic Assistant button.
111111 Home Economics Dynamics View
trfi) 1ntegrator
Oynamlcs I Dynamic'i P.1.m

Mode i Assi5tant
o In this· case the assistant wi11 not find any problem or will not come up with any
suggestion.
ns,......."''"""''"
o Close the Dynamic Assistant window.

o Save the file.
o The file is still in steady state mode. You are about to move to dynamic mode. It
is a good idea to preserve the steady state file. Save the file as 01-Dynamic.hsc

D Click on Dynamic Mode button from Dynamics ribbon and click on Yes to
switch to dynamics.
Economics Viev, Customl,o

- Home
f~Vil !::'Gint,grato,
0
lJ;jl)y!lam,clnili
t];zE,.nts,11,d,
~2~:1~~\'' R.o:,; ! fit S"napshot Ma
Dynoml<'i"11ul"lloc\•.-- ', i ! M~d,lin
----------,·r·-"'---
s1rnu1afmi Aspen HYSYS a.
Allitem, i 1
~~~~ji O Are;ou,ur,youwontto:witchtodynamic,l
i: i:o Stre(
i~Strdi
f:i?iEquj ! jL __.
l.eiMo'J,i_
I 0 The file is in dynamic mode but not running. Click on the Run button.
F#IF Horfu(
I i11l @¥1 Ii: ·bd!~
lf'J\ '
Q
l;j Dynamics !iI! Dynamic~

I CJ
Mode
I. Dynamic Simulation c:,
AgJstant
Press Stop button after a while to stop the solver. Save the file.
I Note: A way to check if a simulation is running in Dynamic mode is to take a look at the
lower left side of the screen, it should say Integrator running or Integrator Stopped
I !.
~:·,i:_ ~:~,_ --,( ; 1·"' ···:ol.coy'riai'nfC.~-~A5i,.;rllf{SY.~S1kl_,.,L,t. --.- ~J.£,8:\_~'
11111:
@B''!.
H;m, CcoMmi<> '; Dynamrcs ;
~la\ego,101
Rea[ltm•
v;~. cu;tomin P."o~«e,, Flow.h,~1Moo~y
r;- ["ii··1. {) •~}11,y""'""1",t;,1,«t10<1
i,;~ r,,.n,~cMedlll<r
Jii}
format
· _,__ _ _________ _
ii.'..~'."~. ~~~,oO~~ UCllonge
'..":/''.on"olM,n,901 Cia"Protll,
tcf.Face Plat" l!j-oc,
;:"cir:if' : _fr~:t'::~' Run :
5t0
P : Rmt , "fit Snaprnot Manag~r ,::;tr1~1 ~S!Jlp Oiarl, ! f~~~~o; j
~ ~un hlodelin~ Oohon, Tc.ols 5umma
lf',l Slrn~btio<l C.p~ol:" USD Utilities: ll5D/Y.,, (Jt i !:nergyS.Vin~s: MW L_o/o) iS)(»
;All)~;':',•.
1-·' ~in~:F:ok
! ; :·:'jiStro,m, PIPE-100
!451ro,n1Analysi,
''.~ Equ1pmen( 0.,ign '69!JB
fjgio --- -..[><J-----·5:;1,·
kPa \/LV-100 kPa
i
Ce/ Madel Analysis
''.;,Dat,Tables
'" Q-Alpha
[ C-~S\rrp Charts
""··--·" PIPE-101
-- -£5i6- ---~N -:··._·.·.·_it\.

:.,i-···---+--···"''"
kPa
:-,:;iJ;;Simalotim>
,!._-Js.fe11Anaty,is
' &ie.-JJf"""*""'
liiJ
I
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Controller and Strip Charts
Controllers and Strip Charts

I
I
I Lesson Objectives
I Review basic process control theory and methodology

Discuss the commonly used Controller operations in HYSYS
Dynamics
Add Strip Charts to monitor and graph key process variables
I
~kspentech ~1.015A,;-11enT..:hn11logy-,focAllm1hl."•"-~ f 1 ,SE)NE
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. J- I Aspen Technology, Inc.
\
Dynamic Modelling and Process Control

l,_______________ ,----------------1
Control of process variables such as flow rate, temperature,
and pressure in a continuously operating plant attempts to:
- Maximize profitability
- Ensure product quality
- Improve the safety and operability of the plant
While steady state modelling allows for optimization of
operating conditions, dynamic simulation allows for:
- Design and testing of a variety of control strategies before
implementation
- Stress the system with disturbances and observe the response
- Off-line comparison of alternative control strategies and
operating schemes instead of disturbing the actual process
Process Dynamics (1)
General conservation principle:

Rate of Accumulation = Input - Output+ Internal Generation
System can be
characterized as first
order

Iil Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling
Process Dynamics (2)

Controller and Strip Charts
[I
Characteristics of 1st Process variable
Order Systems
Process gain,
Kp ; y(t) / u(t)
-I 163% ;y(t) .
.'iy(t)=K
Time constant
D (Ti)
Dead time ( q)
r--~.,....:....:....·
Process illDUI
D
90% of chemical
systems defined by
first order response
LJ Time
.i
___ . _]'
_
'
d
r-y(t) + y(t) = Ku(t)
dt
D
Ll Closed Loop Control
:.:'j
!i
t
HYSYS Dynamics makes extensive use of closed loop
control systems
Classic control equation: OP(f) = K,.E(r) + TK,f
;
dE(t)
E(r) + K, Td-d-
l
- Kc - Controller Gain
- T; - Reset Action (Min/Repeat)
- Td - Derivative Action
cor-.TROLLER -----------1
---.. ---------~---------[ Disturbance I

I '
I
I
I --·~~--
( I
I
INf'l[L ..~;.tJ·---~ PROCESS ,._OUTPUT•
Control Valve I Sensor
··."''
~ u ~aspentech ,,. 1015" Ai;per, fe,:hrnll~v, rnc:.Allrrghl.;i,....-,rved I 6 §NE
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3· 3 Aspen Technology, Inc.
\
1 Feedback Control Block Diagram
1. Measure the output variable, PV

2. Compare the PV with SP; calculate the error, E(t)
3. Supply E(t) to the general control equation;
OP% is cafculated Disturbance
4. OP% is passed to the final control element

to determine u(t) Process!)
SP + E(I] Final control

Controller
element
Process
'"'
Reverse action K>O E(t) = SP - y(t)

Direct action K<O E(t) = y(t) - SP
@aspentech © :zo1s~enTechr1ntogy,1m:• .AUr1!1fiti;N"''""'"·d I -., 1~NE
Factors That Affect Closed-Loop Stability
Controller tuning parameters

Non-linearities in the process
Non-linearities in the instrumentation
Interactions between control loops
Frequency of disturbances
Capacity of process (ability to absorb disturbances)
Noise in measurement of process variables
©2015 ASpen.Tech. All Rights Reserved. 3 -4 Aspen Technology, Inc.

PIO Controllers (1)
PID Controllers can be added to the Flowsheet

using the same methods as for other unit .l!{••i<ili;.. " " . . .
operations f l'°@mx . .
Once the controller has been added: ~~][~ •·.1
- Select Process Variable Source
• Set the Minimum and Maximum values
- Select Output Target Object
- Select Controller Action: Reverse or Direct
- Enter Controller Tuning Parameters
- Choose the mode of the controller
• Off, Manual, Automatic, Indicator
PIO Controllers (2)

Ii
fl
I :-,,,, ....~,,
1:::.="' ' ,,.
i:':v~,.
. ···----- ···---····;:;:;
'""""''
j::>'l'"' ~°'"'"'!I' ' -·
1::,..,,,_,..,, . . .
I 1::=::"' , .. . . .
I i
1,,>...-.<,,p,,,c, I•
Hi
"~oi;ioo".:,;;;;;..,i,",
.,,,,,c· ··········· _ 1_~-~."'e"-'""'-J
·I
l:1
i1
.<I
_,.......... " '

Ue<: lo1 5Pe it
,,-;··-·······:···--"'"''''""'"""""
_1>Y=__1_0!7~ -~rral~h
0~49.S5 %
le_~- .. :... ,,:][i_,,,,,~ i i•
i'.

\
Controller Action
There are two types of Controller Action:

- Reverse Action
If the PV increases above the SP, the OP of the
controller will decrease to drive the PV down
- I.e., Heater Steam Control
- Direct Action
• If the PV increases above the SP, the OP of the
controller will increase to drive the PV down
- Le., Level Control
Choosing the right action is critical!
®aspfl'ntech rO:,:.!Ol5A,apc,11T=hn<>lll!1V,ID!C.AUr-lyhtsrr.~ I 11 ®NE
PIO Controller Action (1)
P - Only controller OP(t) = K, x E(t) + OPb
,__ SP ... n... . .......

or.set
',,
lncre<1Si~ l(c
Time

I
II
r,
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling
PIO Controller Action (2)

Controller and Strip Charts
I PI - Controller OP(t) = K,[ E(t) + ~ f E(t) dt]

I ! -
- - - - - P1 cornroller
SP
I -j
I
I I
I
I
Time
I
I PIO Controller Action (3)
I
PIO - Controller OP(t) = K,[E(t) + ~ fE(t) dt+ Td cl_E(t)]
T,
I ,..--- Pl controller
dt
·········"·· ···············1
i
SP
~
_}
(-;;;
<~·······
I
PID controller
,<,
I
Time
II
i:'."_J
®aspentech © iQl~ As1>enTes:hnal<>11!(, Inc.Allntrhl:sc="-d I 14 §NE
I
/1;:'t
j Tuning Parameters
Rules of Thumb:
S ystern K, T, (mm) Tct (min)

Flow 0.1 0.2 0
- --
Level 2 IO 0
Pressure 2 2 0
Temperature 1 20 0
Composition 0.1 0.2 0
Other HYSYS Dynamics Controllers

.... --'===================--=-----~
Ratio Controller
- Special type of feedforward controller designed to keep a
constant ratio between two variables: manipulated and load
1--::1
Split Range Controller t'®-1
- Uses multiple manipulated variables, all driven by the same controller,
to control a single process variable
rr:,··1
Digital Point Controller rJiJ I
- On/off, dead band-type controller~ similar to a thermostat
,·-·-,
( J*i
·M Model Predictive Controller) l._::_J
~ ed in processes that are inherently multi-variable and many process
parameters interact and affect process control
®aspenb:ch f\l20-t5A11pcnr,,clm<>lwy,tn<.Allr,qhts"""""'ed l 16 §NE

I ~
~·a
I Strip Charts ( 1)
I Strip charts are a feature that allow you to monitor the

response of any defined process variable in a dynamic
I calculation
- Behavior of variables are captured graphically as calculations
run and time proceeds
I Addfrom Dynamics tab

rf" l,j .-. ,:,,_.,,,,..,....WitrtC.oo...,l-~O,,,O,allm<•kµenil\'5i5Vllll-a,,1,o01'E - "'-'.I
:~~:f: ~~~'.:~-~~;;~-s~~~:;~.E; ·. ·.· -·.·.· · · ~

• "'"'. •L•"""'<, -.'. ,,..._..,, •=~<" /,,,<e,a,.,,::,Cf!•O.',~ a o
I
: - ::.::::::._...,,,, :1 ---!"'-~- .......... ,,... - --~~~. - :;.:
I ::afi'I
: :;,,1"""m"""'"~ '
. ·, ..:1
'.o""''"' ti
:I ;1
I :]11 f.T'~
-~ ·."!
.. -·. - c.-~-:::·_~ --~ !In
I Strip Charts (2)
I Multiple Strip Charts can be built
I - For clarity and ease of reporting, a maximum of six variables

per chart is recommended
- Create multiple Strip Charts to monitor different sections of
your model
~I
:r.;
l,W
1I .
·1~
ff_;;
®aspentech "' 1015 MpenTechnol<>QV, Inc.Al\r,ghts"'""'"'"d I UJ §NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3.9 Aspen Technology, Inc.
Workshop: Controllers and Strip Charts
Starting with the case from Workshop 2, add Controllers

and Strip Charts to create a fully integrated dynamic
process model
e
P~>HP
s., 0-Coul
{) rc.HmVap
P!l"E· 100 FC-A!pha [)
Alpha Alpha2
HolVap
VLV-100 HP
Vap Ec-100
e,
FC-Br.av;:, MIX-100
PIPE.101
8raw
Cl-Bravo
8ravo1 VLV·IO! Brn<n2 To
Sep ""
C;
le.HP
s.,
HP
PIPE-102 FC.CharUe
"'
Cl\arlie Char!iBI \JLV-i0 2
,,
HP
<l
YLV-tOJ
HP
Uql
Workshop:
Controllers and Strip Charts - Tasks
----- -------~==============================----=----==-_:j ---
Task 1 - Add PID Controllers
Task 2 - Build Strip Charts and Observe Model
Task 3 - Change Set Point and Customize Strip Chart
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 -10 Aspen Technology, Inc.

I
I E-Learning
How are PV, SP & OP defined in the PID controller set up?
I What is the PID controller algorithm used by Aspen HYSYS

Dynamics?
How can you view the list of controllers in the simulation?
I HYSYS Dynamics Autotuning Method
~
II
I
I ~Jaspentech ~JO;LSAspenfechnol.,gy,1,u_AtJrlghlsrc~ i 21 ~NE
I E-Learning Resources
I lr!~,\~:··~~[~!!~~f.4;:!1;;{~~:~;::·~~ ~ Dynamics and

• ·Ci>· El jll Iii ~:::::,:,, ;:;::,,,,_, •~ • "" "' Process Control
,:""'
·-·- · ., ,.,,,':z.,. ''~"~ ""'"-~'"'~"'"~,.." ,.,,..,,,,~""'"'"" _.';','::._,;;1:;;;,
'""'"r'"" 7 """~,, •.,,•. ,.,
. .
What ts the meaning of Kc, T1,
.
· I~ ~ ..- IJSUrr.., <>..:. ,,_..._ -- , '"·""'""-,"~"· Td parameters in PIO controller?
'-"'~-~in·""\',if),;;,,~' ~~:,.,:,f '""""""~"' Which values should I consider
~ m, r----·-··-·---·-- """'"'''""' in Aspen HYSYS Dynamics?
f-~-:;:;i- How do I configure the Boolean
Ca,t.,g~;y A'",] Solld•fl .. ol
Latch Gate in Aspen HYSYS'
, Solo<l>fl-<hl
aJJpoam.,.:,,,,.,,....,q,o;o,""'-'°'"''"""
;::.'::· I w,, 1,1m,ltmJ,.rah~<>1tta,nmdof>as,,
Fl""' C.l"'""'"'"""'"i'"""'~" ,,1,;,,.,,,.__ How do I configure the cascade
"'·"'d"''"'
#s,.,,i, _., ..
controller in Aspen HYSYS
Dynamics?
;:..·. '.;., I
,C\. ~·-·sf) 'O
A- 'co;,:"
:ffA:aii:~:.;:"- ·--~·171-o, ~.... r,..
!-;i!d,l,')j \

Introduction to Dynamic Modelling
Controllers and Strip Charts Workshop
@aspentech
Controllers and Strip Charts Workshop

Files can be found in folder: 02_ControllersStripCharts
Objective
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics has the ability to test process control strategies prior to
implementation in the field. Tiris is invaluable as engineers can develop reasonable
control strategies and check alternatives without perturbing the actual process. To
successfully apply control objects in HYSYS Dynamics, it is important to be aware of the
various control options and how to install them in a model. This workshop will illustrate
the usage of the Pill Controller.
I Once a HYSYS Dynamics simulation is controlled and calculating, you'll find that the
reporting of data is much different than in steady state. Simply viewing the Performance
page of a unit operation or property view of a material stream will only show data for that
object as time proceeds. Rather, the preferred means of reporting data in a dynamic
model is by using a feature called Strip Charts. Once you add the required process
controllers, you will add and experiment with the HYSYS Dynamics Strip Chart feature
to review and analyse your model.
Description
This dynamic simulation started in the previous workshop has all required dynamic
inputs in place and could be calculated if desired. However with no controlJers in place,
the model would run open-loop. Eventually the system might stabilize, or it may run out
of control! Further, we do not have an effective means of tracking process data as the
dynamic model calculates. To remedy these deficiencies, this workshop will go through
the procedure of adding Controllers and Strip Charts.
• Task 1 -Add PJD Controllers

• Task 2 - Build Strip Charts and Observe Model
• Task 3 - Customize Strip Chart and Change Set Point
t02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 - 12 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Task 1 - Add PID Controllers

Controllers can be added to the flowsheet using the same methods as for adding other unit
operations. The Dynamics section of the Object Palette contains the available controller
unit operations. In your workshop case you will make use of the PID Controller. Once a
PID Controller has been added to the flowsheet these actions should be followed:
• Make the necessary connections for the Process Variable Source and Output
Target Object
• Select the Minimum and Maximum values for the Process Variable; these values
should bracket all possible process variable values
• Size the valve - controller range; this is not necessary if a valve was chosen as the
Output Target Object
• Select Controller Action: Reverse or Direct
• Enter Controller Tuning Parameters
• If desired, choose the mode of the controller: Off, Indicator, Manual, or
Automatic
o Open the case you saved at the conclusion of the previous workshop, 01-
Dynamic.hsc.
o If the object palette is not open, open it by going to Flowsheet/l\tlodify ribbon and
clicking on Models and Streams button. The shortcut to open the object palette is·
F4.
MQdl'I; a~d- Prl'SHJre

Strli'.:!IHS
flc:;w;heet T<ial.1 Stream Label '-~ 'i
Palette
a Add a PID Controller to your flowsheet from the Dynamics tab of the Object
Palette.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 - 13 Asp_en Technology, Inc.

o Double click the controller icon on the flowsheet and rename it as FC~Alpha.
o Click the Select PV button and choose Alphal I Mass Flow as the Process
Variable Source and click on OK
o Select the Select OP button and pick VLV-100 I Actuator Desired Position as
the Output Target Object and click on OK.
FC-Alpha
~~00~:: 0,S r:;~~:~;,1<~~ito~fit;;p~h~rt_Iu;;-;,,,~bi~J,;.;;1. ···-· •_-
j -~· Source----- -·--·-·-·---- --·-·····;:::===:::·····!

I Object, ~i,;s-,;-·--------·-1 L~!~_P_'!:::_J
II Vaciable, IM= floN- - - - - · - - - - - - -· _,_____]
I -i
I [_S.el':.:,:":~!··· ] Optional I I
Object
J
i----··-------, SP ] Variable: ~uator D~ir~ ?osi1.lon - - - ~
I~li
1 i
I
I L------~---- I
---·----··-----·--·-·-------------·---"
'
I
i
I I:
,,~
. --·---· ....,......,....... ·-- ... ,,_, .,,,. .,_..,,.. _ . .,.. ·--·-··-·--·-·------···---·---·-·- -- - -·--·-·---- -· ..... 1
l
I w
h
o Select the Parameters tab and view the Configuration page. Ensure the
Action is set as Reverse.
o For the controller PV range, enter O kg/h (0 lb/hr) for the PV Minimum and
363000 kg/h (800000 lb/hr) for the PV Maximum.
o Change the Mode from Manual to Auto.
o Define Tuning Parameters as follows: Kc: 0.25, Ti: 0.10 min. \Vhen finished,
the controller parameters should look like the following image:
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 · 14 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
t:!-
K-Alph;,
o Insert a Controller Face Plate for monitoring purposes by clicking the Face
Plate button on the property view. Locate the Face Plate in a convenient
Location in your HYSYS window.
NOTE: After HYSYS V8.8 you can organize the face plates better by making them
dockable, right click on them and choose this option instead of Floating (default). Talk
to your instructor ifyou have any problems with placing them.
floating
Int SP: L
, ,/ Dod.:abte ___ l ___ _
Tabbed 763e+005 kg/h
Auto Hide ,00%
Auto --;I [ Tuning
1-------
1

o Close FC-Alpha property view window (the second window above this line).
o Add another PID Controller to control the mass flow of Bravo, using the
information provided below:
Controller Name
Process Variable Source
Action Reverse
Range PV Minimum O kg/hr (0 lb/hr)
Range PV Maximum 363000 kg/hr (800000 lb/hr)
Kc 0.25
Ti 0.10 minutes
Mode Auto
o Insert a Face Plate for FC-Bravo. Close the property view window.
o Add another PID controller to control the mass flow of Charlie.
Controller Name FC-Char1ie

Process Variable Source Charlie1, Mass Flow
Output Target Object VLV-102, Actuator Desired Position
Pa,ra'119-ter& · -
Action Reverse
Kc 0.25
Ti 0.10 minutes
Mode Auto
o Insert a Face Plate for PC-Charlie. Close the property view window.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 - I6 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

D Add a PIO Controller to control the liquid level in the HP Sep vessel.
Controller Settmgs
1
,: . Conne_~tiOns- . . . . .
Controller Name LC-HP Sep

Process Variable Source HP Sep, Liquid Percent Level
. ..
P8rameters· . ·.· .. ·..· .. .· .· .
Action Direct
Range PV Minimum 0%
Range PV Maximum 100%
Kc 1.0
Ti 3.0 minutes
Mode Auto
SP 30%
D Insert a Face Plate for LC-HP Sep. Close the property view window.
D Add another PID Controller to control the temperature of the HotVap stream
by manipulating the E-100 Cooler heat duty.
Controller Settmgs
Controller Name TC-HotVap

Process Variable Source HotVap, Temperature
Output Target Object Q-Cool, Control Valve
-.- . .
Para_meters .
Action Direct
Range PV Minimum 10 'C (50 'F)
Range PV Maximum 65.6 °C (150 'F)
Kc 1
Ti 2 minutes
Mode Auto
SP 25 C
D Click on the Control Valve button at the bottom of the current window. For the
duty stream there is no valve unit operation placed on the PFD. You will access
the control valve of the duty stream by pressing the control valve button in the
controller interface.

I
i
.
.
, C:on1tof Valve
Minimum Available
Maximum Available
O kJ/h (0 Btu/hr)
1.06e+08 kJ/h (1.00e+OB Btu/hr)
TC-HotVap
_ CJ \';;~Ji:.j ,t Summary ; t..:..:....:..l I':":'.'. Dilla Ftts ijlEquipm•nl D••ign •
,....
1
, (,:,ri,;:ior lY:::optimlm ~Mod<IAnai'jsJ,•
:~~:~;;,-~;~;;· \),i~;,;to~Sb;i,~Mlt Tu,~, V~~~lN~·1.. t. ! ' An~i'j,I<
Operatior.al ?~ramerer< -···- - --- ----- ·-· -·- ·- ------·--·-·-···

Aclion, -~n;,.,,,,
~g I
.in,:il
' """"---·-""""""""""""""""""""_____ ,,1

Attached Operat,011< I
PY R..nge 1
[i _ _ _ _ _ _ ,_ _E-100
_ :.JI
~i,~im~;,; ·
I 1 i-PV
i [P-v_Ma:<im_urn
I ," lumng Parameter< --
I - _I:_~_ __- _--____-_-_-___

_ ·___··___m
____.l';~--~--~--l- A~ori!hm Subtype ..... F
r,·-··-·-·-············-·· ..·--···-· ...+
1
\\_1'_1()"'.~"':'~-r-,,':':'. ·:{
() Fmm Utility Fluid
_ ___J; '". :. . "-c··' ,., · ,,,. · ••:C:-:~ ..C..,c--ilc..c,.. :SUC.S.-~. .: ' "A~:l.~:j~,;:;:"~h.C
I
~f¥j
: kPa kPa
Control Valv.,__
o Close the control valve window.
o Insert a Face Plate for TC-HotVap. Close the controller property view window.
The control valve view for TC-HotVap will vary depending on the dynamic cooler model
chosen (see the Dynamics I Specs page in E-100). In the Model Details area, if the
Product Temp Spec radio button was selected, then there would be no need for the
controller. The duty will float in order to maintain the desired temperature. If the Duty
Fluid radio button was selected, then the controller would control the flow rate of the
duty fluid. The user would supply a UA, duty fluid c,, and the duty fluid inlet
temperature.
Another control option you will investigate is cascade control. Cascade control is a
common control technique that uses two controllers within one feedback loop. One
controller is "nested" inside the other. This means that the two controllers are not
independent, but linked together with the "primary" controller setting the SP for the
"secondary" controller.
©201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 · 18 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
Cascade control can improve the dynamic response and controllability of a process that
has considerable dead time, or where the time response of the primary loop is very large.
D Add another PID Controller to the simulation and name it PC-HP Sep.
o Set the HP Sep I Vessel Pressure as the Process Variable Source of the new
controller.
D Click on Select OP button. Select FC-Alpha object's SP variable. Click OK.
- "SIi
\fc~~~·~~ti~~~-- r.~~-~~~~;~T·~-~-~i~i)i0_~h_~iIU;;~"V~~bl;IN~ L_""-"""
Nam<!c PC-HP-Sep
;i Object.
1l l Vahbl..-,
i11:
,,
Ii
\!
I:
li
Ii
r Remote Setpoir:t
_\ i / Ls_e.1~~~_SP.~j Optional
Ii ! r- ....·--: SP
o Open the Parameters I Configuration page and enter the following

infoonatiun~·_____________________
Action Reverse
Range PV Minimum 5515 kPa (800 Psia)
Range PV Maximum 6895 kPa (1000 Psia)
o Has the Mode turned to Man (manual)? If yes, input the tuning parameters from
the table below. If no, a mistake was made somewhere. In this case, delete the
controller and create this controller again. Once you have the mode changed to
manual, input the tuning parameters.
Kc 3.0
Ti 2.0 minutes
Mode Auto
©201 S AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 - 19 Aspen Technology, Inc.

a Add a Face Plate for PC-HPSep.

a Open FC-Alpha and change the mode to Case (cascade).
r.c~~_i,ectton~ J Param.eters [Moojtor I Stripc,hart[U5er Variab)es] _NOle5 ·1

i Parameters - Operational Parametecrs ---
Ii'C~~-rr;·:;~;;~~ . . "!
.
1
' Action, c_(?-l R..... erse ) Direct
j IAd>,anced SP Mod"' ::__i local .§1 Remote
- ·c,lS(:·i . . ;,·_
I Internal i
2.676e~oos kg/h I
1
-----~~~-~-:~~;t~.....J JI
_-_ 36300~::: :::J
I r·;uning_ P_ar_ameter._ ........:--··------:-:
i IKc.
! IT,
o.250
0.100
ji
J,
1- Algorithm Type
iitt~_-_-:.·.-·. . :..·!
i Td _____ ., __ (em_pty> _ I
I
, i\Jgorithm Subtype
I[pm Vela,;it,, Form ...... _, ___________________ -. ~i
I a Go to Connections page of the FC-Alpha controller. It should now have three

connections. Note that this is the first time that more than two c01mections have
been used on a controller and it is typically done in cascade control setups.
Name fC-Alpha
Object: jAlpha1 ----=] !~PV:-] i

Variable: iMass ftow -----------------· :~~j
...
I Remote s,,pornt e I
I Object 'NLV-100
._ _______________ ,i ~~
-
I~~ Optional : I
,--------------- i SP V~riable: ~ator Desired_ Position -~
JPC-HP-Sep ______ I!
a
©20 15 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. Aspen Technology, Inc.
1::1
'_·iil.,
__ _
o Close FC-Alpha property view window.

o Tum the solver on. Run the file for a minute. The model should come to steady i
state very quickly.

o Stop the solver.
D
NOTE: Use the face plates to check how the model stabilizes!
oi,O)lnamicWi!liC:o·,itro11ers.h1e - A,.i~_n HVSY5 V&li '· aspenONE
C<0nontie1
'-1.<oo,n
•ii,Loam;n
''°i,'l.oom(lul
Flow,o .. , M0<W
P.Wl(o
~lol<<
Man.,g<r
M.,,og, GOJeAII
P,,nel Foam,
p.,,,, , '""' S•··'",'
VIM! i"J'O"t .'1',l,,
C)'•
C,.,"'c1 \'~n~ow
~ ! Ener!l)'So,in~s_MW L_;;;J ISJ(» j E«ti,Ogor•--~~own! 0 01(, 0 R~lo_O ~-~I

,,.,) X:
txe<: lnl SP,

, ,
P\l,l.o?!il ..oo;;.~~ PV,25AHC
Olsill.4"¾
PIPE-100
~--6910-"" .....:~~"- -·w11---1 v,
\<Pa VLV-100 kPa j
d
PC-HP-Sep
'
FIPE-101
...~~~...........
~.
G52il
VLV-101
""
kPa
PIPE-102 FC-Chatii~- -~. _!

·ss:io ~---6'.i"Ti - ->i><l -- 6478
<ea ,Pa VLV-102 l(Pa
ci.Ch~,1;.
o Save your file as 02~DynamicWithControllers.hsc.
Task 2 - Build Strip Charts and Observe Model

While the flowsheet is running dynamically, it is difficult to observe simulation variables.
Individual variables can be observed while viewing a particular property view window or
multiple variables can be seen in the Workbook. All variables are updated constantly as
the dynamic simulation is running. Using a different reporting tool called a Strip Chart
allows the user to observe several variables in real-time as the dynamic simulation runs.
The Strip Chart provides a method for easily monitoring key process variables in a
graphical environment. Strip Charts are installed individually. Variables can only be
added via the Strip Chart menu. Multiple Strip Charts are allowed, and each strip chart
can have an unlimited number of variables charted; though it is wise to limit each Chart
to six variables or fewer. Perform the following steps to create a pair of Strip Charts for
monitoring the dynamic model.
o Select Dynamics ribbon and click the Strip Charts button.

11 ~ Conlr~l M,mager b,;: Profil•

~DCS
Eq1tal10n :
5ummaiy !
o In the Strip Chart window, click the Add button. HYSYS will add a new Strip
Chart titled DataLoggerl. Change this name to Flows.
I o Set the Logger Size to 3600 and keep the Sample Interval at 20 seconds.
Slnp Ch.rt Name 'iampl<a lnterval

000,00:20.00
D
I ····-""· _J ] r ·-- °'~ --- i
I o Click the Edit button to enter the Strip Chart setup.

o Click Add button to add a variable to the Strip Chart.
::· ""·---·-. ----=::......., "'"'"""-_::-" .'.::"':"··=:·; ""'"""":;::;..____ - -- - , 1i

• ActJ\/e I :i
!ii
!!
i!i!
ii
Ii
i!
r Add
1
o Add Alphal I Mass Flow.

You can add a variable by drag and drop method. Double click on Bravol. Keep
Bravol and strip chart setup windows side by side.
o Select mass flow of Bravo 1. Hold it. Then drag and drop into the strip chart
setup window shown above. When you see the cross hair, it's ready to drop.
1.m,-~,,I
Ma.,dlow
"
Ol:..•
.Jaa1e. • ..,,
223'e•C<ll
0',""c'"'"'
o Add the following variables using the Variable Navigator or drag and drop
method. If you use Variable Navigator, after finding a particular variable, just
click the Add button and the Variable Navigator will stay open and allow you to
select another.
o Charlie! J Mass Flow
o HotVap J Mass Flow
o HPLiql I Mass Flow
o After adding all the variables, click Close to close the Variable Navigator.
Ilf,;;;~JHjsro,,rai[ ~~;:' [, .· ,.. Al:,:; ~~,::: •· .· . :,:flo: . ··.,. :c~, ~•• - .. .· ·-·111
-----t.·I f - - ' r rl,.
I
· ~
Cf\a,!ie.1
Hct Vap
~,. = ow "
Ph<llie-MMSFlow(O~raH)
Phase Ma~ flow {OvernHl
:
I"
'* 11·1:.
11 j
j i !__····--··---- ___,_,__H~ Li_q1_ Ph,m ......... ~~---·--·-·- ______ ,._... Ji/
11 1,,
JiIi ----------- if·
I'
ji Mass flow added using drag j !(

1; and drop method show a i l:
,· 1, different variable name_ i] 1·,:
1 However, they are the same 1
o Click the Display button show the Flows Strip Chart. Place it in a convenient r_. -
location and size the window accordingly.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 3 · 23 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

I
I
I
i Minutes
'
I o Close the Flows Strip Chart setup window and return to the main Strip Chart
menu. If you don't have it, click on Strip Charts button under Dynamics tab in
I ;~SlripChart<
the ribbon.
I S!JipChartNamo Logger Siu(" S..mpl••l Somplolato:val
I
I [ Add .. J] l-.-Ed-;-...- .I L" ___ Dolot.! _______ i
o Click on Add button to add a second strip chart. Rename it HP Separator with
the same Logger Size and Sample Interval as the Flows strip chart.
o Click on Edit button and insert the following variables:
o HP Sep I Vessel Pressure
I o HP Sep I Liquid Percent Level
o HotVap I Temperature
o Display the HP Separator Strip Chart.
I o Save your case as 02-DynamicWithControllersStripCharts.hsc.

When running your simulation in HYSYS Dynamics, it can be difficult to check the
progress and status of the simulation variables as they change with time. Therefore
results reporting and verification is much different than in steady state! That is why you
added the controller face plates and strip charts to the HYSYS window. Position these
views accordingly so that once you commence calculations, you can easily view your key
variables.
o Press Run button or the green light to run the integrator.

o Observe the Feed system Strip Chart, i.e. Flows. Does the system achieve a
stabilized solution?
. -·- ~~~
·-™~-: '~..;., '
""
Minutes
o Stop the Integrator.

o Save your case.
Task 3 - Customize Strip Chart and Change Set Point.
o Right click on Flows strip chart. Click on Graph Control. It has number of
tabs to customize color, curves, axis, print options etc.

fl
I
~
~ ~•
[(£
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modelling
Flows
Workshops
I
[~
I
I
I
I o Change the background color to white.
I
I
I
I ,._.
o Go to Curves tab. Select Alphal- Mass Flow. Change the thickness to 3.
', Strip Chart COnfrguratlon • Flows:: _q - ;

C .• . . _ . , , , , ...... - ...- - - - ' · ~ ~ - ·-
I Ii~~~i~~~D~-~~~~-~~;91~~~1-
1
1
i; Aipha/ - Mr:m Flow . Objectf\lariab(e Alpha1 - Mas; Flow
.____________ ,, __________ --1
Ii
l
! ! Bro;Y, I - P/,a:;e . Ma~I /: ['.J..1 Show Curve
ii Charlie I Ph.ire - MD><
I
1
!i Mo,,i
·~
Hot'lap-Phase
11 HP !iq1 · Phose f1r,,5
(i:;;~;~;;~:_M~ Flow ;JE :,wh C~L~eV,Lo~j II i
······-'1···------i! -.-: U,e D~faufi: \Jnrl.s.
I ii
I 1
Ii,:. ii:~: All
,.S.:aling ..i...:is
!i_~X]~~---~ M;isiF!ow
-·-····-······-·······:; 1
I'
:tl . ,
~ i '................................... ..• i)
Ii
··
·4 [_" . . Delete Curve l i I•

~
1
,-""
1-,-,__- !I I s i '
e.~~l 0 Change thickness of rest of the curves as well to 3. Close graph control window.

\
o Open graph control for the other strip chart. Chaoge the background color to
white aod chaoge thickoess of all the curves to 3.
o Save the file 02-DynamicWithControllersStripChartsCustom.hsc
There are two ways you can change the set point in a face plate - using the sliding bar
and typing exact number.
o Hold the red down arrow in FC-Bravo face plate and move it towards left to
reduce the set point to any arbitrary number.
IFC-8,avo ,.. ~. ><_ I
1:2;~
I OP: 50.07 %
icji!
--•I
j[Auto •lf Tuning ] - 1
o Run the integrator. Observe changes in the Flows strip chart and FC-Bravo.
Slowly the flow, which is indicated by number and also light blue area, will
come to the new set point.
o Stop the solver after few seconds.
EC-~ravo
. ·---------- ---~Exec_LnL....-""--'-----F------
···-·· ·- ... l.
PV, 1.3852e+005 kg/h ['
OP: 27.71 % i'·
[,;:;;;;_: --··:;;[ I Tllnin'i]_
Now you will try to change the set point by typing a set point. The PV value in the face
plate shows the current PV (process variable), which is flow rate. However, if you select
the number and type a new number, the new number will be the set point. The number
will be in controller interface but not in the face plate. The sliding bar will indicate the
change though.
o Click on the PV cell of PC-Bravo Face Plate; select the current nwnber and
type 2e5 kg/h ( 4.4e5 lb/h). Notice that the red sliding bar repositioned to
indicate the new set point.

I l~!~-- __ ji turun!l
o Click on Tuning button to view the controller interface. Notice the set point is
changed.
I ; t-C-8ravo
Exec: Int SP: L

--·-···· ·'
PV, l.8852e+OOS kg/h
OP, 27.71 %
·.:.11. Tun_i~g.
I
I
0 Remote
I
Alarms
I PV Conditioning
Signal Processing j
I
o Run the integrator for few seconds and Stop.

o Right click on Flows strip chart and select Auto Scale All Axes. It will
automatically adjust scales of all curves.
....L __ ,.
I
Graph Control ...
. .. !
L1c9end."'
Select Curve
AutoScale Curve
Cle~r Historical Data

t
______(__ ___L_I
1 !
··"l"--!
' I
I
I I
i
'
~opyToClipboard ~ t----~----~-"
j ~ £.rint Plot
= 2"'-<.)
- - - - - - - - - - - - : ID Print Setup .. , ---------------''·

©201 5 AspenTech. All _Rights Reserved. 3 - 28 Aspen Technology, Inc.
\
Workshops
-Cl-
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modelling
·· .... Flows· __ . .
~.VJ 105.,, HJ.'J
.Gl
"-
Minutes
..
~,'_:_ Flows
r ·'1--·
'""'"·0 ---1 · :· ---·- ---r - - -- --·-- - --T -- ---- -
~· ..
-· - - r1
, I 1·
'.c' U,\>MYOc).,1===1====1'===ei====l====-+.j,,l
Cl'I
'½-,··-- - -,~---f-1i
_j_
"'· / .....
i ,~ ,- ,- ., Click and hold the little yellow triangle
and drag it to the left to take the right
-r-I -----11L I I
III~:!i ,,s,,,...00·1',...._.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....,,1,--r-----·--1

w 1
!
most time to a past time
·1I
~- -., :
I, "H ---:+,,---"'-l"·'"----.,+-.,,-M-,-nu-te-:+ij,-,---,.l,,-,\_'-::~-~'1::j,+!f"~~-loo,-~<"3'·--.,·,---:~r:.j~~+-l_,-4·.Jllj
"1.,., ....

~ Click and hold somewhere in between the red and yellow triangle and move it to the left
~ or right to zoom into a time zone keeping the same time span.
I
I
1,. 532,+05! 111 .598,+05
..•.,.,., .(4'1+-::_l,_,_. . I ---1,-
I o Change the set point of FC-Bravo back to 2.77e5 kg/h (6.le5 lb/h). Run the
solver for few seconds.
I o Drag the yellow sliding triangle all the way to the right.
o Stop the solver.
I o Save the file.
1m
~
r•.•.
i_ _;
l~tJ
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Dynamic Details
n
c!
Dynamic Details
0 Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
D .
D Lesson Objectives
[j
Study valve characteristics and actuator parameters
Implement heat loss models for process vessels
Introduce nozzle locations and hydrostatic head calculations
Review the HYSYS Dynamics Integrator
r~J. 1
@aspent€ch © 10I5Aspen 1.,, l"'ulag~, rnc.Aflnglllsce=rJ [ l ,§NE

~1
f_--, I
\,(&2}
1 Valve Characteristics
,
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics allows for accurate modelling of real
valves using various options:
Actuator Rate
- Instantaneous
- First Order (Actuator Time Constant)
- Linear (Actuator Linear Rate)
Stickiness Time Constant
Leaky Valves (Min value position)
Valve Operating Characteristics
Introduction to Control Valves
One of the most important parts of a control loop

Successful process control strategy involving control valves
requires:
- Selection procedure
- Correct sizing
By default, HYSYS Valves operate ideally
Instantaneous actuator
_·c,-
- Opens and closes fully
- Actuator does not stick '""'""·'~''''"'''"~··'~''"'''
"""~,L, ........ ~,,_,__, .• ,,
'·'~"'.'
Modify Valve Actuator to
depart from ideal behavior
""' - ·:,,.-,a, "''"" ,,-,,c.
- "'-"' dO, •
. '0' __ .'."'."'1 .. -"'-''-"'-- ;_,..

I
!
,I
11
p Inherent Flow Characteristics, F(x)

:1
,1
F(x) is the relationship between the tap position, x, and the
product flow rate that flows through the valve as a fraction
relative to the maximum flow rate when the valve pressure
drop, 1'P, is constant
F =K
F(x) /Mv K,", = 0"86C,
Pr '" v K
F F(x)=~
F(x)=- K\,S
Fmax
- c. = Flow in USGPM through a valve when l!.P = 1 psi
I "
"
- K. = Flow in m 3/h through a valve when 1'P = 1 bar
- K., = Maximum fiow in m 3/h through a valve when 1'P =1 bar
Types of Valve Behavior
L1nearV~M'
~,;;~~Q-~ valve Characteristics
P,essure Drop. I 50 00 !<Pl
Pertem,ge O~en I IDD ao ¾
Vulume FIC1io' 502 !'i m3m
Va~ tyµe I t;ne;i,
' "+-----"'--~"--F---J
Percen@~• Open
sooa hf'a
1aDOU %
!
""0.4+--,'---,'---~----j
1:ql!ill Pen;entageVaO/e
f~r,~ Pi~isur~- · 10\lD l'.P;····
~re;sure Or,;,~ 50 OD ,Pa V.i!ve Perce~tage Open ('li,j
Perceniage Of)l'n IOO OD %
V~lorne FICJW 5tr.l il m~m
1/JIY~ ;,11e Equal Percentage
If!
Installed Flow Characteristics

-------·
The installed flow characteristic F(x) of a valve depends on
the pressure drop of the flow circuit where the valve is
installed, and how it will react versus flow rate changes
It is convenient for calculation purposes to define a
parameter r as the ratio of the minimum tlP of the valve
( 100% open) divided to the total tlP of the flow circuit
Pipe
~::::""'~~·~•i;;;;;;;;;;;;;;:;;:~1-----......
Stream-1 Valve streJim-2 Stream-8
Installed Flow Simulation
When valves are connected to other process equipment,

their response curves change according to their original or
inherent characteristics.
Characteristic Curves for Valves

l!J
~
i Nozzles Location for Equipment

"
I" Nozzle location can impact the phase and composition of a
product stream
I
I Product
Feed 50% Level in Nozzle
I 0.5 Phase Fraction Product Stream
I
I
I Vessel Heat Loss Models
I By default, HYSYS separators ignore heat transfer with the

environment
I - A Heat Loss model can be activated for greater detail

Simple Heat Loss Model
- Overall heat transfer coefficient and ambient temperature are
I specified by the user

Detailed Heat Loss Model
- Convective heat transfer coefficients are supplied by the user
I- - Conductive properties of vessel and insulation are supplied by

the user
Ambient Metal
I
(r._oili
Tambient L_ __JiillB-

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics; Intro to Dynamic Modeling Dynamic Details
Integrator runs the simulation case when in Dynamic mode

- Open Integrator from Dynamics tab in ribbon
--- Home fr~noml« oyn,m1c, View C~<rnmi,, R,-soum.,
f ~ ~"Z bf;rni.Qmor [i;> ii..iD ;~)/O'(tlaail<lnl!lall»tton ~ zjcoril,o!r,1,na~er~Pro!,1<
, ., , : ! ~E.ant~ch,~lJi<r ::5racePlal« '5-oc;
D'~n;,g:,'"' '! ~,i;t~~~ ; : Run ; 'iloJ> I R~m _ "iif' <;nap-shot Man~~.,
1
!n ,":,'h~t Ih::: Strip Cham , fquatio" ;
: """'"'"''
: """'m"
Integration of pressures/flows, enthalpies, and composition
Uses three different time step sizes
Simultaneous P/F relationships C) Smallest time step
Logical ops and enthalpy balances 7 Intermediate time step
Composition balances ~ Largest time step
Option to fine tune the frequencies of each calculation
Integration Method
- Fully Implicit Euler integration method
• Has characteristics of being stable and fast
Integrator (2)
When the Integrator is running, values for the P/F specs

can be changed; however, the structure of specifications
may not be changed
- When the Integrator is stopped the structure of P/F specs as
well as their values can be changed
Static head contributions can be enabled within the
Integrator window
- Static head is a function of:
Equipment holdup
• Nozzle elevation difference
Hint: Ctrl-I reveals the Integrator for quick access
@aspenteth ©10151\sp,in[ecb;nnlogy,lnc.il.JLnghb~ f 17. i~NE

I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Dynamic Details
'
Integrator (3)
lriteg,ralo[ C ....
·~--~,---··.,-- .. ·----1-
11' i~~{ ,;,_~;;,;;,·;·-~-"~ri:.~,-:
, C.rcu~tionh«~"'onAm,
-
)
t
! i,.,,u1>en"'"""";""9""""'"'~ 't
. li
I
I
·r,;;;;gyC,bl••a"'
Ii
I
, Con,pc,srd~n,n.dflo,!1C,;;.,1ot,o.n,
"\M1e<10,,.u¢•li"9 "
,oa! 't
~!><''"°"'
i \!1< !h•<e <lo!,u,, ;eSost, lo, ,JI
,u,.,,!.:.• -'"-~'.:".~-~!!.
I; Newl,,_&18
I.' i;,;;~-;~iT~-.;;;;.:ro;;;;;~~ ;-~~-~--i _ ----,·:1

,,,i:i, · ;f,..bl~ ,i.;;"'
C--oner,IOpnon,
;,;;:;;:1 ;o~.;,.;;;i;;;,~ --,. , i! i"

· '.PJ9G<01'< eon oquiiiO<i= m'"<:d p<Of><rtl" P' r: ;1
/,<<><fol ,~c<,og or O~sod ia<<C~ ,it. ,ol\·o
r :; 'I
,
:Use imoliN ch«k·,oft<"m<>dol
•Truocol< ia,g,,.,,,lumo <n,.gr•1ron ...,..,,s
~
p
I'-!
!!
], ' :~,,;,,ce ,e,;ycio 01"cien~1 fa ,mall ume,lop, r ·;
~ Ji j
i; 'Clo,o e<>mp:mw, ,r,attrW,nd ~01,rgy b~l•a>eos
j: 'Aur<>>&ptr«y<_l~,~"'~lheato, ho,v,i,,..
Workshop: Dynamic Details
Explore more detailed options/settings available in HYSYS

Dynamics including valve actuator modes, valve stickiness,
leaking valves, static head contributions, effect of nozzle
location, and heat loss
~I
~,;,~~-.~] 1-,:, ~ ~'""

~.~,c~:~~
~..,•..,
~· ~~:_!~""
I
c::::::S =~4---------J
e,,.,1,,1 VLV-•rr~ Cf.o,0,,2
I "'
s., L ~
ua v,x.,o~
@aspentech ©l01SA..spcnTtthnlllou,y,Im:.Allr,ohts.-.,,.e"""d I .14 -§NE

Workshop: Dynamic Details - Tasks

Task 1 - Model Valve & Actuator Characteristics
Task 2 - Review Inherent Flow Characteristics
Task 3 - Simulate Equipment Elevation and Nozzles
Task 4 - Model Heat Loss From Vessels
Task 5 - Study Installed Flow Characteristics (Optional)
What is the PIO controller

algorithm used by Aspen HYSYS
Dynamics?
How can you view the list of
controllers in the simulation?
HYSYS Dynamics Autotuning
Method
,fl.,.;~_-;.~: R.-h...::'-CD"'"'~w.;if,1~!,><
,,luo!>'ill ,--

I

Dynamic Details Workshop

I
I
I
I
I
~aspentech
\
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
Dynamic Details Workshop

Files can be found in folder: 03_DynamicDetails
Objective
This module examines some of the detailed Valve and Separator parameters available in
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics. These details include actuator characteristics, nozzle locations,
and heat loss options.
Starting with the dynamic module that you prepared in the previous two workshops, you
will add the necessary information to create a more accurate and detailed model.
Description
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics provides advanced features to your simulation and these
features allow you to put together very detailed models for operator training or detailed
dynamic studies.
Some of the capabilities include:

• Static head contributions included in the pressure relationships. You also have the
ability to modify equipment elevations. Go to the Integrator window and enable
- ----- -------ens feature on the vpuons ta . -- - - - -
• Nozzle locations can be modified. For example, an overhead vapor nozzle is
Located near the top of the vessel, but can be re-located to your specifications.
• Detailed valve actuator dynamics. The dynamics of the valve opening and closing
are included in the model.
• A detailed heat loss model to take into account heat loss from vessels with holdup
to the environment. For example, you can supply details about the equipment and
insulation to take into account heat transfer from the vessel to the environment.
• Model choking of liquid inside valves. Go to the Integrator window and enable
this feature on the Options tab.
• Hydraulics sub-flowsheet modeling. This feature is a part of the Aspen HYSYS
Upstream option and enables more detailed pipeline modeling in HYSYS
Dynamics.
• Details on rotating equipment, such as compressor and pump operating curves.
This feature allows you to incorporate real equipment data into your dynamic
model.

• Task 1 -Model Valve & Actuator Characteristics

• Task 2 - Review Inherent Flow Characteristics
• Task 3 - Simulate Equipment Elevation and Nozzles
:~
1'.I
•
•
Task 4- Model Heat Loss From Vessels
Task 5 - Study Installed Flow Characteristics (Optional)
I Task 1 - Model Valve & Actuator Characteristics
Assume that our dynamic model simulates an actual hydrocarbon gathering and
separation process. When comparing our simulation with sample field data, various
valye observations are made:
• Valves on feeds (Alpha, Bravo, Charlie) go from fully open to closed in I minute. \
• Valve on Charlie is not responding instantly; use 5-second time constant.
I • Valve on Bravo does not shut off completely; a 2% leak exists

• The HPSep liquid valve is an Equal Percentage Valve; the others are Linear
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics has the ability to model each of the above observations.
Prior to entering the appropriate information, we will make a simple model consisting of
two identical valves with two identical controllers. These dummy valves will be used to
test out a variety of more detailed valve operating options in HYSYS Dynamics.
[
i
1*!.·
Cl Open the file 02-DynamicWithControllersStripChartsCustom.hsc and save it

as 03-Valvel.bsc.
11 Add two Valves (VLV-104 and VLV-105) to the flowsheet. Use the following
[;j CJ
tables to setup the stream connections.
11il
I ,-I
l..c.!
Name VLV-104
Inlet
Outlet 2
In this cell Enter .

_Connections .
Name VLV-105
1,1
Lil ,)
Inlet
Outlet
3
4
©201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4 - 10 Aspen Technology, Inc.
r--nl,
I i
a Enter a dynamic pressure specification for the inlet streams (1 & 3) of 445 kPa
(64.5 psia). Then enter a dynamic pressure specification on each outlet stream (2
& 4) of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psia).
Valve: VLV-104
l 1 - - --- ~ ---i-------- r--- - -- ,
! i----
: DeSJgnIRat1ng
---- 1 Worksheet
1
I Dynamics I
L_ - - __ ..L___ __ - - - - - -- - - - ------- - - - - - - - - - ---
I 1 Worksheet j Name 1 2
i Conditions !Pres5ure Spec Active G1 P'
'' Properties Pressure [kPa] 445.0 101.3
~ t-low ~p-ec Acuve
' I
II
IFlow Spee Bas; s
Molar Flow [kgmole/h]
Molar flow
0,0000
Molar flow
0.0000
I,. IMass Flow [kg/h] o.am:m 0.0000

std Idea[ liq Vol Flow [m3/h] O.OOOD 0.0000
I'
'I 1
Now you need to size the newly added valves. Go to the Rating I Sizing pages of VLV-
104 and VLV-105.
a In the upper right of the page, select the User Input radio button to size the valve.
Size the valves to handle 4536 kg/h (10,000 lb/h) flow with a 345 kPa (50 psi)
pressure drop and a valve opening of 50%.
o Go to Sizing Methods, select Cv and Manufacturer specific methods, this

option will allow you to select valve vapor flow model. In this case will select
Universal Gas Sizing. Then click the Size Valve button to calculate the Cv's.
Keep all other parameters at their defaults.

Three radio buttons have been added that give you the option to choose the valve sizing
method, the differences are summarized below:
I ANSI/ISA Uses the industry-standard ANSI/ISA S75.01 for valve sizing.

This is the default selection.
Manufacturer specific Let's you select a manufacturer-specific method from the Valve
methods Vapor Flow Models drop-down list.
Simple resistance This equation model treats the flow as always being
equation proportional to the square root of the pressure drop. No choking
is modelled. This equation is often used when a simple model
is desired, or if you want to calculate and update the equation
I constant. You can specify the k value for the Simple Resistance
equation method.
I
I
I
[6 .. .. ., ' ______ _, " 2s:o·-:
iKm 0.9000 i
1~~ [USGPM(60F,lp~i}]
Size Valve
_______ .l:~.~-J
_ _Ji
[J fgnor>!d:
'---------·
o Add two PID Controllers to the flowsheet. The PV's are the mass flow rates into
the valves and the OP's are the valves themselves. Provide identical controller
tunings and ranges according to the following table. Place the controllers in
Automatic mode.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4. 12 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Worlcshops
Controller Name FIC-104 FIC-105

Process Variable Source 1, Mass Flow 3, Mass Flow
VLV-104, Actuator VLV-105, Actuator
Output Target Object Desired Position
Desired Position
Action Reverse
Mode Auto
SP 4536 kg/hr (10000 lb/hr)
Kc 0.25
Ti 0.10 minutes
Td
The Actuator page, located on the Dynamics tab of the Valve property view, allows you
to model detailed valve operational dynamics. This page also contains information
regarding the dynamic parameters of the valve and the percent open positions of the
actuator and the valve.
In reality, changes that occur in the actuator are not observed instantaneously in the
valve. Moreover, changes in the output signal of a controller (OP) do not instantaneously
translate to changes in the actuator. Since the actuator and valve are physical items, they
take time to move to their respective desired positions. This causes dynamic behavior in
real control valves.
-----nie valve mode defmes the reiahonshlp between the desired actuator poslUon·anclcurrent
actuator position. The desired actuator position can be set by a PID Controller or
Spreadsheet operation. A controller's output, (OP), for instance, is exported to the desired
actuator position. Depending on the valve mode, the current actuator position can behave
in one of the following three ways: instantaneously, with first order response, or linearly.
D Open the property view for VL V-105 and select the Dynamics I Actuator page.
o Change the mode to Linear and enter a rate of 0.01 %/sec for the Actuator
Linear Rate.

I
•..
'
Valve:VLV0,105 .
Dynamics
i Specs (~Linea~
!' Pipe ·
i
000:00:1.00 j
i Holdup !
1
I
1ii Actuator i i IActuator Linear Rate [%/second] 1.000..-002

i Flow Limits !
I
111
I Stripchart [ i KValue Damp Factor
I I·----·-·-·····-·-··-·--·-·····--···········-
[J Actuator has Failed-
0.9500 I
[J Valve has Worn Trim
CJ Setup a strip chart titled Valve Rate to monitor the Actuator Desired Position,
the Percentage Open for each of the two valves (VLV-104 and VLV-105), and
the Mass Flow of each of the two feed streams (1 and 3). When adding the strip
I chart, make sure the Logger Size is 3600 samples and the Sample Interval is 5
seconds.
Cl Display the Valve Rate strip chart and run the Integrator until the variables
stabilize.
I Note: Remember you can customize the strip chart from the Graph Control option in the
right click menu.
Cl Change the set points for FC-104 and FC-105 to 2250 kg/h (5000 lb/hr),
CJ Start the Integrator and observe the response.
I
I
I

·'(Now you will assume that VLV-105 as well as the valves on Alpha, Bravo, and Charlie
all go from fully open to fully closed in one minute.
o Change the Actuator Linear Rate ofVLV-105 to the desired 100% in 1 minute
(i.e. =l/60=1.667 %/sec) and change the set points for FIC-104 and FIC-105 to
4536 kg/h (10,000 lb/hr).
._ II~--D
, 1jSpecs
. .
~g~J~u~glw~~_;;;;rc,;;~;;;;~==---=----
-·:. [i ;--------------------
Dynamics
-
· Valve: VlV-105
. -
------=
--'---'------
,"Parameters:------------- ·-------·--------------~--------------·--·------- ---

I Mode: 0 Instantaneous
I
C First Order (~; Linear I,'
'
lii Pipe i [Actuator Tim~-onstani fseco-ndsj 000:00:1.00

1
I
. · I!ii HoId up ' I . - - ~
i j Actuator Actuator Linear R.a.te [%/sec-ond] 1.667 I

IiFlow Limits
i
j Stripchart
Ji
[1 Valve has Worn Trim
Ii
o
F--~~~. ~~;
ti;."'-_"
Start the integrator, observe the response, and allow the system to stabilize.
-----T- . ·· 1··- - - __ T_____ -- -------

-Cl-
-~~'.,.
-~---+-io*ec.::-'=''»+··=·-·=-··::ic·---· ··- _I_-----·

C
I________ -· .L _- fill.Ol[':t.)
m
! g
t., :Je,,:{)
·----------- ,r--- - -1
I I
i ·······+ """"'"""'""'!
11:1 ~ " - · · · 11
0 i
I 9 ''" -- 1---- ·-·+· --1---
\_J_~~~
o
Minutes
For valves VLV-100, VLV-101, and VLV-102 go to the Dynamics I Actuator

page for each and set the modes to Linear. Enter an Actuator Linear Rate of
m.o
-,,,..
!
1.667%/s, which corresponds to 100% open in one minute.

o Save your case as 03-Valve2.hsc.

In reality, the valves do not respond instantaneously to changes in the actuator. A first
order lag can be modeled as the response of the actual valve position to changes in the
actuator position. The Valve Stickiness Time constant allows you to specify the time
constant used to model the time offset caused by a sticky actuator. The offset can be
specified in the Dynamics I Actuator page in the Valve property view.
a Set up both VLV-104 and VL V-105 so that they are both operating in the Linear
mode with a rate of 1.667 %/sec.
CJ On VL V-105, return to the Dynamics I Actuator page and enter a time constant
of 20 sec on the Valve Stickiness cell.
,: I
j Design. Rating. ,I Worksheet] O.;namics
1
L------·~-------·-----
Dynamics Parameters .,..,,.,.,., ______ _
·
I Specs
·
1
l
Mode: 0 Instantaneous O First Order @ Linear !
I ... ...
I I
: Pipe-
IHoldup I
.
. I Actu1:1tor !
' ~ . . r.
Valve Stickiness Time Constant [seconds]

"·' ~
..000,00'20.0011
Flow limits I
i Actuator Linear Rate [o/c./secondJ 1.6671
1
I i ,IStripchart I
; I
1
I
j
KValue Damp Factor
[cl Actuator has Failed

· ····· 0.9500. 1
LJ Valve has Warn Trim

IPositions
I [ Fail Position: r,g; None O Fail Open O Fail Shut O Fail Hold
Change the set points for FIC-104 and FIC-105 to 2270 kg/h (5,000 lb/hr) and
I Cl
6800 kg/h (15,000 lb/hr) respectively.
~ FIC-104 Cl i 18 i Flt0 ros. q -

i Exec- rnt SP, L --~ - --11 .Exec Int SP: L
II2210.! :kalh ' (illO(J.O
CJ Return to the Valve Rate strip chart view and change the list of active variables to
only show the Actuator Current Position and Percentage Open of valves VLV-
104 and VLV-105.
0201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4- 16 Aspen Technology, Inc.

~
~:,,el l~=;;:,;,J !~"i'·1
!
I
1
~=-- ~-:~~-v;,,;.:-=-·-::·_--- A~:,-~:=·~-·-::.·[I
VLV-1D4
\lalve·-Rate--
AduatorCurrentf'osrtto11 P!
i
II,
Ii[-:
I! ! VL'/-105 ActuatorCumnfPo,;.ttio11 PJ i lt·-
i! VLV- Hl4 Aduat-or DIBired Posltior1 rr-- Ii!i,
I fi
I]
11
VLV-105
VLV-104
Adua~orDesiredPositior,
Percentageopen
,.. ,
Pl
! ,
1
1]it'.
.,
1I VLV-105 F"~rcentageopen P: , if
a Start the integrator and observe the response.
,.,_' '~::::·.~--
vatVeRate ' . ~~ . ' . -~~---· -~
l
==-~ ·=+ =~~- _--:- _-_ 1-= -- ·::: --- ·r -=--=-= _-:·:=1= ~= '"1
-I J;
I
t'
I
I !
!I
,.,..,....___,1, I
----[-------- -- --1-. -- --- - --
I
- - -~ -- - - .- - . ---
I
I
J i-,
--1--- --
1
I,
__ J_I
I
--;;:"'"~"~'..,~ 1
,,_ fl
i
2,T0.0 2.!5.0
Minutes
I
l;....-_-- .: ,'· ~-.---, -~- ---~-·--~-~--
-1
___ ,,.....,J·
0 The valve on Charlie is not responding instantly (just like VLV-105), and
require_s__ ~ S~s_e~ot1d time _co11s!a!1t. lV1al(e __the desire4 change to ,V~,Y~l~.2 .
.tF:;<: -·· · -- · · :~.alve: VLV~102.- · ·
j[c,;;,,;rs:;,;,1;;;;;.-;,,..T0ycam~ I_
iJI _!,_ ' , ~ , . - , ~ . - ~ ~ ~. . --,·[ Mode: ----.-·,·=·",', ·············C'·..!······F···,·,·,··,····o····ro····,··,········· ·····(ij--_.;--c·--,-··.,··--·-,·-···· , ... ··•
Cl. -,-~---"'-"
l ii Holdup
1 i ; Actua.tor
! !'
1!i Flow Limit~!
i
'
!
rA~t~~·t~;--ii;;:;;·c~·~;;;,tr;~~~d;J·
I Valve Sticbnesa; Time Cor11tant [,e,:onds]
I Actuator Linesr R-ate [%/$econd]
I
·-----·-· ··000:oiii®--1
000:00:5.00
1.66-7
I
]
1I Ii Stripchart i I KValue _Damp_Fac_tor ·-·- ···------------"'·--- ~:-~-~~~--J
\ Ji_ [ E:J Actuator has Failed ti V~\ve h~s Worn fom
1!!
a Save the case as 03-Valve3.hsc.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4, 17 Aspen Technology, Inc.

11
Leaky valves can be modeled by specifying a non-zero value for the minimum valve
position.
[I
IJ Remove the valve stickiness time constant for VLV-105 and change the set points
of both flow controllers (FIC-104 and FIC-105) back to 4536 kg/h (10,000
lb/hr), and run the integrator until the variables become steady.
o Enter 2% for the minimum valve position for valve VLV-105 on the Dynamics I
Actuator page.
IP Valve: VLV-105
:0=--~,,-]~Ra~_-,o-~ IWork_sh~ J Dyn:m1c;: - - ~ - - - - - - ~ _ - - : ~ - - - ~ - ~
I Dynamics
1 1 Spe::; Mode I lnstantaneou; F11".t Order 4; linear
1i Pipe [Ac;ato~T1me (onrtant [<Ernnds] 000 00:1 00 ,

Ii Holdup iVaive Stickiness Time Com:tant jseconds] <empt}'> I
!
1
Ii Actuator
Flow Limits!
1 !.4ctuator Linear Rate [%/sc1:or,d] 1 667 I
i !KValue Damp- Factor
D [
I
'
]i
f II Stripchart
I
I
!'.'] Actuator h..s Failed
i Posttioes
[] Val1<e h~• Wom Trim
]i
E
I Fail Position: (> Fail Open G Fail Shut 0 fai1 Hold
ii '
!I I I, Valve :(._ Mi_n
2
:o{l ~::O.~- C~~:~ ' Desired___
99
""""Qfu~_:., ~_1 j 1
:,·.' I .L Actuator ____ 0.00 - 100.00 74.99 74.'19 _J1 Ij 1'
I:
(I
--=J____ ---- --- - ---- - - ---- ----- Ii,.
---------·----------·-J l'
LJ 19 no-red t'
~--l:
o Change the set points for FIC-104 and FIC-105 to a small number such as 135
kg/h (300 lb/hr),
a Set up the strip chart to show the Percentage Open of each valve and Mass Flow
of each inlet. Run the Integrator and observe the response in the Valve Rate strip
chart.
D What is the resulting flow through VLV-105? Is it 135 kg/hr?
,, D Make the appropriate change to VLV-101 on the Bravo line, to account for a 2%
IL.JI leak.
o Save the case as 03-Valve4.hsc

Task 2 - Review Inherent Flow Characteristics
We define the inherent flow characteristic of a valve f(?C) as the relation between the tap
position, x, and the product flow rate that flows through it as a fraction to the maximum
flow rate when the pressure drop, ~P, in the valve is constant.
Q=C, f(x) gf
v--;,-
F A
f(x)=-=-
FmW<. AmaK
P L = specific density of the low viscosity liquid
p(lb/ft')
P, = 62.4
Cv = flow of water at 60° F in US Gallons per minute (USGPM) that goes through a
control valves when the LiP = 1 psi and f(x) is equal to unity (100% open).
Q(USGPM) = C, -1-l(~si)
Kvs = maximum flow in rn.3/h that flows through a valve when the Af> = 1 bar.
K v = flow in m3/h that flows through a valve when the LiP = I bar.
K,,=0.86C,
K, = f(x)K,,
The most frequently encountered valves in terms of operating characteristics are Linear,
Equal Percentage, and Quick Opening. The first two are the most popular in control
systems. Aspen HYSYS Dynamics implements all three.
o Define stream 1 as a pure water stream at 15.6 °C (60 'F) and 108.2 kPa (15.7
psia).
D Enter a Cv for VLV-104 of 1 USGPM. Continue to use the Universal Gas Sizing
rnethod and keep the valve type as Linear.

Ci{ Va1ve:·v~v.:.1Q4·. :..:. 0

----.i
f-~]g--~~tln~. ·v~~r=:::~::2~~;~-~~----"·--·"--·-· ---- ·-·~:~~~·c:,_~~_nt. :::-_·_-~-~-.:-_,._ _ _ _ _ ----- --~:~11!.
1 !"'i;;~-~-~-..-· ' :~; linear f 1nlet Pressure [kPa] - -- ---- --109.2 I I i
1 Noni O. Quick Opening rl Molecular I/11/erght I 'J
. es " ________ "__ 18.0_2. .. J
1I0
,I pt1on~ : ,: f Equal Percentage I .,
j i 1'"1o-w lirnrts! Us.erTabl~ iValve·O~eni~-9 '[%] 1.49 I11 ,!
I! : i Delta P j\.:Pa] 343,7 I i
iiii :·· VI
~•e Vapor fl ow,-ooes···
'I · I -------------------- iFlo,_,_Ra_<_,_l_kg/h] 2.3 ..14 : ,-1
ili
iI ; : Univ,:-rsal Ga, SizinQ ·-.:..1 I 11
I "-'"""-"_,.,___ Sizi119 Metnods

C) ANSI/ISA method
@ Manuf:3cture.r specific methods
0 S,mple resistance equation
i
[ ]: i
!r
[Fl
111
1
J
i1
I!
I 11 c~ [USGPM(60F.1psill
[Cg- -··------------~ 251)~
25,0
1.000
Ii
I :J
!1
I - .. - ---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r_ lgno~~I
-
Ii ·i
• i
I
~-_-c_c_c_--------------------------------"----------,-..-----.------ • •
I o Tum off the FIC-104 controller by setting its mode to Off.
I
I
D Add a Transfer Function operation from the Palette. A Transfer Function block
I is a logical operation which takes a specified input, and applies the chosen
transfer function to produce an output. A typical use of the Transfer Function is to
apply disturbances to a process, in this case we will ask the VLV-104 to be fully
open in certain period of time.
---~: Pa_1etfu-:' _.:._. . .::i;r:ai!III
%~c~J:,,}I
common; eoiumrts: 't I
~=m1 Dy~::: 1I
•1~1fol~
1
I ~~1rooJw1
Gii!_&il}J~I
\
o Select the Percentage Open ofVLV-104 as the OP Target.

;;.- __ CJ . .
TRf-·1
!]Ii Ca~~edi~~~
Mame
T~;;;~\~iE~!~=~~I~~i=~~~~i1.
rRr:1 .......... · . .
,. ,. . "......,. .,.,_,_____,____,"" "'"' ' '_, ,. , ., , , . .,. , ,., ., , , , ,lj.1:
jl !i,
I!i! :·P,o,:essVari~bleScurce(Oplic~.,si) ···························--------
,- ;;·-·.·;c;--·- II;j
11 PV Obj~,~ i i -~"'ct ~v... , !f
'' ,----·-·---·-- -- ---------------·---· p
•1! Vacaabl~: '.:.::::::::::::::::::::-.:::::c:::" ij'.
I ,--- ____ .I
i;
1.-.-
I'i
1 l """"Eq~~n Help., .. ] I
! : on,,,,, -······························ ..................... ': ,:.::::=c: :.:. ;1 I p

r1.·
I j..iLY-104 . . "'"! ! ""'"'' r,p i
li
1
OP 01:j~ci,
1/ati•bi.e,
I
If:
11 -- ..------------------ d'
1!
1!
illt
I'',:· jl.
i!;
i •••••••••••••••••••••••••
! I( t
!- [~,~:-~~~:-~-~~.1 __,. -- s~~~~~~~~~? ---~~G(•Jf:~d ___ Jj
0 On the Parameters I Configuration page, define 0% and 100% as minimum and
maximum values respectively for both the PV and OP Ranges, and enter Oas the
iJfi
l'V. ------------------ ----
. }!.1£~,:
·--'-'==~---=~-~~.c-C..C::.CC'-
!. j [. C?nnectia.ns J Pa;.emeters I. 5tripchart I.user _Va~~bles J
Cl-1 111
f
u Paramet-ero; --0peratiorial Parameters ···""]
'1,·1 ("C~~fi;~;;t;o;] i IPv 1
0.0000 JI I 111
'11
f. j I Integrator [ iOP , .........<empty:,,.) iI 111
! ii Lag
1.
·i Delay
)
I
I Output Variable Type i)
IH
l_. rj 1 l!PVOffset(½ofPVS.pan) 0.00% ] j 1··'
\_
j: I
: Lead
2nd Ord-er
' i!_op Ofuet (%. ct OP Span) ----~-------·-----~ 0.00 % _j i :l,J
;· I Ramp.
fi I Rate Limiter
1
I
Reset out of range PV 11a!ue usir,g -;pedfied nmge [CJ I
111
!I
Cokl ir:it OP <empty> Ii!
,II
i,,I·
i'1:•.1·.1.;.;
! ·\
!!'
11!
! ./

D On the Parameters I Ramp page, check Ramp as the Active Transfer Function.
D Enter 100% for Ramp Magnitude and 10 minutes for the Ramp Duration.
TRF-1
~ l[~i~E:t:!T·p~;: : ;~;~~s!~~!~~ .
11, .,
··"··"····"···········,
···1,
I:
ifil Ji; CMfiguration
1. i Integrator
i':J Integrator Ll t.ag 1 L:'.:l Lead 1 I' '
1, '
1 !! Lag
i'
Delay
I '
''
t::I Delay Cl Lag 2
!I
I
i!
Lead
lr,d Order
ii [) 2nd Order !!J Rate Limiter
_____ I
! '
i! Ramp
l i Rate Lim;ter ...•....•.•.•...,. .,... ,. ............. ...-...,_
:1 ,. .,.,
100.000%
ii
1
Ramp Magr,ilude [%1
R.;mp Duration
100.00%]
10.00 minute:'.
I
il , _ urrent set·---------------···--- 0.000 ~ !:
i
!11
i':,1
I,
1:I !'
1,I , _ Resei Ramp l f ·;
I
I
ll
I
I I
i !i
I. _" ____J"-
I CJ Add a Strip Chart to follow the VLV-1041 Percentage Open and the stream 11
Std Ideal Liq Vol Flow, For this new strip chart, use a Logger Size of 3600
samples and an Interval of 5 seconds.
I Strip Chart Name Logger Size(# Samples) Sample Interval
''°"'
HP S.eparator
Valve Rate
...
3600
,
3600
000:00-.20.00
000:00-20.00
~5.00
VLV-104 3600 000:00:5.00
VLV-101'
rr·,."""l----···1-- -,
:
;!
'•
r
'•
S<-'t up J Hlrtorical
.·"·c~""".--c"c""C"'""
Current I
Object Variable Acti1-e

~~::-;:::··1
,I
, ,
1
I
II
i I VLV-104 P-ercent.age open r,;i; iI
!"
j t
~
I
1 Std Ideal Liq Vol Flow

i]I ! "ii
©201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4- 22 Aspen Technology, Inc.

0 Display the new strip chart and also have the Transfer Function window up and
active alongside it.
0 Press the Run button to run the integrator and press the Start Ramp button
within the Transfer Function's Parameters I Ramp page.
0 Once the flow has stabilized, press the Reset Ramp button in the Transfer
Function window to reset the VLV-104 percentage open to 0%.
0 Stop the_integrator. Y()ur strip c~art ~ho_uld show something_like this:
. . . • 1/LV-104 n ...
!f;.',
' ~ ... ' .. ,',, ·1:
i . ,,.,[L -r 1
- 1· I ,
~ '2 c,:; I ·-----·--l - - ---- ~·---·-----·-+------··-·····---'~ ' ...... j 1-;

t,.,.
1
j
I
i
I !-
i
I
'
1
L
~
,I
V :\'l 1---------- j __ ,._.,,_,__ ii.--···--······ ·-········-·······-··' ······-···-····· --·--···-··--'--------· -1 1:

I I I:
II -1
I
-j I
1
f;
! '
.3_0J '--->----L---+--------1--------'4---""'e,·*'~141.,,,.,-
0
t
:o&J" 54-:l.o Mtnut~,,.o- ~- .,. I\
,---·J:
o In the Transfer Function Parameters I Ramp page re-set the Ramp Magnitude
to 100% and Ramp Duration to 10 minutes.
-----------9 Ge tfle VLV 104 Rating !---Sizing page and r;haag~ it frnm a Linear-t)lpe-to-a---
Equal Percentage type valve
Opions
Flew limits!
1
>- u,.,r , • Te
L...... - - - - - - - - - - - - -
·V:aa/l' Vapor f'!ow M,:;de;, ····-·--""

1
i :Un.i~=l~Si.z.rnQ
I , ________ ,_.,,
"'") 2nd o,aer !:.?] Ramp

2nd Order
~~mp
Ra!~ Limlrer
R.lmp Parameters
i f i1iarn~ Mogr.i~~de .--,00:000·-;;,: ""l ,
, .: Ramp Magn;lude [¾]
.f
100.00 % f '
1
,r':!RanopDura!io~ ,o.oom;""'~ I •
i ! i(w~r,tOffsec 0.000 ¼ I ·

o Re-start the integrator, start the ramp, and track the response via your strip chart.
Once it stabilizes reset the ramp and stop the integrator after the flow returns to 0
kg/hr.
o Repeat this procedure one last time. In this case, VL V-104 will be set as a Quick
Opening type valve.
I Valve: VLV-104 - o:.ff;::j~-

- - -! =n HYSV
I,:~!tER;ti~-~}!~~t~:~:~i~:~:~-~ic; ,- Sismg Condition, -- ·~ Cu~enl··· ' User lnpu~
I 111~1~:~,.I .t_~. . r.:. ~i.:k~-~- ~-.;:.:..:_:~--'···}·················· _ , j[pft:f~,;,..,,m T,~,~.l~;;,;;;:,;;i •.

li,f. Valve Vapor Flow Models , 1
I,•, Configuration;, [_] Integrator ['.J
i Ii
Lag 1 (~J Lead 1
I}
1
1!'. --- ------------

I Integrator
, i,,, : Uni1re""'I Ga, Sizim1 ------- I I Delay [] Delay [l_'J Lag 2 [.J L~d 2
'·······- ·························-······················· · ' _ ]! Lag
, i I Lead
I ] Znd.Orc!er rn RateLirnrter
.I'I ] ,
I
1
[,
I I '"'
Ramp
o,,,.
I! '1 1 Rat~ L,m,ter Ramp Parameter, ------ ---- ---·····-··········· ·············--- ---,
1
i:
I! 1
i--fu-,,-,~-----j
iN
Ii
illol~mphlag~rtude- 1
100.000%
i
!Ii
I
/jIi i
r Ramp I Magnitude [%1
lRamp Oural'<m
100.00 %
I
10.00 mlnut.,.
11! 1 1
~~ent0!'.:~ __ ___ _ _ _ 0000%
Cl After running each of the three scenarios, you should get a plot similar to the
figure below corresponding to each type of valve:
I
- - ·- -~-~--,----~-1 Quick Opening0--- ·1
I
N
I h
-~, '"' -r:,=:rt-' Equal % l_ - -f ~ -_JI 1:
'~ II II I i
1"'"'. I --· -1·---------1
~
II
~ ., 't---- ~-- ------- 1- -- -I ~- --- ~--1 Ii
Ja "'" [I --~ ---·- - -- -- I
I I
1•.·.
J
~--)~.'--.l.....+-----1,,.----....... !
~---...JJ'---L-i-----.J-...,o.~Jl! (r:i:Y
F
i
:40.o e-oo.~ -"-&::.D c00_;;i ei20.o ,;io.o j:
Minutes ]·
~,. I
CJ Save your case as 03-Characteristics.hsc.

Task 3 - Simulate Equipment Elevation and Nozzles
By default, static head is not included in any calculation. Inspecting pressures around the
high-pressure separator, HP Sep, should reveal that they are all equal.
For any unit operations with hold-up, Aspen HYSYS Dynamics can calculate the static
head by considering the equipment hold-up, geometry, and elevation of any attached
nozzles. In order for Aspen HYSYS Dynamics to calculate the static head for any unit
operation, these calculations must be enabled. This is done on the Options page of the
Integrator property view.
o From the Dynamics tab of the Ribbon, select the Integrator button.
o Enable the Static Head Contribution checkbox on the Options tab.
M§iA Home Economics Dynamic> View Customize Rernurc
r-~:~I: ~l Ibi~
i 1 •••
lnteg~tor
Real Time
I ~ li-l o
' i ;
Dynamic Initialization
~ Eve:nt Sch~duler
L Dynamlts !j Dynamic.
1 Motte
1
! Reset i :t:( Snap,hot Manag-er
As5istant ,
R.un f Stop 1 -~
a1
!i
; ~ --=-l---~---l~tegrator-- - -~-~- ~
'T
i ----,- I
l 1u;;;;qyx;~utto~l Options I H~ti~~l --~ II
fln
)-; I ~---- ----------- I
I ~::::;~ ~::,:n:~:·::;;:u~::,------------------;----·1 1,1

L Ri orous none u1!ibrium mixed ~ertles I L · !-
h, 1. Mode[ choking of liquid inside the valve r 1,i ] . :
f·
, I ' I Use implicit check valve model ~ I I 1
!,- I Truncateiargevolumei-otegration errors P' i IjI

i,(-.:. . .• 1 Reduce recycle efficiency for small timesteps
Close component material and energy balances
s
1
i 1 ,r !.!,
11
fj I Auto.ad.apt recycle rate of F,eat exchangers r 1
I i. l
o Run the integrator and observe the slight changes in the controller outputs. Look
at the pressures surrounding the HP Sep vessel.
CI What is the pressure of HP Yap? How about HP Liq?
a Stop the integrator before continuing.
By default, all unit operations are placed on the ground, and for most simulations, this is
acceptable. The Rating I Nozzles page of a unit operation contains information regarding
the elevation and diameter of the nozzles for process equipment.

The elevation of each nozzle attached to the equipment is displayed relative to several
reference points:
• The Growid is a common reference point from which all equipment
elevations are measured.
• The Base is defined as the bottom of the piece of equipment.
I o Add a Strip Chart called HP Sep Study. Set up the strip chart for a Logger Size
of 3600, and a Sample Interval of 5 sec.
Cl Edit the strip chart and include the following variables:
I Strip Chart Name logger Size(# Samples) Sample lntt,rval

000:00-.211.00
HPSepar.rtor '""' 3600
3600 000;00:20.00
Valve Rate 3600 OOO:OO;S.00
3600 000:00:S.OO
HP Sep Study 3600 000.00--.5.00
I
I
I Cl
CJ
Display the strip chart and press the Run button to run the integrator to see the
current steady state values.
Change the nozzle elevation (% of height) via the Rating I Nozzles page of HP
Sep for the stream HP Liq from 0% to 25% in the Nozzle Parameters section.
, ~~911,[R_e_ac:ti:1~·~ ~~,;-~Y/!4t- iJ? · · ·--·--"]

1 ~ Rating v~,.,,1 D1me~s1on;
I
1 ~,zmg
, Base Ele;atro~ Rdotiv" tc, (:;round L"v~I D.OOOOm
I ,N=lesc
, [ He;,.t Lo;;
1
; L-ea,elhp; , Di~m,sler 4.76'1m Height(1.e~gtn 7./45 '"
I [ Option, !
ii c.o,,~, s~tup I
11 C.0-..-er R~sults i ,· N,nzle Param~e,~ · ······· ··· ····- - - · -··········· · • - ·- ···············•····
!,I :, .! r··-
To Sep 1-iPV~p HP L!Q
iI'I : I Diameter[m] 0.3S7J V.3"51J 1)3573
I!
i,
! !Eleva!i,m (8a,e) [rnl .i5i'3 7.145 1.781

! Elevation \Ground) [m] 3.573 7.1.Jti 1.787
! .Ele~a!io.n .\%_of H.eig.Ml ]"] ............_!~°:Et:."i ---,s~_.,-1 .
©20 l 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4. 26 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
o Run the integrator again and observe the system behavior.

o Experiment a bit by changing the set point for the level controller LC-Hf Sep
and observing the system response.
Sep.irator: HP Sep
Siz.i,-,9 n.oooom
Nonles
Hea:tl:>ss
Level Ta;}, H•ight/L1"ng1h 7. /46 m
Options
C.C-wrSe'.up
C.Ovtr R1'suits
i
j Diameter !m)
] Ele,31.cro (Base) [m]
i E!nalion (Ground) [en]
iEleva\ion [o/, of Heighl) i¾)
L_
I"'
ii'
1::;
I10>
,,,+-- -----+---- -- --------+------,#/<------- --,--------------- - ,!---,
Oil liquid phase
il-
~ iX
,,oo
Minutes
------------'"'"·
o Save the case as 03-VesselDyn.hsc,
o After experimenting, move the nozzle location back to the original setting (0%)
and then change the SP for the LC-HP Sep controller back to 50%.
©201 S AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4-27 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

I' Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
Jf _Sep.-_
Workshops
.-. u..-i
"'
~r~.~~.n• ;~U~~. i_w~rk•h·e~i . f~-mK,·1
Si;ipil_riitpt:
.~~--~~~~~- -·-:
D a~se Elevation Relativ.e to Gr<>und l..vel 0.0000 m

.................."'"'"-'""""""\!
,,if
ii
Ii11
"::
0 4.764m Height/Length 7.146m
Ii
i
I Diamerar [ml
i Elevalron (B.ise) [ml
·1 Elevation (Grc~nd) [ml
,_Elevation_ (¾_of Kei:3ht} [%] __ _
D
Cl Run the integrator until stabilized results are seen on the HP Sep Study strip chart.
D
li l
02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4- 28 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Task 4 - Model Heat Loss From Vessels
The separator unit operations in Aspen HYSYS Dynamics also have the ability to account
for heat loss/gain based on environmental conditions. For example, you can supply
details about the equipment and insulation to take into account heat transfer from the
vessel to the environment.
Heat loss calculations are invoked under the Rating I Heat Loss page of the vessel. You
can choose to neglect the heat loss calculation in the energy balance by selecting the
None radio button. There are two heat loss models available: Simple and Detailed.
The Simple model allows you to either specify the heat loss directly or have the heat loss
calculated from the following variables:
• Overall heat transfer coefficient, U, is specified by the user
Ambient Temperature, Tarnb, is specified by the user
• Heat transfer area, A, is calculated by Aspen HYSYS Dynamics
• Fluid temperature, Tf, is calculated by Aspen HYSYS Dynamics
The heat loss is calculated using the following equation:
q,~, =UA(Tf-Temb)
In the detailed model, the user supplies both conductive and convective information.
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics calculates the heat loss and supplies a temperature profile from
the fluid to the ambient environment.
o Contmumg from the prev10us exercise, open the property view winOOw for-·tne
HP Sep and view the Rating I Heat Loss page.
o Click the Detailed radio button to activate the Detailed heat transfer model.
o Select the Conduction radio button and enter the following data:
Material Metal Insulation

Thickness 0.051 m (0.167 ft) 0.030 m (0.098 ft)
Cp 0.473 kJ/kg-C (0.113 Btu~b-F) 0.82 kJ/kg-C (0.196 Btu/lb-F)
Density 7801 kg/m3 (487 lb/ft3) 520 kg/m3 (32.46 lb/ft3)
Conductivity 45 W/m-K (26 Btu/hr-ft-F) 0.15 W/m-K (8. ?e-2 Btu/hr-f!-F)

Separator: HP Sep
-·------~--"-'--
[~;ig-~TR~~~;·-r Rating lWor~h~tI°'ftla~ic~.]
I ...... .
I, Rating - Heat los; Model (dyoamin only) -
1
! () NOile
di [J Apply Duty Stream to Outside Wall
i ! Slzing C) Simple
?i Detailed ........ LJ JISJJI j£,jb£!£Qdbk
!1 f'foi!les
i Heat loss :'·Detailed Heat Loss Parameter.>-,-----.. ----·-- -- - -- ----····--· ·;
L i ,) Ttrnperature Profile ·-iii Conduction ,.. ,) Convection
"!i Option;_ I
I! CO'ler Setup ,
I
! Overall Heat Los; 0,0000 k!/h Area 107,0 m2
ii COver Rewlts
!>
!
'i.1 II
,. Co11ductlve Properties
111 ! 1 ,=-------· --··------
Metal Insulation
.
l1 I Thickness lm]
,.........................,'..·,',,,),.,'· l o.ruo I
'I I
Cp lki/kg-CJ 0.8200 'j
II I Density [kg/rn3J
Conductivity iW/m·KJ .... _
78D1 ii
..........,. 45.00
11
520.0
J. -.-·-------·- 0. 7500_.J
11
II
L~::::::-
... ----- .:::i ---------- ____________ .J
[_._ ·"""'- l K'.'.:] lgnored
Cl Now select the Convection radio button to reveal those input fields and enter the
following data. Close the window after data entry is completed.
Inside Vap Phase U 36 kJ/h-m2-C (1.761 Btu/hr-ft2-F)

Inside Liq Phase U 180 kJ/h-m2-C (8.806 Btu/hr-ft2-F)
Outside U 36 kJ/h-m2-C (1.761 Btulhr-ft2-F)
Vapor to liquid U 18 kJ/h-m2-C (0.8806 Btu/hr-ft2-F)

ff Sepc1t,Jt(!r: HP Sep_ - t:1 atil

1tDesi9dR~~~~ TR~ti·~1Wor~heet I DynamK~ ·: ,··-·---· -. --·-·~--·-·----·--·-·-·---·-·-·-----·-·~:__,__: ___~·-··-·-··-·--·--···- .•.:...·--·----·--···-·-···-
J 1, ::·:.:::.A~-~-~~::· . ·. , f' H:_Bt loss Mod~ (dy~mi_c; only) .................:........................... 1111 CJ Apply Duly Stream to Outside Wall
!ii Si:.ing
11 i Nozzles
' · -' Non" O Simple /i!'J Dellliled
-- ------ - -
0 8
• ·
Prevent f.emperalure boss
Ii
j Heat Loss ji /" Detailed Heat Loss Parameter; -
j !! Level I "'ps I j () Temperatc.1re hofile ·~, Condudio,1
j II'1 co~~rSel p I
Oplions ! j
iiiiI C.Over
!
. - Results: lI i
!
I
r
OverallHeatLo;s O.OOOOkJ;'h
j!! '
jli 1···---·-·-··--··-··-·-··--·-·-·-··-......... _._, __ .,................_..,
i Inside Vap Phase Heat Loss U [!<J/h-m2-C] 36.00 I
··-·-,
:ii i lmide L,q Phase Heat Los, V /k.l/h-m2-CJ 180

_-0 1
1
lli iOutside H~t Loss U lk!Jh-rn2-C] 16 00

'I' i,Vapor lo Liqui~_ Heat_Loss.U.fkJ/h-m2:Cl ........ r··-·-----·----·--··"···-tiiiiOl_l
1
,, . .-----· ·- .. J
r··- .·-·-····~-------
111'
Eslimi'te Coefficient... Usmg Currant Condi:1orrsc
Iii !
itii-~~]' [J Update wt,i/e lntegr~ting
I- . - ., - De.~i~ :· ~- 'l [l !gnar"'d
Note: If you are unsure of the convective heat transfer coefficients, click the Estimate
Coefficients Using Current Conditions button. This will give you a reasonable starting
point to begin the heat loss calculations.
o The ambient temperature is set via _the integrator settings. Open the Integrator
window and select the Heat Loss page. Enter a value of7.2 'C (45 "F).
@IN
'"':ii
.. _. .ii
..~
H.ome
I-~ [ [iylJ h(!) Integrator [I,
!;·.-. -," ,
: ;[; Realnme
· 1'
Economics
i·: -. -__Il !'1N.

~ E"~e-nt Sche
Dynamics
Ii r.1 o • View Customize
[i;i Dynamic In
\ o,Jnam!Cs-'!i Dynamics :
! Mode i Assistant '
I
,
Run ! Stop; 1 Reset , ..~ s·
! ! i )!] napshot ~
c~,J lntegii!tqr. .·. · ·. p • •;
1'1 General [ faerntio.J:op;;;;.;J Heat loss L _________ ,
1
'1l•_ 1l 1 Default TnooTl i1,:1·1
ambient temperature
__..___,___, ·
D Return to the Rating I Heat Loss page of the HP Sep unit. Click the
Temperature Profile radio button and then click the Initialize Temperatures
button.
o Run the integrator and observe the system performance.
Observe the vessel temperatures on the Rating I Heat Loss page. Are there any
significant changes? Does it go to a steady set of temperatures?
o Try adjusting the ambient temperature to what effect it has on the system.
o Save your case as 03~HeatLoss.hsc.

Task 5 - Review of Integrator

There are two ways you can access the Integrator: click Integrator on the Dynamics
ribbon tab, or press CTRL+l.
HYSYS solves all equations using the fully implicit Euler integration method. On the
Integrator window, various integration parameters can be specified.
Integrator Time Step·
For most of the simulations a time step of 0.5 seconds is good enough, although it is
always better to start the simulations with smaller values (like 0.1 or 0.05) and increase
the step-size progressively until 0.5 (or higher values) taking always into account the
dynamic nature of the process to simulate.
Columns with a small residence time (ie, high reflux rates) need special attention. The
residence time needs to be calculated for every tray as the "bulk liquid volume" on the
tray (TraySection\Dynamic\Holdup) divided by the internal reflux
(TraySection\Perfonnance\Flow\Actual "LtoBelow") and converted to seconds. This
number will be important to know , since it will determine our maximum step size.
I In order to reproduce with enough rigor the dynamic transitions inside the column, 4 flash
calculations per tray residence time needs to be assured. This can be written with the
formula:
I Step_Size * CFC_Rate * 4 =<Residence_Time
where CFC_Rate is the execution rate for the "Composition filld Flash Calculation"
I solver layer.
For example, a distillation column with a resi~ence time of 8 seconds can use a step size
of O.!seconds and a CFC_Rate of 10 ( 0.1 •i-0*4~ (wfoch is lower than 8) or cao use a
I step size of 1 second and a CFC_Rate of 1 ( 1* 1*4= 4, which is lower than 8). But can't
use a step size of 0.5 seconds and a CFC_Rate of 10 ( 0.5* 10*4- 20, which is higher than
8) because it will produce not realistic dynamic responses.
I
· Integrator
r. G~ne~al j Eii~tion. [ Options{j.eat lo~ l__, ___________ t

r·!ntegration Control -- - - - - -- l 1
l ,41 Automatic G Manm1 _________ j J11j

I:
-------------- -,----------------~~I r1--
,- lateq,-afamTime- ------- - ------------ ----- ------------------------------- -
r Units
Current Time I '
minutes
Zt01 775
Acceleration . 1.0 j-)
-~:~1~:;___ _ __ r,'"_
0
:
s0
' '.> I I]
1
1 I ~::'::];:::~:
-
=-~==-==- ----~:i:i I
I:
--------------------------------- ------- -------- --- _____ , j 1'.
!I- fntegrat,on Step ··-·--·-·-·-·-·--·--I !i: ·,
I
I ' 1··- - --- - - - --···-"·-----------·--·--·---------·------ 1 ! 1 1' "
j· 1 [ Units -'>et:onds I i .
J !! I Step Size ___________________ 0.50000 i : 1 !
1' I
I 11
1
~·······c=~~·1=r;.. '.Jj
Execution
HYSYS Dynamics use a fix-size time-step solver with parameterized execution rates for
the 4 sub-layers of equations categories:
• Pressure/Flow Solver: Pressure-Node network and associated flows is solved.

(Default rate: I)
• Control and logical Ops: PID Controllers and logical blocks are calculated.
(Default rate: 2)
• Energy Calculations: Energy balance for every unit operations is calculated.
(Default rate: 2)
• Composition and Flash Calculation: Compositional mass balance and flash for
every unit operation is calculated. (Default rate: 10)
After V8 .8 the integrator has been enhanced to give users more control. By checking the
option "Skip flash if flow is less than" the integrator lets you skip flash calculations if the
flowrate is below a certain threshold. Using this option you can improve convergence
time and mitigate errors associated with low flows. Remember that by default, the
threshold is l.6e-6 kmole/s but now you can input any positive value less than the default.
©2015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. 4- 33 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

Integrator
~e:u-;;;-;;1c;pt1on;1H--;at
1-=>
I;~
'--=- __ J_c_ - --~- ------------------ -,
I I
Calculation Execlrt1on Rates: - ----- -- - 1
~J;i
B1 Ii E><ecut,on ,ates a, pee mtegeotor t,mestep, I
I [ i Press1.Jre Flow Solver ------ - - - - ~ [
I i ~ntrol and Logical_Ops ·------·-- - - - - - - - ~ I

i !
i I IEnergy Calculatioru; 2
I !Composition and Flash Calculations. 1"0 I
i I ISha1ed data updating 100
: I Usethese default penoas for all operations w'. I ]
r: ]
I 1 IUpdate shared data
i1~
I I
,,' -- -- ---- - - -
1
------ - ------ '

j[ lO Skip Oash ifncw is less than , _______________ , Kgmole/s.
Options
I
i
[i'!. !E~·~bi~ s~tic he~d ·~o~·tribi.lti~~s· -
Rigorous non equilibrium mi.:.:ed prop1:-rties
I Model choking of liquid inside the valve
-17
P'
r
IUse impli,:it check valve model P'
• Truncate large volume tntegr<1tion errors P'
1 Reduce recycle efficiency for small time.steps. r
I Clase component material and -energy balances. r
I
cI i'.i.uto.adapt
______ r.ecycle - -of-heat
- -rate - -exchanger,;.
--
r
~2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 4 - 34 Aspen Technology, Inc.

• Activate the Enable static head contributions checkbox if you want HYSYS to
calculate the static head for unit operations with holdup, considering the
equipment holdup, the geometry, and elevation of any attached nozzles.
1. Press Shift+O to display the elevation of each nozzle on the flow sheet.
2. The elevation options are available on Dynamics Tab 11 Holdup page 11
Advanced button and Nozzle tab of each unit operation.
• Activate the Rigorous non equilibrium mixed properties checkbox to use

rigorous non-equilibrium mixed properties. It is recommended that this option
remains active. Deactivating this option provides a slight speed increase when
nozzle efficiencies are not 100%, although instabilities can occur.
• Activate the Model choking of liquid inside the valve checkbox to model
choked flow.
• Activate the Use implicit check valve model checkbox to avoid delays in the
opening and closing of check valves.
• Activate the Truncate large volume integration errors checkbox to truncate

large volume balance error and restore material inventory. Large volume error
occurs if there are large upsets or sudden severe changes in the system. The
severe changes result in the volume of the material shown does not match the
physical volume that it occupies. It is recommended that this option be turned
off for depressuring utilities.
Activate the Reduce recycle efficiency for small timesteps checkbox: By

default, Aspen HYSYS assumes composition and flash computations to take
-------place evuy 5 scwnds:-:L-owering--this ,altte may testtlt ifl st:abili1:) iss-ues,s-inee-
the fictitious holdup recycle streams may increase excessively. An internal
reduction of their efficiency will overcome this effect.
• Activate the Close component material and energy balances checkbox to

ensure no imbalance with the component material and energy in the entire
flowsheet.
• Activate the Autoadapt recycle rate for heat exchangers checkbox to to

minimize the impact of the integrator step size on the exchanger duty.
! Note: You have the option of specifying the composition and energy balance exeCUtion 1
I rates per integration time step for individual dynamic unit operations. In order to 1
I specify individual execution rates for different 1U1it operations, it is necessary to add a
I n.~~ Dynamic Equipment Ops tab_.!..~_the W~rkbo~~----- -~--------·;

I
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Expanding the Model
Expanding the Model

I Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
I
I
I Lesson Objectives
I Follow best practices for adding dynamic specifications, unit

operations and controllers in the dynamic mode
Develop appropriate control strategies using split range and
on-off controllers
Install a relief valve for vessel overpressure protection
~2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 5- I Aspen Technology, Inc.

\_
Building Models in Dynamic Mode (1)
Dynamic solution results must be present

- Used to initialize new operations and streams
Add new unit operation to flowsheet
Size unit operation
- If previous results exist, they can be used to help size the
operation ,
- If no results exist, user is responsible for sizing data
Add boundary valves (if needed)
- If boundary stream is attached to conductance operation (i.e.
Heater, Cooler) a valve may not be necessary
Building Models in Dynamic Mode (2)
Add additional controllers (if needed)

Move P/F specs to the "new" boundary if possible
- P/F spec on boundary is not absolute requirement
- For example, keep P/F spec on valve inlet and assume
reasonable delta P to size valve
- Run Integrator for a few seconds to calculate valve outlet
pressure
- Swap P/F spec from valve inlet to valve outlet
- Run Integrator to stabilize
'V
~ Vap E-100
HotVap ~ap
VLV-104 out
Hint: It is best to save the case file after each successful unit
operation added

l-1~'\1 \
On-Off Controller
Referred to as Digital Point operation

Select a process variable (PV) to monitor and object to
control (OP) ~, '"''"'"""'" ' ·~
When PV reaches defined Ji•·--:7;,;.-:~;-~i_,_~~~~.~:.u.._m~:.
threshold, Digital Point turns , ,,.,,.,
fl! on/off the OP
7
' Ii.::::~'"' '.M ,Cid~• !
LJ Dead Band input allows for range 1' .,,,.,,,.,,,,__ :r,,
of PV values to indicate OP is j: "'"' •= 0, =~ ":I
on/off J: :::,,,.,., "t;.:=:·:' l
D .,.,,,.,.,.,,,,,,
,,_,n,.o.<....,
:_:,,,.. 9""'"' -
i
,I
'f
'
ij
[1 I!
!!i,
1.1~ ..
I
:i
.. if
'
D
1i :<'_____ ~
I"
D Split Range Controller

'--------------------------!
I
Allows multiple manipulated

variables (OP) to control a ,.~..-..
single process variable (PV) ··i;;,;:;··
,},'.~.'.'.~---·· --'"-'-"-~'-,
Examples:
Two valves for pressure
·..·,. ·., r
,1,i,
control on a three-phase
separator
- ;ooo_,,.- '
- Pressure control in a reactor ,__ ,_,>=
by controlling both inflow and ---- -------"{;,,,':
i i
t.J outflow 111<1:
--'"-"''" ""'=""'l;s.','."'
rm,, ... ;,.,, • .,
Cl
u
I ,

!i"1
1, '
, I
Relief Valve
Used to model any type of relief valve in HYSYS Dynamics

( ·1
I~
Valve opens once Set Pressure is met
'"''"""""''"c,
,..,,,.,,,.,...~"'"'
Workshop: Expanding the Model
Continue adding onto the model from the previous

workshops, adding new operations while in dynamic mode
.-:~ fu ; :;:.,
~
@aspentech ©:WlSAt1I1COTed... alog~Ioc.Allt1lJhts;re.....ve<1 ] 6 d~NE

©2015 AspenTech. AU Rights Reserved. 5-4 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Expanding .the Model
Workshop: Expanding the Model - Tasks

Task 1 - Modify Existing Controls and Add Knockout
Task 2 - Adding the LP Separator
Task 3 - Fail Open Valve
Task 4 - Split Range Controller
Task 5 - Add a Relief Valve
I
I ®aspenkch ©101SAwenTo,chnol09y,11u::Allrl!)h(sN!served I 9 i§9NE
I
I
I

Expanding the Model Workshop
@aspentech
I
I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
I Expanding the Model Workshop

Files can be found in folder: 04_ExpandModel
I
Objective
I In this module, you will install several unit operations to your flowsheet while in the
dynamic mode. You may also construct the simulations in the steady state mode and then
move the simulation into the dynamic mode, as done in an earlier exercise. However, the
I goal of this module is to teach you how to build simulations in Aspen HYSYS Dynamics.
I Description
A Knockout Drum and a three-phase Low Pressure Separator must be added downstream
of the High Pressure Separator in your existing dynamic model. The control system will
I also be modified with PIO, On/Off, and Split Range controllers. Furthermore, a pressure
relief valve will be added to the simulation.
I There are several ways to add equipment. Some users prefer switching the model back to
steady state, making the changes, and then switching back to dynamics. Others prefer
adding the equipment directly to the dynamic model. Aspen HYSYS Dynamics supports
either method. In this workshop, the unit operations will be added while in HYSYS
I Dynamics, which is often the most straightforward approach provided you accmmt for all
the dynamic inputs.
I •
•
Task l - Modify Existing Controls and Add Knockout
• Task 3 -Fail Open Valve
• Task 4 - Split Range Controller
• Task 5 -Add a Relief Valve
I
I
Task 1 - Modify Existing Controls and Add Knockout
o Open the saved case from the last workshop, 03-HeatLoss.hsc.

o VLV-104, VLV-105, and all their associated controllers, streams, etc. are no
longer needed. Delete those objects from the flowsheet.
o This case should still be in the Dynamic mode. If it is not, select the Dynamics
tab in the ribbon and click the Dynamics Mode button. Then run the Integrator
until the model stabilizes, then tum off the Integrator.
PIPE.too
Alpha Alphat Alpha2

VLV-100
Q.JliJ)ha
Bravo
Before adding a Knockout Drum, we are going to change the pressure control scheme for
the HP Separator. A control valve will be placed on the HotVap line.
D Add a Valve to the flowsheet. The inlet stream is HotVap and the product stream
is HotVap Out. Name the valve Knockout Valve.
o Access the Rating I Sizing page for the valve
o For the Sizing lVletbod select the Mannfactiuer specific methods
o On the drop down for Valve Vapor Flow Models choose Universal Gas sizing.
o Then size the valve based on a 68.95 kPa (10 psi)
- ' . --~---· . ' '
--@Curre,nt- ·, u,.._r Input·-·· ..
fc1 2"5.0
!~~v ..,ve.--1, !Km -0.9000

'--- ___________ iC, !USGPM(60F, 1psi)] U-48e+004
1.C~-----......................... ,. 33?05e~!J?]....,

1?&.1 Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
1 . Workshops
.
o What Cv does HYSYS calculate for the new valve?

CJ Run the Integrator for a few minutes to refresh the data in the new HotVap Out
stream, and then stop the Integrator.
o Say NO dynamic assistant.
Note: The Dynamics Assistant will initially appear, but do not use it. Click the No option
for the Dynamics Assistant as it is merely pointing out that the new boundary stream does
not have a dynamic specification. The problem still has the correct number of defined
and undefined parameters, just not the way the Dynamics Assistant wants! We will
address this concern momentarily.
CJ Now we will move the P/F specs to the new boundary stream. From the
Worksheet I PF Specs page of the Knockout Valve move the active pressure
specification from the stream HotVap to HotVap Out by deselecting the pressure
spec for HotVap and selecting the box for HotVap Out.
~~.~~-1 Worksheet (pyn~-;~~-----'"·-------- -..-·-------·-·---·--.--·---

Worksheet N;;;--·····-·----------··----------·----.-
rl
·--.-·-----·---.------
Hot Vap HotVapOut
···---····-·-1
I iConditions ] IPressure Spec Active

i Pcopert;:, ' I :1:::;;:;iv,
r
r
6411
i;,
r
6379
1
Flow Spec Basis Molar Flow Molar Flow
Molar Flow [kgmole/h] 2.853e+004 2.853e+004
Mass Flow [kg/h] 6.054e+005 !WS4e+OOS
1 I !Std lde21l liq Vol Flow [m3/hI 1686 161!6
1
CJ Change the output connection for PC-HPSep controller from FC-Alpha to

Knockout Valve.
CJ Place FC-Alpha in Auto either by making the change in the controller Face Plate,
or on the Parameters I Configuration page.
CJ What should be the action type of the pressure controller? Choose the action type
of the pressure controller, PC-HPSep, to be direct.

1E1 ·--'-'-'"'-- PC-HP-Sep

; Connect1onsTP~ra~e-;r; Monitor l r Str:ipcbartJ>:i:erV-ariables Notes r l_ ----
rI
'I Parameters
Configuration
rOperat1onaJ Parameters
1 $J
---.
p
----= --- -- --- -- I
S)I Dmect 1
Ii Advanced I SP Mode: @ Loc:ii , ' Remo~e I
,
1,
1 0 9
.
AMuCtot u,:e,· r"- I ~.,~---·--~------~ I
.1 ] Scheduling i~ecution Merna [ ,

[Alarms SP 6474 kPa I
PV 6474 k:Pa
I IOP i
. II! Signal Processmg
i p~ C-ondit1onin.g 50.00 %
"·---------------------·~
1i FeedForward ·-·----·-·-----.-·- ····-··-·----..·----·-·-··-·--·----·-·---·-·-·---·--··---··-,
o Change the controller set point to test if the model is still stable and re-set the
pressure controller to its original SP when finished.
o Save your case as 04-ExpandModell.hsc.
A Vertical Separator W1it operation will be used as the Knockout Drum. The cooled
overhead stream HotVapOut will be the feed for the separator unit.
o Make sure the integrator is off and add a Separator, then provide the following
information:
Name Knockout Drum

Feed HotVap Out
----- - - - --
Vapor Outlet KOVap
Liquid Outlet KO Liq
R~tirig
Volume 25.5 m3 (900 ft3)
o By adding the Separator you have created a new boundary stream. Supply a
dynamic Molar Flow specification for stream KO Liq. Check the current flow
rate of liquid into the Knockout Drum to estimate a value for the liquid flow
spec.
o What is the total liquid flow (i.e. liquid+ aqueous) into the Knockout Drum?

t"") __ __ . _ Material Stre_am: HotVapOut_.
rw-:~"~~tT~i~~-~:iili~;;;-i_ _
Wo,kshet!I is;~~mi-l~m,. HotVJpOul Vapcur Phase Aqueou, Phase ::n
Ccmdi.tion, ······• 'Vapou, / Ph8<e F1ac'bo~
0ropert,.., : j Temp~ralur .. JC)
i
G.9~95
2~.S7 o;: ~ o;: ~ o:~ !I
I r~~:~:F=~y: l~~:'i~~l::iol,./h]
Comp<i<ition
User Variable<
: Prem,r,. i<P~)
1
!Std !deal Uq Voi Flow [m31h]
6"379
2.253a---OC\4
6.054a+OIJS
1686
6379-----"""'"'-----''~"~'--li11
2.76<ie•0041
5.62~•-005
1614
711l.1
·--~'~·""=·~·'~"~----,'~"~'~.
@.ao I:
16M
2.oos
I'
Note,; ] Molar fothalpy [kJ/kgmolej -0.909,-0a.! -8.639 .. -0()4 -1.497e•005 -2.362e•005 Ii
Co,t Parameter:; : 1 Mclar fot,-opy [1,Jllcsmol .. -C] 148A 14g_5 127 z 53.64 1!
I
No,.,,,_.,i;zed Yie!d;: j 1-1 .. , Flow /kl/hj ·2.3S9H009 . 1.063~-ooo "4.606e~007 '11,,
, 11,q. '.oi Flow @Std Co~d [m3/h] 6.51s~+oo5 6.'l,1s 2-ssa

: Hu,d P8ckag, Di,'-15,;,P/on,
: UtrlityTyp~ II
o Enter your flow value into the KO Liq stream Dynamics I Specs form.
ct Run the Integrator. Say NO dynamic assistant. Run it for a second or two to
propagate the calculated data to the boundary streams.
I Cl Move the dynamic pressure specification from stream HotVap Out to the
boundary stream KO Vap, using the value calculated in the previous step.
I ! Design j Reactions ! Rating1Worksheet l OynamtCS:l -----

[,'.5V~;~h~t. .
I ! Conditions.
I Properties
i Composition
Pressure Spec Active
Pres.sure [kPa]
HotVapOut
r
r
637!}
KO Liq
r,
r,,,
6390
KOVap
P'
I,
6376
Flow Spec Active
IPF Specs
I Flow Spec Basis
Molar Flow [kgmole/h]
Ma3s Flow [k.g/hJ
Molar Flor
2.853e+OC
6.G54e+OOS
Molar Flow
871.0
4.559e+004
Molar flow
2.753e+004
5.558e+005
IStd Ideal Liq Val Fkiw [m3/h}
1 1686 74.89 1601
I I I
Based upon previous P/F rules, there should be a resistance device on both of the
Knockout Drum product streams, and pressure specs should be used, as they are both
boundary streams.
When a pressure spec is given to the exit stream of a vessel, then that stream will do
whatever is required to maintain the vessel pressure. The exit stream will either let
flow out of the vessel or let flow into the vessel (negative flow). For this reason, all
boundary product streams have what is called a Product Block.
The product block sets the conditions of the stream ifthere is negative flow. By default, it
I has the same composition as the vessel, but you can make the appropriate changes (for
example, N2 or CH4 for atmosphere or fuel gas blankets).
0201 5 AspenTech All Rights Reserved. 5 - 10 Aspen Technology, Inc.
'Jill
:'.]
,-.--,
\
o To open the Product Block property view for the KO Vap stream, click on the
Product Block button located on the Dynamics I Specs page of the boundary
stream property view.
P Matecial Stceam, KO Vap

D,,namic,;
r Dynamic SpeciF.caiion;
Sp""°' I (' Pre~•we Specirication ···
Stripchart; i ! r··--···-··-·-·--·······-...,.. ·-
ii [___._,. . . _. Pre;;ure. ········--~Z.~.J:'-~..'.'....
i'
(> !deal WqVol
1· .. Molar Flow
! •...• 2.753e+004. kgmol~/h _ r @Temperature <empty>
0 Enthalpy <empty>
,;) Entropy <empty>

Product bloc~.
- ---------- ------ IR-the-ease ef the ilow-spee,the-fl-ew----is--ahvays ec:it-ial te the speGifi.satien supp-lWd,---t-lo---

matter what the pressure or level of the vessel.
These types of specs are often used when it is desired to simplify problems, but they can
lead to some strange results. While they help us simplify a problem, we often want to
eliminate these specifications whenever possible.
A Compressor unit operation will be added to the flowsheet to increase the pressure of
the KO Vap stream in the next module. For the KO Liq stream, a valve will be added to
the flowsheet. This valve allows manipulation of the liquid flow from the vessel, and it
will be the control valve for the vessel level controller.
o Add a Valve and provide the following information.

I Name LP Separator Valve

Feed KO Liq
I Product
o The stream To LP Separator wilJ have the same pressure value as stream HP
To LP Separator
I Liql (2689 kPa, 390 psia). Enter it in as a dynamic specification and remove the
dynamic flow specification from KO Liq.
·!!>!• il~!viftP~~t<!rvaive:cs
:l ·f~D~ig~·-j.~tj~g· Worksheet llM~a~;-)
II
Worksheet
Conditions I
Name
Pressure Spec Active
r KO Liq To LP ~epacato, l
i
I Properties
j;;;;::tine 11
Pressure [kPa1
Flow Spec Active
Flmv Spec Basis
r
Molar:~~
• r
Mola~,~~:
2689 I
I IMolar Flow [kgmole/h]

lj
I
I I
I ,
I
IMass Flow [kg/hl
!std Ideal liq Vol Flow [m3/hl
4.559e+004-
74.89
0.0000
0.0000
o Size the LP Separator Valve using all default values.

I ::·,'.·h>'k;/ ~.H ifl!bj
fin; lW~~~- _____________ ____ __ _ ____ ________ ____ _ __ _ ___
Ra 1
l' '.
[ ~
1 Rating Vaive Operfil1n,3cl.er,rt1cs

1
I S1:zmg (ondrtions -,,ij Current- - ,,~ U,er Input .. J
I r q)L1near 1 11 · ·- ·· · · ·· - · - - - - - - - --1 1
1 i :j
1
1 I i SJ.Zing ' _ , lnld Pressure [kPa] 6390
11 ~c-,":21es , :)QwckOpe 1 ! l.~!~u_!~r--~~~~~~-----------·----- "~~~g.J if!

ii,.I Flow
pion.;
Limits I :) I.... ',. EquolPercentoge
1 U,erTable
: r-··-----·. --·-- - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - ,
: iValve Opening[%] 5000
il'l,
1
,
ii ; j Delta P [kh] <empty> 0
ff;::;:~:::.:.~:-· ~1 ~~.~;l~~~;'.,m, m,~,.-~"'··""-

1
Ii irl
•,'1' 1 , I
1 1
Simple re~irtance equation .II
ii'I
.. /
!
I ic,· 2s.ol
1
1
I!
,II
;
i r..-----
r ~ Si~eValve
1
:Km
!Cv[USGPM(60F,1psi)] 21.25
1
0.9iXJO I ij
11
\cg ____________"·-"·- ·-·~!g~_J 11-.,i
1,1'
1
1' irl!1,1
I
I c:· ~.,.:. :·j ' .._,_JI
·(._'_1_,,_,_
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 5 • 12 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
o What Cv is calculated for the LP Separator Valve?

o Start the Integrator for a few seconds to propagate values to the new boundary
streams. Stop the integrator.
Next, you will add a level controller, called LC-KO Drum, in order to maintain the
level of the Knockout Drum. However this will be added in a rather unique way.
o Navigate to the Dynaniics I Specs page of the Knockout Drum and click the
Add/Configure Level Controller button.
r"--·-·-- ····· V~a;l cylinder ····1

1Levei Cakulator
I.Fraction _Cal,:_ulator .··-- u~.~ lrrets am,' _nozn.:s J
---------
~oooo [:;::-' I
____ ,, ......,.,_,, .•..• _, ______ 6376 _ .... ~ .,..• J
o Double-click on the resulting PID Controller on the flowsheet and rename it LC-
KO Drum.
o Add a Face Plate for the controller and set the SP equal to 50%.
a Run the integrator. Once at steady-state conditions, what is the Valve Percent
Opening?
o Save your case as 04-ExpandModel2.hsc.

!I
I0
I]
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
In this section, we will add the three-phase separator. The inlets are the two liquid
Workshops
streams, HP Liql and To LP Separator, and the vessel size is identical to the High
Pressure Separator.
D CJ Add a Three-Phase Separator and provide the following information:
'It]
w
Name LP Separator
D Feed 1
Feed 2
Vapor Outlet
HPLiq1
To LP Separator
LPVap
~
Light Liquid Outlet LP Liq
Heavy Liquid Outlet Waste Water
Rating,
D Volume 127.5 m3 (4500 ft3)
CJ Now you need to move the dynamic P-F specifications to the new boundary
Li streams. Supply a Pressure Specification for stream LP Vap. Use the same
value that is in place on the HP Liql and To LP Separator streams.
rJ o
Cl
Uncheck the dynamic pressure specifications on HP Liq 1 and To LP Separator.
Add dynamic Molar Flow Rate specifications for streams LP Liq and Waste
Water. What values should you use for the specs? How much liquid is going
(11 into the separator? Base your specs on the To LP Separator and HP Liql streams!
~i
~u
-3 r,11~· Sej:):'arato~·i_p:·SePa~toi"'
~---- ----------~
~J
e
1,,,
l~~-~~-~_;iJ#.:i;i~~I~~:~:~iTW~~~-;~-~tT~.~~iil
1
! Work,;;heet r,.,_,.. . . . . . . . . . . ,.,-.................................-..
ij Conditions !Pressur~SpecActive
To lP Sep~raror
r
HP L1q1
r
LP Liq
r r
..........
· 11
,
!i Prnpertie-i !Pm sure !kPa] 2689

'"'.-----1~0~1.3~--~'~"~'1--...-·~·'~'-''-11
i' Composition I :Flow Spec Active r r
~
i! PF Specs !Row Spec Basis Molar Flow Molar flow Molar Flow Molar Flow Molar Fl<>W
,~ i! iMolar flow [\cgmole/h) 87U 0.0000,.__·_ '""'-' ~!I

..._... -...,
.
I1:
ill
: Mass Flew,• (kglh]
istd Ideal Liq Vol Flow [m3/h)
J.282e~004
72.01
3228 ' - - - - ' ' ' " ' " ' '
2.32~+005
317.9
2.4 I 3e+005
~21.3
0,0000
0.0000
1,302e~005
173.4
ii
ii
@:j CJ The problem should now have enough specified variables to calculate. Before
starting the Integrator open the Dynamicsj Holdup page so you can view the
li11
',_., !
\
liquid level in the LP Separator. We do not want this liquid level to reach 100%
once the integrator runs.
o Run the integrator and run for a few moments. If prompted for changes by the
Dynamics Assistant just ignore for now.
o Does the system stabilize? What happens to the liquid level in the LP Separator?
The LP Separator requires controllers to stabilize the process. Three controllers are going
to be added. We will add one PID controller for the vessel pressure, another for the light
liquid level on the LP Separator, and a Digital Point ( on-ofi) controller for the waste
water outlet.
o Add a Valve to the LP Vap stream. Name it LP Pressure Valve and name the
outlet stream LP Vap-1.
Cl Set the dynamic pressure specification for LP Vap-1 at 1379 kPa (200 psia).
Remove the dynamic pressure spec for LP Vap.
o Go to the Rating I Sizing page of the LP Pressure Valve and size the valve.
Cl Add the following PID Controller to the flowsheet:

Name LP Sep-PC
Process Variable Source LP Separator, Vessel Pressure
Output Target Object LP Pressure Valve, Actuator Desired Position
Action Direct
PV Minimum 1379 kPa (200 psia)
PV Maximum 3103 kPa (450 psia)
Mode Auto
Kc 3
Ti 2 minutes
SP 2690 kPa (390 psia)
CJ Add a Face Plate for the new controller.

Cl Run the Integrator for a few seconds and then stop it after the model stabilizes.
o Add a Valve for the LP Liq stream. Name it LP Level Valve and name the outlet
stream LP Liq-1.
D Set the dynamic pressure specification for LP Liq-I at 1379 kPa (200 psia).
Remove the dynamic flow rate spec for LP Liq.
11
lil ~~~~:W:~~~t~,:~-L:?S;~;-~it_~}i~~\~;~:2-r:::'.;Q~_~::~!\_(¥~;;:&:f'.::~~n.,.
1
I
i
iI
'

o Add the following PID Controller to the flowsheet:

In this Cell Enter
Name LP Sep-LC
Process Variable Source LP Separator, Liquid Percent Level
Output Target Object LP Level Valve. Actuator Desired Position
",;,,. . :.<<> - " . -: .- ..
'
Fan1i~~·~~tCo·~figLi~tf9~:.·-
.. "
•"' ·,' ·. ' " .
.•.....··.··· ·.... :·:-_. .- '"
Action Direct
PV Minimum 0%
PVMaximum 100%
Mode Auto
Kc 2
Ti 10 minutes
SP 65%
o Add a Face Plate for the new controller.

o Run the Integrator for a few minutes and then stop it after the model stabilizes.
For safety reasons, the water/aqueous phase level cannot be over 1.98 meters (6.5 ft) or
under 0.45 m (1.5 ft). An On-Off Controller will fully open a control valve when the level
is higher than 6.5 ft and it will fully close the valve when the level is lower than 1.5 ft.
o Add a Valve to the Waste Water stream. Name it LP Waste Valve and name the
outlet stream as Waste Water-1.
o Set the dynamic pressure specification for Waste Water-I at 1379 kPa (200
psia). Remove the dynamic flow rate spec for Waste Water.
o Go to the Rating I S1zmg page of the LP Waste ~alve and size the valve:- --

Vdlve-: LP Waste va1Ve
i
''
];
'
! i
Cl Run the Integrator for a few moments and let the model stabilize.
Add a Digital Control Point operation from the Dynamics tab of the Palette.
I
Cl
This will represent the On-Off Controller for the aqueous liquid level.
I
o If the aqueous liquid level is above the maximum. level (i.e. 6.5 ft), the desired
I actuator position is 100%. Double-click the Digital Control Point block now on
the flowsheet and add the following information:
I Name
Process Variable Source LP Separator, Phase Level, Liquid2
Output Target LP Waste Valve, Actuator Desired Position
Mode Auto
Output Cold lnit OP Default
Auto Operational Parameters Latch
Threshold 1.98 m (6.5ft)
Higher Dead Band 0.00
Lower Dead Band 1.53 m (5.0 ft)

OP is On when PV >= Threshold

PVMinimum Om(Oft)
PVMaximum 7_108 m (23_32ft)
On,Qff tontrollef
J I A~;i;i ---'"I
rr-~-;.;;;_ct~amerers
I
Mode-: 0 Off
rStrip(~varLables
O Manual @ Auto ·1: ·:
'
I [-Output---------------------------- -------·-i I•
0
I i :~:,::, ;P~tatea O Off ~, Default O On I
-I '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
' I
! (Auto Operational Poirameters -------------------------1

1 ,~_ "''ch ----'~:_"~~-~~---::'_:~-~~---------, I
, , 1PV
I.
1
1
D.366445 I m i
1
~~~~,:o~~ad _fl~;;~--11
I
111 Sond _
11 l~:,,:,:::!:: nd
---------- Pv;:¾!;~~j I
I I
. Ii
'""""·------·- ..,..,-----·-·--··-·-""-·-------·-·-·-··-··-- -·---------..··--···--···--·- ..I
- Faceplate PV Configuration---·----------------·-·----,
~---------------------------.
Minimum 0..0000 m
I
_,
1-ax1mum
II I'
I,
l_________________________________J :
·ll::.•_ _ D_e1_,_'________
' '_"'_'_p_1,_,_•_··___'-_-_.:_-~':___'r_:'.:__:..._"_:._~_,-f-_.. :_:___._,,
When the PV is higher than Threshold, OP is ON and the Actuator Desired Position is
Full Open. When the PV is lower than the Threshold minus the Lower Dead Band, (6.5 ft
- 5.0 ft - 1.5 ft). the OP State is OFF and the Actuator Desired Position is Closed.
CJ Add a Face Plate for the on-off controller.

o Create a strip chart to monitor primary variables around the LP Separator. Click
on Edit to add variables. Add the following variables.

LP ~P'!r!ltor
o Display the strip chart. Customize the chart.

a Run the Integrator and allow the model to run for a while.
Cl Right click on the plot area and select AutoScale All Axes if necessary.
I
---~-------··-··------------------------------~---------_>
____ l'' "1
ri
I [,I
I
l
Ii
~
o Save your case as 04-ExpandModeI3.hsc.
0201.5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 5 - 20 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Task 3 - Fail Open Valve

Actuators usually have a fail-safe function. If there is a disruption to the power source
driving the valve, the actuator places the valve in a safe position, either Fail Open or Fail
Shut. In Aspen HYSYS Dynamics, if the Fail Shut option is selected, the valve becomes
fully closed (ActDesired¾ ~ 0) in the event that the signal from the controller is cut off
from the valve. If the Fail Open radio button is selected, the signal received by the valve
is modified as follows:
ActDesired¾(Valve) ~ 100% - ActDesired¾(Controller)
If the signal from the controller is cut off from the valve, the valve becomes fully open.
D Select the Actuator bas Failed box for VLV-103 in the Dynamics I Actuator
page.
o Set the valve to Fail Open. Run the integrator and observe the response.
Valve:V[V-103
-~---·__-.·~-"---~-~~----·---~~--=--'------·
1. Design I Ratjng l. w~~hecll Dynamic~ L-·---------------·····---
1
I r·s~~~ ··ii
J
[}yna~i~s
Pipe
Parameters -----------------·-----------·----------·i
Mode,
1·A~at~r
@ lostantaoeou, C Fiest O,de, O Linea,~
Ti~-~-&;;~ant fse~:;~d~i----- 000:00:1.00 · \
I
j
j i Holdun I
Valve Sti-ckiness Time Constant [seconds:] <empty> II I
I Actuator IActuator Un ear Rate ['%./second] 1.000 I ,I
l Flowl\m1t.s I 1
I Stripchart l Value
K Damp Fac~r .. 0.9500 -~---·-
~ I_,_. . _,_______E~~-~~--~~~--~~~~~~-----·
II i Actuator has Failed
r·Posanons --·-·--·------·- --- · · - -1_ _ J
! Ijl I ] _~_ - _CO' F~~Ope~--~~~~~~~ _C Fa,! Hold _
1!
1
I Min Max ' Current Des:lred • Offset J
11 1 Valve 0.00 100.00 4".35 --- 0.00 , \ I

[ 1 Actuator_=-- 0.00 ___ 100.00 __ 48.35 _ 48.35_-=--- --- -~ J J
1
D What happens to the liquid level? What would you expect? What happens to the
OP (VLV-103 Actuator Desired Position)? Is this what you expect?
o Change the controller action ofLC~HP Sep from Direct to Reverse. Now what
happens to the liquid level and OP?
(i;;)20I 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 5 - 21 Aspen Technology, Inc.

I
Cl Feel free to experiment with the Fail Shut option for VLV-103 as well. Do you
need to change the controller action in that case to show proper response of the
OP? Use the HP Sep level controller face plate to observe the key variables.
a Set the controller action back to Direct, reset the VLV-103 Fail Position to
None, and uncheck the Actuator has Failed box and run the Integrator to re-
stabilize the model.
a Save your case as 04_ExpandModel3Actuator.hsc.
Task 4 - Split Range Controller
In this portion of the exercise you will add a split range controller to the flowsheet.
o Disconnect the LP Separator vapor outlet stream (LP Vap) from the control
I o
o
valve LP Pressure Valve.
Add a Tee and connect LP Yap as the inlet stream.
Add two product streams to the Tee (titled 6 and 7) and connect one of them to
the existing LP Pressure Valve. Note that you do not need to specify a split
I fraction for the Tee - this is only a steady-state input.

CJ Add a new Valve called LP Pressure Valve-2 connect stream 7 as the inlet,
create a stream called LP Vap-2 for the outlet, resulting in a process similar to the
one shown below:
I
LP
I Vsp-1
...
LP
Vap-2
o Change the Cg of the LP Pressure Valve to approximately 50% of the original

m I value (Cg new= 0.5 * Cg old). Use this value in the LP Pressure Valve 2 as well.

\i
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduclion to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
·---·
., " ---·-· "· .. ,·
[] lg_nore.d
o Ensure the dynamic pressure specifications for both boundary streams are set at
137? kPa (200 psia).
o In order to accommodate the new split range controller, the PID controller must
be removed. Delete LP Sep-PC from the flowsheet.
o Add a Spht Range Controller from Dynamics tab 01 the Fa1ette ·and ·use-i:he---
following table of information to define it:
In this Cell Enter
Name Split LP Sep-PC

Process Variable Source LP Separator , Vessel Pressure
Output Target Object 1 LP Pressure Valve, Actuator Desired Position
Output Target Object 2 LP Pressure Valve 2, Actuator Desired Position
©2015 Aspen.Tech All Rights Reserved 5 - 23 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Split LP Sep PC
!'r"c~~n.~ctio~sl~~-~:i[~~~:__~~jI~~~~7~~~~-------"--
11 Name Split lP Sep PC -
I,
I Proceil Variable S-curce. ··•··············•········•············· ·············· •··········· ··· ······· ······
'I Use this box to
1,_~ect ~::J choose original
e
!LP Separator ·-----· ]
valve 1 or 2
II , :::,::,,
:: '
!1
IIII11 PV
____,. :,, ~ OP
ii I · Remote Setpoint A, I
r
Output Target Object -
'
1
11 i -L.-~~-L_-t
Rs~] Optional j Object ]LPPr~~;J [,_ . Select.OP.~__.]!
[Ii : Variable:
....1
111
!
i
I
SP
CJ Go to Parameters 1 Configuration page and input the following.
Parameters I Configuration
PVMin 1380 kPa (200 psia)
D .'
PVMax 3100 kPa (450 psia)
~+;~s~'.~j~~~t~t -, ~-it: ~~;': ::¥kt~~~.~~r~:}~-~¥t;r:i :~1~~*i~r;1:_;~~~;:;:~1IPh~t;~~;'.~

r.~-~-~-~ ~.' ~
1 Parameters
Parameters I:spnt·Ha~9e S~Lu~TStriP~-~rtTU~~;y;ia,b~ l N~ ---------·-·--· ------------1
( PVl M(n and Max
' 11-·--- Pl/Min Pl/Max
[J jI 1:Ve_:~~.:::So'="~"=------~'~3~80~.~IK)(J=~kP~•~i J 3100.000kP;! I
Cl Go to Parameters I Operation page and input the following.
) 1;~_ratii,t~l'SlCtperatian _-~' .._:'-.. ____ :._:_' ;_<-- .',,:: ·': :: ·. :'./· . . 'i' ; '.-
Action Direct
i !, Controller Mode Auto
l' __Il SP 2690 kPa (390 psia)
Kc 3
Ti 2 minutes
11
•'
©201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 5 - 24 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.
r.,,.,-,
, I
(B
r~onnect,on~
I
___ .
Pacameters
__ _
Pa,,metecs
, Action:
_ _ ._ SplitLPSe1>PC
j S~ln Range SetuelStripchaillm V,ri,b~ili-J. . ______ .
;) Reverse ·~) Drrect ti ._J
-
.
-i
---=1
Workshops
It
I Operation j J Setpoint Mo{le: 0 LccaJ (} R~mnte 1
Ii Contiguratron I I- -- -- ---- - - - ----------- I
II :~::c:,~g I l~;:.'~:Mode ---- -------------- lnt:,~:.J 'I
1
•••,: rMC Design and PVs ---------------------------------------------------, ,
i ,
1
Scheduling
1:::::,'°""'ns]
1_
i lriitializa:1ion [
r~ --- -- -
~----------·----------
r - -~:~:I
0.00 i
I' ·
1.
I·
1
[ I Range Outputs ---------------- -~---~---~---~·:_·:_·:_··--·············----------------, ! l
' , 1· LP Pressure Valve ~I --- :6,155- "i
I: ' l LP Pressure VaNe-2 -----·--- -·------·--·-----=-~~~
. - II
fi,.
I
Tun_~-~~-~-::r-~.~-=-~=~ 1 A.l9orithrn Type , I,,[,.:-,
I ! IHvsv< ·J
1,j
11 [iZ, 3.00 _ j I
III l~~ ·------------ <em::: J I.. A~go_rit_hoo '"".~~·:::=::... ·-· , II
o Go to Split Range tab and input the following
Spilt Range Setup Low Range High Range
LP Pressure Valve 0 50
LP Pressure Valve 2 50 100
o Add a Face Plate for the split range controller.

o Run the integrator until the process stabilizes, then change the pressure set point
and observe the behavior of the controller.
o lfthe OP of the controller is below 50%, then which valve would be closed?
o If the OP of the controller is ·greater than 50% then would one of the valves go
fully open? Which one?
o Save your case as 04_ ExpandModel4.hsc.
f02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 5 - 25 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Task 5 - Add a Relief Valve

The Relief Valve operation is used in many situations where excess pressure may build
up in a process. Although the relief valve is available in steady state mode, its purpose is
to avert situations that occur in a dynamic environment.
Cl Add a ReliefValve. l!tl[

o Enter From LP as the Inlet stream and To Flare as the Outlet stream.
Re,iiefvalveeRV-100"
Name RV-100
I Outlet
L!~~~~--··---------:1
I Fluid Pack.age
IOil-Ga'> Plant
D Connect From LP as a third outlet from the Tee operation you added in the
previous task.
D On the Dynamics I Specs page of stream To Flare, activate the Pressure
Specification. The pressure of this stream should be atmospheric.
o The Relief Valve requires a value for the Orifice Area to initialize. Open the
2
Rating I Sizing page of the Relief Valve and enter 25.81 mm (0.04 in').

\
Relief velve: RV, 100
-~ Quick Opening 0 Linear (') Equal Percentage
,..·Capacity Correction Factors and Parameters-·"···- -------·---···--··- ··-··-,

I ,---------------------------·-------·--1
I iVisrnsrty Coefficient t.000
1 IDischarge Coefficierit 1.000
I 8-.ack Pressure Coefficient 1.000
! IValve Head Differential Coefficient 1.000
I Standard Orifice Designation
i
j OrificeArea 25.81 mrn2i
I _________
I
-------------'
o On the Design I Parameters page, enter 2827 kPa (410 psia) as the Set Pressure
of the relief valve and 2896 kPa (420 psia) as the Full Open Pressure.
-~- .- n llltillll
I_'D_esignJ Rati~g TWorks_~{l.Dramrctl____ · ·--------·---- ·--·--·-·------------ ----·--·-----------·--- _
, Design i
[~:~~;~~] ~RV
- - - ------------1+1-N.c,tc:5c_____--jj----------i)o~-----7'~-r-------,)ra,...___ -1--
i
i:,: I Set Pressure Full Open Prn,ure ,.,ii
Ii 2827 l896
ii '
'I
I,
i
I
I
ll=c____ _j . ------------·----·-·--J
I
C,~"'1~~-J [j tgnored
CJ Run the integrator and use the split range controller to build up pressure in the LP
Separator above the set pressure of the relief valve.
CJ Is the relief valve large enough to accommodate the vapor flow? If not try a
larger orifice size.
CJ Save the case as 04-ExpandModelS.hsc

I
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Compressor Curves and Surge Control
I
I
I
I Compressor Curves and
Surge Control
I Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
I
I
I Lesson Objectives
I Learn how to model real process equipment by using

performance curves on a compressor model
I Model rotating equipment in the dynamic mode

Devise an anti-surge control scheme around a compressor
I
I
I
\_
Compressor Curves
t,,~,;;,;,:
,.""''°''""''
J,n,.,,,,,.,.., "I-'
17'7'"''"''' .;
;,,,.,,,,,.o•' ?
:c""""'"' '"" :ili

:~ ::;:: ~ i. V
,,,,,,...,,.,,.,"
l[•rc.,,,,.. i;
""""' _,,., ''''"

,,,,,,(SC:l,.m""1}
Compressor Surge Control
If a centrifugal compressor goes below a certain throughput

at a given head, the performance of the compressor
becomes erratic and the vibrations associated with this
erratic behavior can be extremely damaging for the
compressor
To protect the compressor, a recycle valve is typically
installed to insure a minimum throughput
The controller for this strategy must also react very quickly
when surge is approached, but remain smooth and robust
when the compressor is operating normally
~aspentech t{):.!.Ol51\.'lp1"'Te,d)l'lt~y.foc..Allr,(lht.'l-d I 4 ~NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved 6-2 Aspen Technology, Inc.
Surge Line (1)
Surge Line entered via one of two methods

- Manually enter sur!le curve data points into Compressor
~- Surge: now cutve ror Compressor: Stage 1 - o (;:.;;\ 0 ~-· tampr...-..ror_~u:::_e,;_1'.1"_~~1'.:.:~~-':'.!'..'.:'.~~-r:-~'.~~e. _1
1·c"'""·"""'"'"' Head Curves
~U'"" "'""
Flo.,~r~,
,_,
''.:il}r.t-""'o-p."""'f'I.
,[i(J,t,,,,Se,g,,C,J ...
'C;Si,.,.St,,-.,,iC"""'-
rt~~~;;~"·:-;;;;- ·
j2o>$1o,5tago P"
!!~;;;::::
'161?1<..,e:ag, P'
i
"""-"' _,,, ,©000
Fklw(l>.Cl_rnlill)
@aspentech rs,201srupe11Tecbndl"!lv,Jr,t./lllrrq/-rt,srr.i;erwe1I ( !> •§NE
I Surge Line (2)

~
I! User-regressed Surge Controller parameters
Regressed from low-flow performance curve points
SurgeLin"A<!!lr<lsaiOn
Stag·e 1: Surge-Coutr_oller
t ·-··- ·-~---- -"-'----------·--·-----~-.
I~(;_~~f;J··p·;;--;;~t~-~.-T~ii~~~Ti~i.~£~a...
j i, Paramoto_r•__ Surg~ (ontrc,l Paramelm ,,,.,,,,,,,,, ,,,.,,,,,,, ,,,,,, .,.,,.,,,,,,,,,, ,, ,,, ,,. ••
!I: Cor.figura~on;
l I; Surg~ Con\rol'
rParomolet-A(;;:,1
IP,camete, B [m/im3/s)]
55.6553
·94.6J«
,
,. !',. ] P-Aram~terC !m/(m6/s2)J
I Ccnlrol Une j~;J
002.KB
10.W
' ; 'lacbp L,~e ]%] ,.oo
1!i !3.~.:.':k..~.l?.~-~·~9- [".'1_<!_ J.000
l!i
JII
VoluP>O Flow Squ~ .. d (•] m'!s'
Head = A + B*Flow + C*Flow2

~~pentech ,>121ns A.spcn 1'""1u1ut,><1v. Inc. A.II r,oht.s r-e,,,,,.,,.,_d I 6 ,,BN E
Workshop: Compressor Curves and Surge

Control
Add a compressor using performance curves, and set up an

anti-surge control loop to protect the compressor against
low-flow scenarios
...... ,,,
.
.;...~
·~;;·Lr
Workshop: Compressor Curves and Surge

Control - Tasks
----- -----t----------------------------

Task 1 - Import the Compressor Operation
Task 2 - Specify the Compressor
Task 3 - Add the Surge Controller

~. Introduction to
..., HYSYS Dynamics
I c,.,.,--,...,.,o,~.
Compressor Modeling in Aspen
HYSYS Dynamics - Jump Start
Guide
""""''"'"'
:J t
I fl J,:.
" l'.
':{fil~]~;/ S•arr.h Results
..
..,...,,~,
Solld1fb1l\l
"'""'"'"''"'"''"'"''""'""';""'""'ijd,1....,..,
"""""''"""'"'""""'"'q"'·-·
FJa,~)"<am~m#•l""<lol""''"'I"''"""'""-·
J: .,a;;,
~I : .: ":.·
I' Jll,,""'''·l"'
j' 4',.,-..,,=_-,))
/"Q;i,~s;.,·: !/::'~,:':::'."!'.'! "::~-

•·l<l<f'"" ''" ''
I
I ~aspentech ©J0lSJl.5penTi,d1nol0gy,lncJ1.llrlghtsreserved j 9 a&3JNE
I
I
I
Compressor Curves and Surge Control

Workshop
~aspentech
II Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
I
II Compressor Curves and Surge Control
Workshop
Files can be found in folder: 05_Compressor5urge
Objective
In this module, compressor curves will be used to model the behavior of a high pressure
gas compressor. Using performance and efficiency curves to model rotating equipment
allows Aspen HYSYS Dynamics to accurately simulate the dynamic behavior of plant
equipment. You will also learn how to implement a compressor surge control strategy to
r1
II
!
protect the equipment from a potentially dangerous, low-flow operating scenario.
Description
r1l . Using compressor curves in an Aspen HYSYS Dynamics simulation allows you to
accurately model existing compressors. You also have the same ability with the HYSYS
I
Pump operation. With an accurate simulation, you can detennine if an existing
! ,
'II-···· compressor (or pump) is able to meet the specifications of your process.
l I
Compressor curves also allow HYSYS Dynamics to calculate heads and efficiencies that
are dependent on the flow rate. This results in greater accuracy in the simulation and
allows HYSYS Dynamics to more closely model actual plant equipment.
• Task 1 - Import the Compressor Operation

• Task 2 - Specify the Compressor
• Task 3 - Add the Surge Controller
;
L "

Task 1 - Import the Compressor Operation

Included with the course workshop files is a starter file entitled 06-CompCurves-
Starter.hsc. This simulation contains a compressor with a series of specified compressor
curves.
o Open the Aspen HYSYS file 05-CompCurves-Starter.hsc.

o Right-click the Stage 1 compressor on the flowsheet and select Copy.
o Select No when asked whether to copy attached stream information as well.
,Q The selected objects hal'e attached streams which h.we not been
V selected.
Would you like these streams to be ex-ported or copied HS welll
(If you choose "!'Jo", then pasting orltnporting of certain types of
ob-jects might not work.)
o Close the starter case without saving any changes.

o Open the Aspen HYSYS file saved at the end of the last module, 04-
ExpandModelS.hsc.
o Right-click in the background of the flowsheet and select Paste to insert the
copied compressor.
Hint: If you can't seem to find the pasted compressor, look in the bottom right corner of
the flow sheet. Often pasted objects will appear in that general location.
o Save the file as 05-Comp.hsc.
Task 2 - Specify the Compressor

o Connect the newly added compressor (titled Stage 1) to the KO Vap stream,
which leaves the Knockout Drum separator.
o Create a compressor outlet stream titled Comp Out and an energy stream titled
Comp-HP.
Note: if a Stream Cutter appears when you link KO Vap to the Stage I compressor, this is
because the compressor comes from a model with a slightly different Fluid Package. To
remove the need for this stream cutter, set the Fluid Package for Stage I to be the same
as the rest oftheflowsheet.

I
o On the Rating I Curves page of Stage 1, notice that several curves are checked as
active and the Enable Curves checkbox is also checked. On the Dynamics I
Specs page, notice that the Use Characteristic Curves option is checked and the
Speed is specified as 5000 rpm.
I
~
I
i
I !I
II
I l
I °' ,,._J
I
I ..
<-empt,>
r
r
: Pre.SI/re lncrea;~ [kPa] ~empty> r
!He~d \ml r i
, Fluid H,ead ikJ/kg] '"'
25"'8 r !
i Capocitt [ACT_m3/h] 6661 r

i Sp~ed [rp1'1]
'""'
:'~_ml')!':_ " ii',.·•
;c_] ¼c,procaling lP<>silive Oisplacem~nl) '
1:7.; u,~ Charact~ri,tic Curve,

Ir
'I
IJ
Ii
,,,,
!!'
______JIi
!
---, On
:"'i lgnoried ~

\
o Run the [ntegrator for a few moments to propagate infonnation to stream Comp
Out. Again, if the Dynamics Assistance appears, do not make any changes.
o What is the discharge pressure from the compressor? ,
o Save your case as 05-Compl.hsc before continuing.
o Connect a Valve to the compressor outlet. Name the valve Comp Valve and
attach an outlet stream called To TEG Tower.
o Remove the pressure specification from the compressor suction and move it to the
outlet of the discharge valve. Set the dynamic pressure spec at 6895 kPa (1000
psia).
o Size Comp Valve using all the default values on the Rating I Sizing page.
o What is the calculated Cg for Comp Valve?
[c,· ···········---·- ·-··,,_, ·11

iKm I
l--·---.··--]
0,9000
.Size Valve !Cv fUSGPM(60F,1ps1}] i
1522
icg 38D61 [ f
L------------~-,---------·-·----------' I

,--:] Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
L
q Add a PID Controller with the following parameters in order to fix the pressure
set point at the same value observed after running the dynamic model just after
you installed the compressor.
Controller Name
Process Variable Source Comp Out, Pressure
Output Target Object Comp Valve, Actuator Desired Position
Parameters
Action Direct
Range PV Minimum 6000 kPa (870 psia)
Range PV Maximum 10480 kPa (1520 psia)
I Kc
T,
2
2 minutes
I o
o
Add a Face Plate for the new controller.
Run the Integrator until the system stabilizes. Note that you may wish to start the
pressure controller in Manual then switch to Automatic so as to maintain the
same discharge pressure you observed after first adding the compressor.
o Save your case as 05-CompControl.hsc.
Task 3 - Add the Surge Controller
If a centrifugal compressor goes below a certain throughput at a given head, the
I perfonnance of the compressor becomes erratic and the vibrations associated with this
erratic behavior can be extremely damaging to the compressor. To prevent this, most
centrifugal compressors have a protection mechanism that ensures a minimum throughput
by opening a recycle valve.
As the drop in throughput can sometimes be very fast, the controller must react quickly
when surge is approached and also control smoothly when the compressor is operating
normally.
The surge controller is an extremely rapidly acting controller. The control algorithms
used to prevent a compressor from going into surge are extensions of the usual PID
control algorithms.
o Add a valve called Kickback Valve to the flowsheet, and enter a valve opening of
0% on the Rating \ Sizing page.

\_
'Vatve: Kkkbpck.'VaJve.
: ,..1'1.11.~.r,~
J
r~~~~~~! R~tin~· 1.w~rks_h~tJ..D<Jna~ic~.l____ ,_,..
1 .. (Valve Operiiting Characteristi(s ," Sizing Condit~n; ..... ·.i/1: Current-- "j u~er Input · ""'i
1 1
-
iii Srzing
.
i
, ,ii!' Linear Iil~let Pre;s~;e [~P;i - ""Ji
I i l Nozzles I () Quick Opening I!Molec.ularWei9ht __ - -- -JI
'1 I! Options I I C Eqwal Percentage
If valve Opening[%] o.oo Ii
ii Flew Limits[
]II I
I ____ (; User Table
I j Delta P [~Pa) <:empty~ I!
'111 i i" Valve V.apcr F!ow Modeis i iFiow Rate ikg/hJ
: I 1 .:·.:.I
i]I I_'. U11~ersal_GasSiztnu -. -_. __ ,, ___ .,.j Mo:thods
11[ () ANSI/ISA method
II ·it Mar.ufac;nJl'er speeific melhod~
II
'I
I
iKm 0.9000
lcv fUSGPM('60F,1psiJ] s.empty>
Itl_c~J ___ __ _ _ _ _
!
i_~g _______ <empty> ..
:r
----'),
IL~,., . .J
c._ _____ _
[J Ignored
-,,-•·<•~·
l
o Double-click the Stage 1 compressor and go to the Dynamics I Specs page.
o Add a Surge Controller by clicking on the Create Surge Controller button.
_,:,o,11!111,
-"-i
---~-,r
U38e->O!J7
_r_::;,,. 1 i[
Adiabatic Effider,cy r 11
I, Pof',1.ropi~ Hfaie~cy
[ Pre=iee IJ1crease [l,:P")
,. , r ii
r !!
r i:
!,½Hd [mj 2~19
i F!i.,;d He~ci [l<l/kg] 15,70 r Ii
, iCap,,.cit"/ JACi_m3/~] 8651 r 11
'''i iILir.k~,.~ca,:~r"\?'.'. .lkJ!hl,e,
Speed [rpm)
. . . . . . .,.<em:~~ .I
P'
r ii
11
[j 3,eciprocoti~g {Po<i:iva Oi•placem~rlt)
C920l5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 6- II Aspen Technology, Inc.

I
I
I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to DynamlC Modeling Workshops
a Set the Output Target Object for the controller as the Kickback Valve I
I Actuator Desired Position.
r· -c~~~~ti;n~ i ~8;,.m..~ IMonii,;,..[~~Variables. j ·-"
I ! Name
Object:
Stage 1, 5u,ye (ontmll~,
:··P,<><:es;VariableSource • • • •· · ·•
I o,
I Optioru,I -- Up,tr~am
s~rge Ccn!roll,.,- Output
;· Output Target Object
I. ··- - ·J
I
f
I I
,..... ___ ,, ____________ ~-.. ------ --·------- __I
I a Disconnect the compressor discharge stream (Comp Out) from the compressor
discharge valve (Comp Valve). Insert a tee and connect Comp Out as the inlet to
I Cl
the tee.
Next, add two outlet streams to the tee; Back Line and TEG Line. Connect TEG
Line as the feed to the Comp Valve, and Back Line as the feed to the Kickback
Valve.
I Kickback
Valve
.......
I i] ~ Stage 1 Surge
_ Controller
BaokL,le,c-'
'
I '·
~ I
d KO PC
I S ~ ~mpOc: TEE101 - - ·fil~ ToTEG
I! I
Tower
I
I
I ~-,
Stage 1
Comp-HP

\
o Connect the outlet of the Kickback Valve to the inlet of the Knockout Drum
separator using a stream called KO Return.
Note that the surge controller is used exclusively for compressors. When in Auto mode,
the set point is calculated by the controller itself and is not set by the user.
The surge curve of a compressor can be explicitly entered in tabular form as a Speed vs.
Flow Rate curve via the Rating I Flow Limits page of the compressor property view.
Otherwise surge data are implied by the lower ends of the compressor performance
curves. For the purpose of configuring the surge controller, the surge data must be fitted
to the following formula:
Head(m) =A+ B·[Q(m3/s)]+ C·[Q(m3/s)]'
In addition to the surge line, the user must also specify the control line and the backup
line, both of which are described below.
Control Line
The control line determines the ''set point" for the surge controller. This line is set at
some fixed percentage above the surge flow (typically 10%) and the controller tries to
maintain the compressor flow above this control line. If the flow through the compressor
is above the backup Line (described below) .then the control action is the ''normal" PID
action. The control line set point can be determined by multiplying the flow from the
surge line equation by (100-+x)/100, where xis the flow% above the surge line:
Q(m'ls)= 100+x ~Head(m)-A

100 C
Backup Line
The backup line is located between surge line and the control line. If the suction flow rate
is above the backup line, then a standard PID algorithm is used. However, when the flow
goes below the backup line, more aggressive action is taken to prevent surge. Similar to
the control line, the backup line set point can be determined by multiplying the flow from
the surge line equation by (lOO+x)/100, where xis the flow% above the surge line.
The relative position of the three lines is illustrated in the following figure. For a given
head, the flow rate can decrease until it hits the control line, then the surge controller
starts to open up the surge valve, using the regular PID mechanism. If the flow rate
continues to drop and reaches the backup line, the back up control mechanism replaces
the regular PID mechanism, and more aggressive action is taken (i.e. the quick opening
algorithm replaces the PID algorithm, and the recycle valve will be opened rapidly at a
specified fixed rate).

Compressor Control Lines
--9--Surge Line
·-t-Backup Line
---e--.Conlrol Line
3500 t-~-----~------hl---,'-------!
~
~
•
2500 t-------------,"','-,,,__--------!
?
~
I 30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170

Flow[=) m 3/s
I Cl Inspect the curves in the Stage 1 compressor by navigating to the Rating I

Curves page and clicking the View Curve button after highlighting a single curve
I Cl
in the table.
View each curve and fill in the following table, using the lowest flow data point
of each curve. Pay close attention to the units of measure!
I
I tJ Go to Rating I Flow Limits page. Click on Surge Curve button. Fill out the
table. Be careful about units. If you input the limit data here, surge controller can
find surge curve coefficients (A, B and C) by using these limits.

Compres.sor'. Stage 1
ii: Fbw Limit,

iiJ Nou!.a~
I (:J U;e Surge Curve Surg_e Curve ...
i iJ !nert-., :
CJ Use Stonew~ll CuNe i Sto~ew~II CuNe.,. I
I!! Elt=dricMotwl ,-{urrent FiO'l'IS ~~d Volume
'I!
il!
Iii
jl!'
i!I
!ii
iii
1/I
lji
iii'!I
jij
ii!
o Double-click the Surge Controller on the flowsheet and view the Parameters I
Surge Control page.
o Click on Fit Surge Control Parameters button. It will regress the A, B and C
coefficients.
Note: ff you don't.fill out the Flow Limits form, Fit Surge Control Parameters button will
be inactive. Why? HYSYS does not assume that the lowest flow points in each curve
belong to surge curve. In reality, they may or may not.
IF.··
j'co(lnection~ Parameter~ Monitor J U.ser V a ~
I Pa;~-;~t~~;·- Surge Control Parameters - -~ '
IParameter A [m] 58.6553
1.
IParameter 8 [m/im3/s)l -94.6344
! I' Parameter C [m/(m6/s2)! 802.B-33

!Control Line f%] 10.00
! Bachip line[%] 5.00
I IQuick opening [%is] ···· 3.ooo]J
1i
Ii1! Fit Surge Control Parameters

Ill j 12

I
o The Control Line and Backup Line are set at 10% and 5% above the surge line;
I keep these defaults. The recycle valve will be opened at a rate of 3% per second,
as shown above.
o Open the Parameters I Configuration page and enter the Tuning parameters and
PV Range as shown:
Controller Settings
Action Reverse
PVMinimum Om3/hr (0 bbl/day)
PVMaximum 20,000 m3/hr (3,019,104 bbl/day)
''
'
--
Kp 0.25
Ti 0.1 minutes
o Set the controller mode to Auto. Add a Face Plate for the controller if you wish.
I o Size the Kickback Valve such that the Cg is equal to 30% of the Comp Valve Cg
value.
o Construct a Strip Chart that shows the Actual Volume Flow for the compressor
I suction flow (KO Vap), the net flow through the system (HotVap Out), the
kickback flow (KO Return) and the Kickback Valve I Percentage open.
o Run the Integrator for a few moments to ensure calculations complete normally
and there are no missing inputs.
I Cl Decrease the flow set points ofFC-Alpha, FC-Bravo, and FC-Charlie gradually
so as to try and starve the compressor of suction flow and force the surge
controller into action.
CJ Run the Integrator and observe the valve open as the control line is hit. If the
I backup line is hit, one should be able to see the valve opening go from PID
control to the Quick Opening algorithm.
I
I ,

tt· _ _ _ - compressor , . ""' tail!

:::.::::::.:::==·.==-=====·==··==··=·==···=-==~==·. ·:::.:::=::=::=::--.:::::--:::::·=·~
".· ·'·"·"·I , ,~,., ,

§. l~ (i)
J'
1¥'.
,,
l~
')[,;:G, ·11 _~
0.
0
,i,
\:.1}
...._J...--t---l H
uo-~~ ~ x.. 1..,__-.-11--- ,---------~-------- _I _ _ _ _ _ _____ ]
~ 1~ ~ I
~
I
~
~"''1rn~ .',,v'.»e--.0:l:c
• i
ru2 ·scc+······················l·,.-------!-------+--------l7~2J.;Nt:-'C,}
I i ·11 l.C~5
"
>
~
0
,
(I!
.e
·-----1------
•->I···············+-----·-··-·-·--·-··--·-·-· --·----·[--·-
·1
0
" ~·cl I
2 fl,-------,--------1---------!-e>.ze~ fk•Jihl
NW
Minutes
'
a Bring the FC Alpha, Bravo, and Charlie set points back to their original values (or
values that are relatively close).
a Save the case as 05-SurgeControl.hsc.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 6.- 17 Aspen Technology, Inc.

I LJ \
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Dynamic Column Modeling
1-1
LJ
D
1,l
D Dynamic Column Modeling

D Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
~
L
D
D Lesson Objectives
r1
I',''
.,__.I
Review the procedure for converting a steady state model
1;·-_, into dynamics
k I
~I 1:
i'_l_,I
Prepare a distillation column for dynamic simulation by
using a Tray Sizing analysis
er j Model an LPG distillation column in dynamics and develop
j!
~J._: an effective control strategy
!l'!--i
~
""-.,)
I
Ri:I
I'L
-! I
m1
~!j

m
Adding a Distillation Column to HYSYS

Dynamics
HYSYS column models are not

typically built in the dynamic
mode
Best workflow is to build column
in steady state and then convert ColFeed
to dynamics
Two approaches:
- Take current model and convert it
back from dynamics into steady
state, then add column
De
- Build column in separate Propanizer C4+
simulation, convert to dynamics,
then paste into any other
dynamic model
Distillation Column Sizing
Rating tab of the Column Property View

- Required Information
• Condenser Volume
• Reboiler Volume
• Column Tray Section dimensions
- Additionally, there exists the facility to size other equipment
(Rating I Equipment tab)
If you don't know the dimensions of your process equipment,

calculate the vessel size based on the following residence time:
- 10 minutes for liquid phase hold-ups is typically suitable
- 2 minutes for vapor phase hold-ups
@)aspentech ©201Sl',spenre(:lurology,Int:Allr,ghtire,;erved [ 4 ~NE

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Dynamic Colunm Modeling
Column Pressure Profile (1)
iSteady State j
-
Propane
280 psia
tlP = 20 psia
The pressure drop

Q.Reb
is not based on
the tray geometry DePropanizer
-
C4•
300 psia
I In Dynamics, the column pressure profile is set

by the hydraulic calculations on each stage
@aspentech c 201~A.spe11T"'-'.lmoloyy,lnr"Atlrlgt<lsrc""""',t I 5 •§NE
Column Pressure Profile (2)
In Dynamics, the pressure drop at each stage will be

calculated based on the tray geometry:
- The feed and product pressures will be based on this dynamic
I pressure profile
If the steady state pressure profile doesn't match the
dynamic pressure profile:
- The column tray pressures and flow rates will oscillate until an
equilibrium pressure profile is established ( or the column could
possibly become unstable)
It's preferable to enter a column pressure profile based on
hydraulic calculations before switching to dynamic mode
How?
I Use the Tray Sizing Analysis i
@aspentech ~ 2015 As11en leclll1<ll"l)y, ''" Allroijhl:sre...,,.,,.,d I 6 .;i0N E

Sizing the Column Tray Section
In the Tray Sizing Analysis, the calculated pressure drop on

each tray is a function of its geometry
- Section diameter
- Weir height
- Weir length
- Tray spacing
Based on the steady state liquid and vapor flows in the
column, the Tray Sizing Analysis will propose a design of the
tray section and will estimate the pressure drop for this
design
Tray Sizing Results

------------,~---------------------------
The hydraulic I
···"·"-··--·-········· .. ·-··"'··- · Soctio~_l ··
calculations based on l1ntemals Valve
!Numbe, of Flow Path,
the recommended '!JetFlooOing Mothod Gift.sch
tray geometry for i
I Column Geom.,l,y
the column are ISecticn Diameter[m] 3.505 +--{rfay Diamet~~J
displayed in the IX-Seo!iQnal Area lm2]
[Hol•Aroa[m21
"~
0,liil94
Results page IA<ti~eArea [m2] "~
fDC Areo[m2J i.:m
!Tray Spacing {ml Me% +-j Tray Spacing I
iSedicn Heignt 1ml 14,63
I
iHydraulic Results
'.Mox Flooding [%1 64.S4
jM,.DCBaokup[%] 44,;!8
!Mru<DP/Tray[kPa] 0.554
jSection DeltaP [kPa] 10,32 ~ DeltaP I
IMru<WoirLcad [m3/h-ml 70,:!0
!TrayO,.taik

I ,
'
Adjusting Tray Section k Values
Column trays also require conductance values for

pressure/flow relation
I Calculate based on steady state r.esults
·s,.. ..
!\;;:1:~];~;,:f;~;.;;;;::t:::;·
- TowecMamiS
. . . . ----·---·---·------ -------~---·----•-
5'·alil;
i
I 1_,.!o.,T\
I_J.\,,.ll
,,u,.,.;s
'~_ ...,.,1,
,,-., . ,.,."'..
ll\;'"''"'"'"''""f/"'ll)
-"'.;:aJ
.J1M
~"
'"'"~"'"""""
.. -~.!~·-·"!
!
:r
'l_J.C,.,,;
~iiW
BJU!' "'""""""'~""'""""""'
·u,_,,..,.,..,..,,""--"'"''"""
._,.,,.,s
,_,.,..,rs
~_.,._r,
~-"""' ,,
,e__,.,.,,,
''-"""''
12 .. ,M,;~l5
;,i_...... ~
I 1:1
I",,
I ,._..i,.,,,;
'''-"""~
'1i_....."''
ll_M,a,T:;
la_M,,01\
ll 1
.-.c"·, ..·,c·,c·,-.'.. ......
I ~-~~-~ . ~-..J
I Distillation Columns in Dynamics
I Dynamics Spec1!1cat,ons
Boundal}' Streams Insert ll vaMl on all lroundary streams (fe!!dlproduct streams)
I Pressure Speclflcotlons
within tl1e Flowsheet that are not cannected to conductance
de\/lces (i.e., heat exchangers. coolers, heaters)
Place a pressure specffical,on on all b,Jundary streams
(feed/product streams) v,i!hin the Flowsheet
Uistillari1m Columns Dis1illation columns with condensers require an exlra

specification around the condenser. Mak• a How spe<:1fication
--1 Don't forget 11 [
I
for the reflux How . .
Valves Use the "pressme/1low relationship- as the dynamic
spacffication for a valve
K value Use the 'overall K valu~· as the dynamic speci~calion for

coolers. healers, and heal exchangers and LNG exchangers
' ----~
Pressure gradients Be sure lo accounl for pressura. gradients throughout the
Flowshael. Moreover, be sure to specify reasonabje pres sum
drops/~ses in the Flowsheet Pressure differentials ;ire the
drr.ing force for How through !he process Flowsheel
Tray Sizing Use the tray sizing utility lo eslimale the column geometry
and pressure pro~le
Dynamic specifications can only be modined when lhe Integrator is stopped. Once
the imegralor is started ttie value of ttrn dynamic specification can be changed HIS
value appears in blue), but the choice of dynamicspecific11tlon can not be changed.
r~il
--"-I
;:.,
@)aspentech © J01S A.~ne1>Ted,nol<t!JV, lnc.Allr,yht,.r""""""d I 10 J;ON E
\
Workshop: Dynamic Column Modeling (1)

'---------------------------------
1
Add a Depropanizer distillation column and PID controllers

Propane1
To
Ccnderisi:-r
RI
~-----'1 '~-------
Col
Feed
Main
TS
Tc
Reboiler
C4·>
C4+
v,"'
Workshop: Dynamic Column Modeling (2)
Model the reboiler as a shell & tube exchanger with steam
Pr~o';tne1
"
Vahi~
-------t1 1 -"·-·---~-·rJ
I
b~nd~mm I 0-ci°nd Cond.PC
R. • C~M~ns~r I
1}cond-LC
Soiluµ
Flasn
R~2~·~ . . . . 1
'
Steam L-~ [;;k:J~--~••
ci~ C4• C4•1
"' Va~e
@aspentech \91.015AsimnTochnol<111V,[Rr:.J\llnght.«~"-"lel'.Ved I 12 §NE

Workshop: Dynamic Column Modeling - Tasks

Task 1 - Pre-heat Train in Dynamics
Task 2 - Return to Steady State & Add Column
Task 3 - Column Dynamics
Task 4 - Expanding the Reboiler Model
I ~)aspentech © :ZCl15A,ap~nTi,,:hnoloyy,lnr:.Atlrtglrt,.-.~d [ j_:J i§NE
1·----~--------
"""''"""
'':.:ffl"tm_·:-~'"" S,e;i,th Res~lt;
C;ote<Jory "'
/l'.;Tz~~; n.... ~ ... c-.-,;71o,•.... --

,,J<J,,,_,.,, 1
®aspentech es :ZOlS l'l.,;pen rectmolcgy, lnc./!.llnglnsre,;e...,ed I 14 ~BN E

\
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to

Dynamic Modeling
Dynamic Column Modeling Workshop
------ ------- -----------------
@aspentech
Dynamic Column Modeling Workshop

Files can be found in folder: 06_DynamicColumn
I
Objective
I Up to this point you have progressed from building a steady state simulation to gradually
converting that simulation into dynamics. You have also introduced new operations to
the process while in the dynamic mode of Aspen HYSYS. All this has been done in a
very gradual, step-wise manner.
In this workshop you will start off with a pre-built steady state model and convert it to the
dynamic mode of Aspen HYSYS. This will serve as a useful review and opportunity for
I additional practice of all the key concepts covered up to this point of the course. The
workshop will culminate in the addition of a distillation column, which will require some
special treatment - different from some of the other unit operations you have studied in
I HYSYS Dynamics.
Description
I You have been tasked with the construction of a dynamic model for the treatment of an
NGL stream. The NGL will be heated and sent to a depropanizer column for the
I recovery of desired hydrocarbon products. You will also need to study the re boiler of the
depropanizer column and study how it will operate out in the field. Fortunately a steady
state model of the column pre-heat train already exists. Therefore you will be starting out
with your pre-built flowsheet in steady-state and then you'll convert it to dynamics.
• Task 1 - Pre-heat Train in Dynamics

• Task 2 - Return to Steady State & Add Column
• Task 3 - Colunm Dynamics
• Task 4 - Expanding the Reboiler Model

\
Task 1 - Pre-heat Train in Dynamics

The dynamic NGL treatment plant model that you are to build has been started already
for you. A steady state simulation of the pre-heat train portion of the process already
exists. You'll begin the workshop by loading that provided file in Aspen HYSYS .
. .
MGL
Feed VLV-100
"Sep Snell
'"
s~arator Healer-a
Heal
'""
Pump
Pump Out
.
E;:tnanger
Process 111 Col

VLV-101
Process Out ~er
'""
Shell
Olli
Pump.HP
Since the steady state model is all set, you can start by adding the required input for the
model to run in dynamics. Again, this will be a thorough review of the concepts studied
up to this point of the course so be sure to recall the procedure taken to confidently
convert a steady-state model to dynamics:
• Size the equipment

• Enter dynamic pressure/flow specifications on boundary streams
- -- - ___e.•_cF.nnaabDJ!LfeC)pJir1:eSJsS!l.HlrC0Je{,1flu:o"w1LJJre01JJiatl!iQnnrusl!hl!iPPS!LllOnIUP!!.e!]rtid!.n!!e,rn11t.l!un!!!!!itc,011p1,e:[ra!!!te<iol!!nl!!s;__
• Add controllers
• Create and display strip charts
• Review the Dynamics Assistant for any potential problems
• Run the Integrator, introducing disturbances to test the control strategy
o Open Aspen HYSYS and open the provided file, 06-Preheat-Starter.hsc.
Begin by sizing the feed stream valve.
o Double-click the Valve operation VLV-100.

a On the Rating I Sizing page, make sure the default options Universal Gas Sizing
from the Valve Manufactures drop down list and Linear from the Valve
Operating Characteristics are selected.
o Set the Valve Opening(%) in the Sizing conditions group to 50%. Click the Size
Valve button to complete the sizing.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7.9 Aspen Technology, Inc.

1£ 1
- Vaive.:.~y..'100 · ~. ci - · ' .
[~~';'~ R~ti~~,.V~o;O~-,ii:,,'-,·.<.Io,._,~,·,h·;-.m,.·.',~,Jc,·e. - -·---·--·---·-"----.-.,."-".-..."..-.-_"_-_-__-,"."__-_-.-._-_-_"_""~""---.-_'""'·.I
~ ~
,I··.:.·
"" ..,. "'" ,, ~, .• · 1·5izi,,g Cond10on; ... @Current---/.) User Input-·-·:

1
, I is;~;~""'"'"t . @ Linear 1 l~tet
[ ii,~.~~;.;tk:.o..
j""'" 380.0 i: :."(:•.
1! Nozzles I '~-' Quick Opening I ·'
· 1! 0"'ions i, ·- I L~~-f::~~a~Wei~~~------·- ·----·-·······---~~:~L..! I i '.
1,, Fl:. L,mit; !,. :::; ~::~::;:entage I rvalve 6p~~ing..[%J___ ·-·-·--------· 50.00 -1 I i1, f·i,•
I I Delb P jl<~] 70.00 I

l
j
i:
1
t Vlllve Vapor Flow Models .. ---- - -- . ~~-'."..,~.t~~~-~.1__ ,_ ...... _._ 1,16g,,+00S _J_ j ij;
1
H Universa.l Ga,; Si2inQ ... ! i"Scin,i Methods -- - ~,11:, Cv---- ..•...(; Cg .. .. Ir
0 ANSLIISA m,athod
,
[11,
1
- --------'
i i.f·
Manufacturer spedfic methods
i ,·1 ~.·',·
1 i O Simple resi.tan,e equation I ·
I l. ~-~~ , i~-G_'"_'_"_'_'_,._,)~--------~1 Ii
J
::,I
I -
I ------ ..I
_ _ _ _ --------·-····· ______________ , _____ ,. ____ , · - · - · - - - - - · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · - · - - - - - · --··-------·-.. --....... - ...... - ..... 1
II j_
L Del~-e. r _J Ci Ignored
•!,-,-·~~-------~-~~-===---~-========c~'
Rl CJ Repeat the same procedure on the Rating I Sizing page of VL V -101. What is the
calculated Cv for VL V-10 I?
Move on to the separator operation and define the capacity of that item.
CJ On the Rating I Sizing page of the Separator entera Volume of 85 m' (3002 ft'),
The last unit operations requiring sizing infonnation are the Heat Exchanger and Heater
models.
Cl Double-click the Heat ExchanJer and go to the Dynamics I Model :eage. Enter a
3
Tube..volume of33m (1165 ft) a Shell v~lumeof9 m3• (318 ft'). .and
. - .. . . - . , . . -,.:.::.~~t~C~~-er.:~~~·-~~-h-~~)r':. . . -- ,.... --
~~9n~Ratrng] W o r k s ~ ~ O,,,nam1cs L~igQ,ous 5J-,ell&Tub':..l_________ ----·-·--..---·-·-·-·-·----·-
II [!:e7') f< Basic ,"; lnlermed1at-e _ Detailed
!, pee; I
Ii Holdu11
Ii Strip,:hart ·Model - Summary •• - - · -· • - .. · - .... . .._
I j Tub~ ,,olume !m3] I IShell Duty - ·- ···:;.~m··p,~;-, i,r'
r I Shell volume m3 I
Ii ' iElevation [Bo~e} [ml ! _L~ubeDl.lt"j______~ ·.......' .. .
!! j Overall UA [l:J/C-h]
!Iii i Shell UA ref,ar-ence flew [kg!h]

'
j Tube VA refore11ce flow [kg/h] <oone>
I Minimum fiow scale factor _____ _
i! 0.000

a Now open the Heater model and view the Dynamics I Specs page. Enter a
Volume of33 m3 (1165 ft3).
You have now sized all of the equipment in the flowsheet. Continue the conversion to
dynamics by entering the required dynamic pressure/flow specifications and
relationships. Take care to check for all boundary streams, as they will require a dynamic
pressure or flow specification.
Also, we must verify that all boundary streams are attached to a unit operation that has
some pressure/flow relationship.
• NGL-Feed is connected to valve VLV-100, so the addition of a valve is not
required.
• Shell-In and Shell-Out are connected to .the Heat Exchanger which will have a
pressure/flow relationship, so the addition of valves to these streams is not
required.
• ColFeed is connected to the Heater which will also have a pressure/flow
relationship, so the addition of valve to this stream is not required.
• Sep Vap, however, is not connected to a conductance device. Therefore, a Valve
needs to be added to this stream.
o Add a Valve operation to your flowsheet, downstream of Sep Yap. Keep the
default name for the valve (VLV-102).
D Choose Sep Vap as the inlet and enter Sep Vap I as the outlet.
o Specify a Delta P of 70 kPa (10.15 psi) and size the valve as you did VLV-100
and VLV-101.
-~---- valve;:Vi_v;1i:Ji' _':"/:o IEII
.-_.- ----~-- - .. _,-.--_,'
...
- - _,_------------·-·····----·-·---------·--··--·---------··-, --·- ___________________ .,____ "·---·--------- ....J

r- D~i~tec _· -~ [J lgr.ored

Now that you have accounted for all boundary streams, you can go ahead and make
I
'
'
dynamic pressure or flow specifications on those boundary streams. In this case all
boundary streams will have a dynamic pressure specification.
Note: Use the Dynamic P/F Specs color scheme for the flowsheet for assistance in
identifying the required dynamic stream specifications!
CJ On the Dynamics tab of the NGL Feed stream make the Pressure Specification
Active at 380 kPa (55.1 psia) and the Flow Specification Inactive.
_Material stream: NGL.:_Feed
I
I
CJ Do the same for all the following streams: Sep Vap 1, Shell-In, Shell-Out, and
ColFeed. Again, make sure that the pressure spec is Active and the flow spec is
Inactive.
I CJ Go to the Flowsheet/Modify tab of the ribbon and change the flowsheet Color
Scheme to Dynamic P/F Specs. Upon doing so, you should note that all
boundary streams are green, internal streams are blue, and energy streams are
!>':~X·.
~es f · flow,he<!t/M~d;iy · ·, Format
• r<ame i Dyn,mi< P/f ~P'"

Temper.Lure ,J;,; -_; 1.~ M<111• int~ ~llbflow,~eel ; '. Hide Obj«t· ;C)Edilor
o~J.~ fd3;~~ 1 ·. Pres,ure
1
~~:,:;(
1
foL1ff;;~ h1s, ~l~now i "qta~lelllslbiHty· 01,p1ay L,gmd
---'';"~'''----'[~;~,ce~••,.c;""~'~'·~·~f-----~·~;~'~"~"'~'- - - - - ~ '--"'~"~"~' ~°'~"~°"~'-<- C~nd~_,~,,._1 form1tllnL i

~ Energy Savings: MW l _ %)
Up next is to enable the pressure/flow relationships for the conductance devices in the
simulation. This includes the Heat Exchanger and Hater models. We will also verify that
the three valves have the proper pressure/flow relationship option activated and we'll take
a look at the dynamic specification options for the Feed Pump.
0201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - 12 Aspen Technology, Inc.

a On the Dynamics tab, Specs page of the Heat Exchanger click the Calculate
K's button. Recall that 'k' is the conductance to flow constant for each side of the
heat exchanger.
a Once the k values for the shell/tube side have been calculated, remove the delta P
specification and activate the k (conductance) specification.
Hi,t Exd1il'rigel: Heat f;Xiar\9e(. ,.
'1,·0y~.~;;:.
:Mode1 i
f'
.. Ii"·....::::a:;:::;.~.J
Cakulate K's
!?''''" i ID"h~ p [k;l"~J .. 70,00 I .. 1
I: Hc,'d~p
HS~'1pcha1t I
I
! k [kellhr/«;rt(kP11-kg/rr13}) 299.61......~ ·--- i
ik R;f"""""~ Rc,1•,.\~/h). <non">.,
fobe Side Spec,-fic"1for"l'l ·
I ~I\~- p [\(P~j
........... ?o.c-aT·-·t'·- ··--1
Ik [~g/kr/<qr.(kP~-~g/M3)) %IA ~---P .. .,...!
! k_R.erere.~c" ~ ikg,-n_) --·- ~noni,> .I
i!--::...........-------
.: Delel>'
·,!
'' ' ---·----------'
o Select the Heater and go to the Dynamics tab, Specs page where you can
Calculate k for that unit operation.
a Make sure the Overall k is selected and Overall Delta P is not selected before
moving on.
! /3_;,g~Rating} Worl<sceet~o,manc;f~~~~;;;;~~l_____________________ _
!I.!2:':~~~i·~-- Model Detail~
r-----·--------·---·---------------,
iJ];I! Specs i @ Supplied Duty Number of Zones 1 ]
l
I
[II Holdup 1 0 Product Temp Spec 31
iI\ Shipchart i
11• I
C Duty Fluid :~~~;: -·--···--·-·----~·- 9.360::~~~ ..J
111 '
i,i
111
'
II
--tt'
11·1· - Dynaml-c Specifications--·----·-·-..-·----·-·- -··-·------·--·- ...... ·-··-···--·-..-----)
1
j 11 I 1
-70.00 - r -J, I'
[Ij
11 I
I IQ,ecall Delta P [kPa)
I0,erall k [kg/hci;qrt{kPa-kg/m3)] 553.8 1 P' __ I
i
Ill I i _~ __ :·::te· !I
Sp« Zon~.. J

a Return to the flowsheet and double-click the Feed Pump.

CJ On the Specs page of the Dynamics tab, ensure that the Efficiency (75%) and
Pressure Rise (1900 kPa, 275.6 psi) specifications are Active. Make sure all
other Dynamic Specifications are inactive.
~!}_ - ~ PumpiFeed?ump r:i:~
~~T~~~il~~i~~ii~E~i~~~r~~;;i~~-·L. . . .
[,..~~-~':'.'~.C:5.-- Dynamic Sfl<'cifications - --------------------------
1: spe,;, : rH;;;1~i-
11 i Holdup i j Fluid He~d [kl/kg]
:siopc~Brtl 's d,m
I j i Efficienc-; 1%1
,i
11
Power[kJ/hJ 4.7SOe+OOS "'r
C.,pacity !m3/h] 18752
11 Use d1"racterisllc a.rves r
'I !1Pump is act;~g ,s turt,me r
! L!.~~r Power L~ss [kJ/h] --,-,..-,.--,,---~_empty>... r
[Ci Electric Motor l · Cakulate J-lead
@ On D Ignored
CJ Double-click VLV-100 and go to the Dynamics I Specs page. Ensure the

Pressure Flow Relation checkbox is activated and the Total Delta P check box
is not.
J~.~i?~]~lf~JW~~hle~Jo;~~-;;~;l ·-·---··--·--·--·----------· -------------------------···---- I
1 i%2t~ -, i l~:,:~~~:: : : iono -- ~:·=1···-----~'"·-····-··;1 II

i: Pip,e
I!_ Holdup
I: Acti.Jator
'
!
iI
! ! LPressure Flow Relation -----------·------ - P" ---
II
r
-!Ill
I!
ii
I! Flow Limit~ 1
ii"
11 Stripchart , v~~-;;·o~in"iiil·---··- -· --------------50:00-··1 !!
Ii
;
--
-
i,, -I
1
Conductance ((11) \USGPM(60F, 1psi)]
Mass Flow [kg!'h]

i Friction Delta P- [kPa_l ,._
419.1
______________,_·'_'"'_,·o_oo_,-,5
1
II
Ii
lj
-
I
11
l !
I [J Check Val,e (Presec~~=~~~;-

__ "0
l_ --~-I____ ---------------- -----------------·----------------------

c. Delete [J lgoored

o Check the same specs on valves VLV-101 and VLV-102.
Now that all the required dynamic specifications are in place, you can add controllers to
your process. Recall that controllers can be added to the flowsheet using the same
methods as for other unit operations. Also recall that each PID Controller will require the
following inputs:
• Necessary connections to the Process Variable Source (PV) and Output Target
Object (OP)
• Minimum and maximum values for the PV
• Controller range (only required if the OP is not a valve)
• Controller action (reverse or direct)
• PID tuning parameters
• If desired, the mode of the controller: Off, Manual, or Automatic
Recall that it is very useful to add Face Plates representing each of your controllers. This
makes it easier to view and control your controller SP and OP (if in Manual) values from
the flowsheet view.
o Add a PID Controller that will control the NGL Feed flow rate to the Separator.
Controller Name
Process Variable Source To Sep, Mass Flow
:V-480;-Aettlator-9estr=eel-PesitieA-
--, Pllraffleters ·
Action Reverse
PVMinimum 0 kg/hr (0 lb/hr)
PVMaximum 250.000 kg/hr (551,200 lb/hr)
Mode Auto
K, 0.1
T, 0.2 minutes
o Insert a Controller Face Plate for monitoring the variables by clicking the Face
Plate button on the controller property view.

I
CJ Add another PID Controller to control the pressure inside the Separator.
Controller Name Flare-PC
Process Variable Source Separator, Vessel Pressure
I P~ran:iete~-
Action
PVMinimum
Direct
135 kPa (19.6 psia)
PVMaximum 415 kPa (60.2 psia)

Mode Auto
I T,
2.0
2.0 Minutes
I CJ Add a PID Controller to control the amount of liquid in the Separator vessel.
ffl
~
Action Direct
PVMinlmum 0%
PVMaximum 100%
Mode Auto
SP 50%
2.0
T, 10 Minutes

\.
o Add another PID Controller to control the temperature of the Col Feed stream by
mani ulatin the Heater heat du
Controller Name Heater-TC
Process Variable Source Col Feed, Temperature
Output Target Object Heater-Q, Control Valve
Duty Source Direct Q
Minimum Available O kJ/h (0 Btu/hr)

Maximum Available 2.0e7 kJ/h (1.9e7 Btu/hr)
Action Reverse
PVMinimum 15 °C (59 "F)
PVMaximum 80 °C (176 °F)

Mode Auto
SP 50 °C (122 "F)
K, 5
T, 20 Minutes
CJ Refer to the screenshot below for specifying the OP/Control Valve for the
Heater-TC:
- --------- -- -----· --,~,a-----------7H7,-a7t,-,T~C,-----------_-707:71J,,.~'-\?'.• - - - - -
r··-··-·-·------··-·-,
L... Fw:, Pl~l•'."" __ i

The last step before checking the Dynamics Assistant and preparing to run the Integrator
will be to create a pair of Strip Charts. Recall that the Strip Chart provides a method for
easily monitoring key process variables in a graphical environment while in HYSYS
Dynamics. One Strip Chart will monitor some key flow rates in the model (NGL-Feed,
Sep Vap I, and Col Feed) while the other will address some important variables around
the Heat Exchanger operation. Follow the steps below to create the two Strip Charts.
Q Select the Dynamics tab in the ribbon and then click the Strip Charts button.
o Click the Add button to create a new strip chart. Enter a Logger Size of 5000
samples and set a Sample Interval of 5 seconds.
o Rename the strip chart Feed System.
I
- -" ____;,lil(~·=:~.:~~!:'.
Alllt<m,
'SiwoMloo~
~ ~~Un~op,
I -· ;.SS1reom,
i~~lre,mAnaJysi, ~1: [ - -- • _____::;~_:.'..~.-~.:~:
Legge, Sin (" S.mpl ..)
Cl Click the Edit button to view the strip chart setup and Add the following three
I ~~~
variables: NGL Feed I Mass Flow, Sep Vap 11 Mass Flow, and Col Feed I Mass
Flow.
.,- _.·:T?r.)· ___ ~- '.{;;'.:·'.·~:¥:'.~>:;~;_t.;·?;-~0,~??~'if~~-~,~~F:~..- _ __,-} .-',"'.~{~'--:-·c.- .. • -,-t,:· :~'~,?:~~;!:_~--Iii!
!i S~t- uP:.t l._Histori-~_rJ' ~urrentl ..:::. . . . .·:. . .::::..:. .

1 Object ,
:::.·:::::=:.. "'"'";""......:.. .. ,_-.-. _..::......::. ...,:;:;;~ __ _,., .......,. .. '.,.::::. ....,.....;;__ : _:; _;;,·;:;;;::::.:::::=::=::.--
Van able j ActivE-
i I NGL Fe.ed Mass Row 17.
! ! Se.p Vap 1 Mass flow R:"
Col Feed Mass flow p,
.,.,_jl
!
11
I!
~11====:;;:;;:;;;Arl=_=d:;;:;;===[=__
==D=,=i.;.____J=re====;==-'="'-;_;-·;=-=-J===D=isp=,,=, _ __ j

\_
o Click the Display button to show the strip chart plot. Set up any strip chart
graphing options (by right-clicking in the background of the plot and choosing
Graph Control) to your liking.
o Create a second Strip Chart using the procedure outlined above. Use the table
below to define the desired inputs:
Stnp Chart Settings
S~tup" . ... .· . .
Strip Chart Name Heat Exchanger
Logger Size 5000

Sample Interval 5 seconds
'_ /-:-:·
Variables: -: . -:· .... .' ·,'
' _:'
.· ...
._ .
.
...
. ·.. ··· . .
Process In Mass Flow
Process In Temperature
Process Out Temperature
Shell In Mass Flow

Shell In Temperature
Shell Out Temperature
o When finished make sure both Strip Charts are displayed in your HYSYS
window.
o Click the Dynamics Assistant to check for any messages about your dynamic
setup? Are you receiving any messages? If so can they be ignored? Discuss any
potential issues with your instructor.
Economics Dynamics View Cu5tornize Re:source5

!::®. Integrator i~--1 ·O r~ Dynamle Initialization
~ ' '
Dynamic
Made
, i Reol fofic :I Run i st,ou
Red
·. ~ Event 5chedufer
i fl' Snapshot Manager s::~~:Ot
Run ] Modelim:1 Optrom /'""' i
o Tum on Dynamics Mode ifit is not turned on already.
o Run the Integrator and monitor the variables in your Strip Charts and face plates.
Does the system reach a stabilized condition?
o Save your case as 06-PreheatDyn.hsc.
o Experiment with the Separator by increasing or decreasing the NGL-FC set point
or NGL Feed temperature. Observe the effects of these changes on the vessel

pressure and other variables. Be sure to re-set all original set point values and
I process conditions before moving on to the next portion of the workshop.
I Task 2 - Return to Steady State & Add Column
The pre-heat train is only the beginning of your simulation. RecalJ that you also need to
I include a Distillation Column model to simulate a Depropanizer unit. The Col Feed
stream in your current model will serve as the inlet stream to the Depropanizer. However
adding a column while in HYSYS Dynamics can be rather problematic. It is almost
always easier to add a column first in steady-state and initialize it for Dynamics like you
did with other unit operations.
In this particular model, the simulation is already in HYSYS Dynamics. So you need to
transition back into steady-state in order to add the column. The downside of going back
I into steady-state is that your dynamic inputs will greatly change the structure of the
steady-state problem. Certain items will be under or over-specified. However this will
be a good opportunity to demonstrate what needs to be done by the simulation user if
they wi_sh to transition back from Dynamics to steady-state.
I There are two possible alternatives that may be more convenient depending on your
modeling strategy:
I I) You could have added the column model while you built the pre-heat train in
steady state. Then you could transition everything to dynamics at once. This
would probably be the preferred option when looking to build a dynamic column
model.
2) Build the column in a separate, steady-state HYSYS file. Once the column
converges in this separate steady-state file, you could copy/paste or import it into
your existing case with the pre-heat train (much like you did when you pasted in
the Compressor in the previous workshop).
0 Continue with the 06-PreheatDyn.hsc file saved at the end of Task 1.

o Select the Dynamics tab in the ribbon and click the Dynamics Mode button.
This will turn offHYSYS Dynamics and return the simulation to steady state.
CJ Click Yes when asked if you're sure you want to switch.
A
V
.·.....
>
Are you sure you want to ,witch to steady state mode?
Thi;; may result m loss of results.
"i
,. . -!:
~
!li]
~' I
E_J

~·
o The HYSYS steady state Solver will be On Hold, so make the solver Active to
calculate the steady state case .
. .; Home Economics View Get Started Ff~he~M~i~
~ Cut :sr
"%!Copy-; ~ Unit Sets
-! ·~ Process Utilrty Manage: ..••. ~.-., A.-~!H~·=-,,·,-i.·
~ Correlation Manager '(r_; 0 "
l1rfil ,~ Mode.I Summary
:1ll Flo~heet Summary
:• ·, ', Workbook Reports
~Pa~te~ [' i "R; Adjust Manag<"t I
1
,..,,
;___1 Input i
!
Clipboard! Units: Simulation r~ i Solver r·; i Summaries I
Note: It will also be useful to change the flowsheet Color Scheme back to the Default
Color Scheme. This will help in troubleshooting any problems with the steady state
version.
After turning on the Solver, any inconsistencies due to the transition will appear. In this
case you should receive an inconsistency related to molar enthalpy in the Col Feed
stream. This appears because a specified heat duty and specified temperature cannot both
be defined.
o Double-click the Heater operation on the flowsheet and go to the Design I

Parameters page. Delete the Duty value specified on the fonn.
o Make the Solver Active again.
The other potential issue is an over specification on the Heat Exchanger. If your Heat
Exchanger model is outlined in yellow, try the step below.
o Double-click the Heat Exchanger on your flowsheet and go to the Worksheet

tab. Delete the specified Shell In temperature. The tlowsheet should now solve
normally m steady state. If not, please check with your instructoL
o Add a Distillation Column to the flowsheet. You can add it from the Columns
section of the Palette.
1,r~:_:p·~~-tt€·-'·--< 0 .-aa
[[o l'IJx -- · ._
!i+l~l .·. ·
!-ii , IJp~ti;eam . ~finfog ,,
,~tom. ·!);ii~

I
II I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
I o Configure the distillation colunm with the following information:
I Column Input Expert
In this cell Enter
~
I Name
Number of Stages
Depropanizer
24
I Inlet Stream
Inlet Stage
Col Feed
12
Condenser Type Full Reflux
I Condenser Energy Stream

Overhead Vapour Outlet
Q~Cond
Propane
Reboiler Energy Stream Q-Reb
I Bottoms Liquid Outlet C4+
Reboiler Configuration
I Condenser Pressure 1925 kPa (279.2 psia)

Condenser Pressure Drop O kPa (0 psi)
I Reboiler Pressure Drop

Reboiler Pressure
O kPa (0 psi)
I None required, click Next>
I o
None required, click Done
In the column property view, go to the Monitor page on the Design tab. Notice
that two specifications are Active; Reflux Ratio and Overhead Vapour Rate,
I CJ
but that neither have a specified value.
Deactivate the Overhead Vapour Rate and specify a value of 2.0 for the Reflux
Ratio. Note the Degrees of Freedom becomes 1. This means one more
specification is needed to define the problem.
I
I
!;;;I
l~\c'
-
I ©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - 22 Aspen Technology, Inc.
I .Ic~
\
-.1:1 . .
i- toi1Jmn:Dep1p11anirer / COL1 Fluid_ Pkg'._Basls-1 f Peng-Robinson
-----·~- -·
!···D~~·:~~:·1-_r,;,~_~;~;~·1:·s1d~-~~;T~iJ~~;-~~l J-~~-ri~,;~;;;~;_r,1;;;~~cl~f·. ~:;;i~;;;j·~-;;;~: .
'
,
D5lg"
-,
1;~:::;•CN -"
Temperature vs. Tray Posrtion from Top
~l~L!fl _I I
ii Sp,cs !
Ii >p,,c,Stimmac,, {' .....
~
1' s~b,oc:ih,g.
N"'"'
,: fl~ws
I
ISp~~~~-~~~n~
11·· ....... Sp;,c1Cod SJ•!c• Cum,e,t V>i~• WLEcr~r Acli>,-e Esor,,a,e·cu<r""t
i I a~~"' P.an<l
' [ Os½d V~~ R,ee
i.aoo
~-~-~tp_:
«mfty>
<emoty,
~•mp>p
«mpzy>
~
r • •r
~
I! il~~u,R•1< «rnl?tv> "'"'P'I'" '=J.'~t' r • r
i <emplp '•m~ty> '=ply> r • r "
I Olm, e,cd ~-'!•
!i !i,,
'i' !i
i!
d
'I
IL
!(. . . . """' .____:_1 iJ
ii
:cc:,·
__ R.,_oi ___ ,_j
D Click the Add Spec button to add a new specification with the following
information. Once added, make sure it is checked as Active.
In this cell... Enter.
Column Specification Types Column Component Fraction
Name Lights
Stage Condenser
Flow Basis Mole Fraction
Phase Vapour
Spec Value 0.95
Components Ethane, Propane
o Click the Run button to converge the column.

D The steady state model of the Depropanizer process is now complete. All unit
operations, material and energy streams should be solved.
o What is overhead rate of the column? Bottoms rate?
o Save your case as 06-ColumnSS.bsc.

Task 3 - Column Dynamics
Distillation column models in HYSYS Dynamics require both sizing and pressure/flow
relationship infonnation. You will start by addressing the column sizing.
On the Rating tab of the Column Property View, you can input the sizing information for
the Distillation Column. The information' required to size a distillation column is the
Condenser Volume, the Reboiler Volume, and the Column Tray Section dimensions.
Additionally, on the Rating tab you can access equipment that might require sizing inside
the column sub-flowsheet.
The reboiler and condenser are sized similarly to other HYSYS heat exchangers (i.e.
!ill Heater, Cooler, Heat Exchanger, etc.); you specify a volume.
~
CJDouble-click on the Depropanizer on the flowsheet and select the Rating tab,
Vessels page.
I o Input a Condenser Volume oflO m' (353 ft') and Reboiler Volume of20 m3
(706 fl').
-----------··--·--------------·--··-··-·--·-------------·--------·-·----·-- ...-;-1
i-·-"-··"------
j~:"~ter[ml Ii
ii.e"!lthlml
: l\'c:1""'•[rnJ]
IOn•om,os Hari10ntal
!v..,,.1r,a,olk,0L r
<empty, <<mp~/>
1::~:f::;:,!lm] •=ply>
'i.000
''"'Pt'>
W.00
I '
!
You will also need to size the tray section of the column. This will define the pressure
profile of the column once you re-start the dynamic calculations. Recall that in steady
state~ you are free to specify the column pressure profile as you wish. In the last Task, we
just specified a column pressure drop of 145 kPa (20 psi) and fixed that for the
Depropanizer. In HYSYS Dynamics, the column pressure profile is calculated by the
hydraulic calculations on each stage. Thus the calculated pressure drop on each tray
section is a function of the tray geometry (diameter, weir height, weir length, and tray
spacing).

The dynamic column pressure profile of a column can be estimated with the HYSYS
Tray Sizing analysis feature. The Tray Sizing analysis performs the hydraulic
calculations on each stage of the column based on the current vapor and liquid flow rates.
If you do not know the actual dimensions of your column tray section, the tray sizing
analysis should be used to estimate the size of the tray section before running
dynamically.
Start by adding a Tray Sizing analysis to your model to calculate an appropriate pressure
profile.
a Select the Home tab in the ribbon and pull-down arrow next to Equipment
Design. Then choose Tray Sizing from the resulting menu.
-··tl~m, View cu,tomi>e formal

,f. [lit <j" Procrn Utility Manager f(f:;~j";;·: z'l M~d,I Summar;
.:Sjcoi>r %, Unlt'.iot, t' Auju,t Mana~or , q; On Hol<l §I Fl,:,w,no,; [JI
~P~,t•·) ·'CT Fill Id Packag• ,o,,,o,l•~on, i\o~~I!< ;_'j lnplll
. Chp~<>ar.d.. ···-- .•.Ur,r\s 51m,uatr,:,n Swmmari,s

Stmubtlon
a Click the Select TS button and choose the tray section to size. In this case, select
the Depropanizer and Main TS. Click the OK button.
o Click the Add Section button. This adds the selected tray section to the utility,
allowing the sizing calculations to be performed.
Tray Stzlng-Main Tower®COL1

Spe,,e_;
T;~y lritamals 1· Setup Secti,:,n;
T_Maln Tower
24._M~il! Tower
Design
r
(,:,mplete
fi,:,odir.g
[ .."···-Add·~~"-:._.".. J
[·······. A~itl S~ti~;..... ]
u,~ '/ap,;our i.~.:!.'.!.~..!'.~~ .............~i for De>ign/~ating
Ignored

I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
CJ Select Valve for the Internals to indicate valve trays.

Workshops
I a Select Above Tray as the option to use Vapour for Design/Rating

CJ Move to the Performance tab and then select the Results page. The hydraulic
0-
calculations based on the recommended tray geometry for the colunm are
displayed.
I If;;~~l:,::oc~:.:, l~~~~L&i~O:L
j;R,,~lts ·· :@}Tray«! )Packed
:i
i! Trayed
Ii Table
i[ Plot
Tra~ Results --
[" Sect;on_ 1
::::::,1i!
' Internals Valw
i
! I![':1,!
1_:r1·.
Number oi How Paths
'
i_·.
Jet Floo.ding Method Gln:sch 1

!"'.i 111,
Column Geometry : !
:I ! 1•
Section Diametff [mj 3.SOS J i ! _,
I i!
!i
ii
X-Secti011a! Area !m2]
Hole Area [m2]
/l.ct1~Area[m2J
DC Area [m2]
9.650
0.7186
7,186
1.232
:: I !
j i! t
! llf
i I] f
r
i11 Ti:aySpacing[m] 0.60% j iif
I I
I
I
Section He;ght [ml
Hydraulic Results
14.63 ! i !r
i
I If!:
I t.lax Flooding[%] 67.17 i Ji
I I
::~:~:p:l ~~;
I ![::
S..ction OettaP ikPa] 10.32
I i 1
,. i,,, !:,_
:~~==~~~ :
I [Ma:. Weir Load (m3!h-m] 76.02
11
j . ~=.:.:~~=:~=::=::::.=-==~~-·-::;=-___:::;:-·--:~-=:::::;~~~~~=~:~~~~~~==-~~~=--=:;:~----,--•
"-~-'==-~'-"'1.!::=::=::
I '""' ••••••••••••••••••••••••• l'.'.] tgncri,d I'
t
This page also displays the estimated Tray Section Delta P. Notice the Tray
I Cl
Sizing analysis estimates approximately a 10.32 kPa (1.49 psi) pressure drop
through the 24 stages of the column.
When we initially designed our column in steady state mode, we entered a pressure drop
of 145 kPa (20 psi) through the column. The condenser pressure was specified at 1925
kPa (280 psia) and the reboiler pressure being specified at 2070 kPa (300 psia).
Additionally, the Col Feed pressure was calculated to be operating at 2000 kPa (290
psia).
In dynamic mode, the pressure drop at each stage will be calculated based on the tray
geometry. Moreover, the Condenser, Reboiler and Col Feed pressures will be based on
I this dynamic pressure profile. If the steady state pressure profile does not match the
dynamic pressure profile, the column tray pressures and flow rates will osci11ate until an
equilibrium pressure profile is established. As the column tries to adjust to an equilibrium

pressure profile, the column .can possibly go unstable. Therefore, a proper column
pressure profile based on the hydraulic calculations should be entered for the column
before moving onto Dynamics.
o From the Results page on the Performance tab of the Tray Sizing analysis, fill in
the appropriate tray dimensions in the table below:
In this cell. Enter ..

Section Diameter
Weir Height
Side Weir Length
Tray Spacing
o Return to the Depropanizer column property view window and select the Rating
tab. Make sure you are viewing the Towers page.
o Enter the section diameter and tray spacing you wrote down in the table above.
}\lso, change the Internal Type from Sieve Valve trays.
Corumn: Depropani:z_er / COL1 Flu!d - 0 ...
o To account for the weir height and weir length, you will need to enter the Column
Environment. Click the Column Environment button and view the column sub-
flowsheet.
o Double-click the tray section (Main TS) and view the Rating tab, Sizing page.
o Enter the Weir Length and Weir Height values you copied down earlier. Also,
make sure that Valve is set as the Internal Type at the bottom of the window.

r;:,_ Tower.Main Tower - t:JElj

----
D~,.~~ ~ 'sating
I
w~~ JP__:,fu~_onc• [Oyn•m=J- - - -
I R~hng
11 !:;,;.,
j li•a,lms
fl, L.._~ Taps
I J!i Hi,doa,;e,
i[:
[,,1;
I"ii
P:-essure Drop I
'
;
I
j°i~,;,;,,~·IType.
jWeir He;gnt [mml
!WejrLongt11!n,J
iDCVdum~[m3J
IAe1r,!Atea [m2]
I !Fio-., O~lh,
!w~,ng Foote,
IT,•y Thackness [mm]
iFcaming F•ct~,
!Ma:,: D~l!a P (ht of liq) [mm]
<emp1r
J,CJ()Q
woo
comply;,
IM>.< f:cx,d;ng ]%] <~rnpiy~
'-,;;-,1,1,.1..,,":1,-.,,..,..,,..l==L
11i;v.1...
I
Not only do you need to account for the holdups within the column, but you must also
I allow for pressure/flow relationships. Each tray contributes a certain resistance to flow
which can be characterized using 'k' values, much like in heat transfer equipment in
HYS YS Dynamics.
I Cl
~---
Staying in the column sub-flowsheet, select the Dynamics tab, Specs page and
click the All Stages button in the Calculate K Values area.
.L~-~11~:.L~iiI~~-~~-;~I-~~~~T c;;;·'";~. ·1" --------··-··---·--

i D~mics Dry H<>I~ Pr<essu,o Leiss!( Factors ---------------------------------- ·- -------- - -- --------------·-··-·-·-----
Sa= Calcuia\e Kl'aiu••
Wrcm8aiaw
~-olc!eo
i~g!h rI;q rt(kP •" kg! m!jj
S\akHead(
s:,:pcbrt 1_Main Tower .1423 i:
2_Ma,nTower
3_Ma;n fo,...,,,
.!4L'
MlJ
::,,
4_MainTcwr,r ,/A?.l ,,i!
5_M!1nT""'~'
O_MOln Tcw~r
#2.l
J../23
ji
7_Ma,nTow~r 4~~3
s_Main fow.-r ,JJJJ
9_Main fow"' ,µz,<
1 !n,~aloaatio-~ Opt;ons
Hl_Main fower J,:23 ,,.-; P~rfom, d,y ot!rt lip
ll_Main Tower
H_M,in Tower ·:: ini,iali,e Frc,,n lJ<er
H_MOlnfower
1~_M,;a fower

o Now you can return to the main flowsheet environment by clicking the View
Simulation button in the Flowsheet/Modify tab in the ribbon.
Now that you have sized the column and invoked the k value expressions for
pressure/flow, you need to properly initialize the pressure drop - rather than making a
general assumption. You can use the pressure drop observed via the Tray Sizing
analysis.
o Go back into the Depropanizer column property view and click the Parameters
tab and select the Profiles page.
o Set the pressures of the Condenser stage and Reboiler stage using the following
values (these are entered directly into the Steady State Profiles table).
Reboiler Pressure 1935 kPa (280.6 psia)
Consider what you have added up to this point. You've added the Depropanizer column
and its required dynamic specifications (pressure/flow relationships, updated delta P, and
sizing parameters). You must also consider that you have changed the structure of your
flowsheet. A stream that was formerly a boundary stream ColFeed is no longer a
boundary stream while two new boundary streams have been created (Propane and C4+).
As a result 1t 1s necessary to add valves to these new boundary streams and rearrange tlu:~--- -
pressure/flow specifications on the streams.
o Go back into the Column Environment for the Depropanizer. This is where
you will add the required valves. (Note the valves could also be added in the
main flowsheet- either way can work).
o Add a Valve called C3 Valve, close it and activate the Attach mode by pressing
CTRL function key. Then mark Propane as the inlet and create an outlet stream.
After adding the outlet stream, call it Propane Out.
©2015 As_penTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 • 29 Aspen Technology, Inc.

V11w Customize R<1ounn i· flow1ii,,t/Modlfy f!!<ma1 Run nu

Workshops
0i.;0.ur0Po"l1on~n :Jrs,z, (l!:o, ~:, - Ham• i--' ,-·-~ ,';'._->r.io·.,,,,,~,,,,,,1
D -if" Brea< Conne,t!on ~:., Zoom

6,~ ,1.uto f><lJition ~ Swap Conn•dl<1n ~ Pan i J~J~~
flow,hooi
lffl ..
fJ.?,~~
Tools
Temptratur•
Prmu~
! strellrn l~b•l 1; !
,_)
~~.~~
'c<"·
~ub ~~~N,•l
~ Mo,, Into Subllow
/ ~, o ~
Capitak USO Utilitits: USDN.,.r Gal En~~ing,; MW (__%) @ai ·-~Bngt~--Unkn.....,:
0 11
.,ii
'i
"
_ rt.;;:;~.d-~ (COLll.':°:~i~-;,.:l,'.±...______________ ,,,, ...,___________ --~--- -·----··-------·-
......
fj To
C3
Valve
Corulenser
D o
o
Specify a valve Delta P of70 kPa (10.15 psi) on the Design I Parameters tab.
Add a valve called C4+ Valve and using the attach mode (activated using CTRL
key) mark C4+ as the inlet and create an outlet stream. Once created, call it C4+
Out. Again, specify a pressure drop of70 kPa (10.15 psi).
jp~-n,----..t ....,,--P-rn-P~out
0 1
3
Valve
D r-- ~Lllll---Q-C-.. ~nd

I~ndenser
j r- Condenser
D
r-
,
~•------_J
Reflux
1
~~--------1
Col
D
Feed
Main TS
:1
i. I
,~
L -------"
To
\j f ;;;...; Reboiler
I-----------ry,,,,,-._,,.,--_________,,._
Reboiler
.
C4+ C4+ Out
D
C4+
Valve
CJ Return to the Parent flowsheet and re~run the column. It should converge.
Cl Note that the streams Propane and C4+ on the parent flowsheet are no longer
attached to the column. Reconnect them using the Design tab, Connections page
as shown below:
0201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - JO Aspen Technology, Inc.

Q·Cond
Num of 1925 lrP~

. Slogo, Dra-,,s~~
Stroam :lnlelSug~
<<S'tream ,:,
IM:,~
GBottornUp 0.0/JOOkPa
:;;J Llpdat,, Outlets :::: Ignored
o Now that the column is solved and the sub-flowsheet and parent flowsheets are
fully linked, go back into the column environment and size the Propane Valve
and C4+ Valve.
I
!
··!---
25.0
0,9000
~85.4
12135
o What is the Cg of Propane Valve? What is the Cv ofC4+ Valve?
o Return to the parent flowsheet and make Active the Pressure specifications on
the Dynamics ] Specs pages for both C4+ and Propane. Use the existing
pressure values for the spec values.

Hint: To make sure you catch all the required dynamic stream specifications, change the
Color Scheme back to the Dynamic P/F Specs scheme.
o Deactivate the dynamic pressure specification for Col Feed.

D Return to the Depropanizer Column Subflowsheet and activate the molar flow
dynamic specification for the Reflux stream. Keep the current value as the active
spec value.
Note: In any column model with a built-in condenser, a dynamic specification is required
for the reflux stream!
'cc: .'I ..........

,I
() ideal :..iqVol
Mola, Row
[ __ D~ete "~-j r___Defone from Stream~ _ 1
(')2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - 32 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
o Click the Go Parent button to return to the parent flowsheet.

o Click the Dynamics Assistant button to see if there is something else that needs to
be changed. Are any recommendations made? Discuss any potential issues with
your instructor.
o The column and associated flowsheet can now be run in HYSYS Dynamics. No
controllers are installed so the column will run open-loop so it is not controlled in
any way. Since that is the case, make sure to only run the Integrator for a few
seconds.
o Click the Dynamics Mode button and Run the Integrator. Run for a few
moments and review the existing face plates and column variables to ensure the
model stabilizes.
o Save your case as 06_ColumnDynO.bsc.
To complete the column dynamic model, you will add controllers and strip charts. The
controllers will be added in the Column Environment as that is where the outlet streams
valves are located and will eliminate the need for the controller connections to span the
flowsheet transition. If desired, the controllers could be added in the parent flowsheet
and the same model performance would be realized.
o Double-click the Depropanizer column and enter the Column Environment.

o From the Column Environment Palette, add PID Controllers for the four control
operations defined below:
Process Variable Source Condenser, Vessel Pressure

Output Target Object C3 Valve, Actuator Desired Position
Par8TTleters -. ConflQU'ration
Action Direct
PVMinimum 1725 kPa (250 psia)
PVMaximum 2070 kPa (300 psia)
Mode Auto
K, 2.0
T, 2.0 minutes

Name Cond-LC
Process Variable Source Condenser, Liquid Percent Level
Output Target Object Reflux, Control Valve(Control

Flow)
Control Valve Minimum Flow O kgmole/h (0 lbmole/hr)

Control Valve Maximum Flow
Action Direct
PVMinimum 0%
I PVMaximum
Mode
100%
Auto
2.0
I T,
SP
10.0 minutes
50%
I Cond LC -Cl~
I. ...... i
i 011/ Mi~imum 0.0000 % !
I • L~.~-~-'.".~_'.".
1· Tunin9 Parameter,
I'""""
i jKc
..
.........................
"i'oii""!
_.1_~~-~...1 i!·
,-Algorithm Type
'[Min Flow
Mobtrflow ,
O.DOOO ~gmol~ !!
-- 3zoo·kgmoi~t.! I I
i !Ti IO..ll I Lt~.~.~. - . ,. ._. . :.! . : : i Ma~ Flc,w ---··
; iTd "'-----· ___ ompty~ I ;" Alpti!l>m Subtype -
\l] Avaitablet:, Controll/!r
i :_ i.PI~ ~~~Nfo.~
1,,
i<'==cc,=·· ...
Ii
-
I
r-..-·--.. -- -- ·,
I !'~Pta~_j Contn;,1_'1~- I

Name Tray23-TC
Process Variable Source Main TS, Stage Temperature., 23_Main_TS
Output Target Object Q-Reb, Control Valve
COntr.c;,l_Valve
Control Valve Minimum Flow o kJ/h (O Btu/hr)
Control Valve Maximum Flow 1.0E+08 kJ/h (9.48E+07 Btu/hr)
ParBm_E!~".!".S ~,-c;onfi9urat_io:ri
Action Reverse
PVMinimum 100°C (212°F)
PVMaximum 200°C (392°F)
Mode Auto
K, 2.0
T, 10.0 minutes
SP 140°C (284°F)
Du,y 5011<<0
.l:r,Qiroc[Q

Rebo1ler Level Control

ln this cell Enter .
~
Name Reb-LC
Process Variable Source Reboiler, Vessel Liq Percent Level
Output Target Object C4+ Valve, Actuator Desired Position
~arameters -. C~nfig.(Jration
. ..
..
.·..
. ...
Action Direct
PVMinimum 0%
PVMaximum 100%
Mode Auto
K, 2.0
T, 10.0 minutes
I SP 50%
Cl Add Face Plates for the four controllers if you'd like to track the variables as the
I model runs.
Note: The face plates are shown in the jlowsheet environment from which they are added.
For example ifyou add the controllers to the column from the Column Environment, you
can only review the face plates for those controllers in the Column Environment.
o Click the View Parent button to return to the parent flowsheet view.
Cl Create a Strip Chart using the table of data below:
Logger Size 5000

Sample Interval 5 seconds
.variables ;
Col Feed Mass Flow
Condenser Vessel Pressure
Condenser Liquid Percent Level
Reboiler Vessel Liq Percent Level
Hint: The Condenser and Reboiler variables are associated with the Depropanizer
columnflowsheet, not the mainflowsheet!

o Run the Integrator and observe the variables in the Strip Charts and face plates.
o Does the simulation reach a steady-state or does it continue to fluctuate?
Column,.
,-------------------:------------ ------[ ------- ______! _______ - I

,c 1----------- ___________J______________ --------- ---- ---------------- ------- --------- ------ ---1
I I
"
~ II I!
- -----------~----------- ----- ---- -------------------- ------- --------1
I .
,n
ID I I
C
ill
-1 ---1------------ 1
u
C
0
0 . . . I
--------- I--------- --t---~-------t-----

- I I ~0-00 00.00
Minutes
'·'"" "' "' '"
o Save your case as 06-ColumnDynl.hsc.

I
Task 4 - Expanding the Reboiler Model
To complete the dynamic Depropanizer model you will remove the default kettle reboiler
and add a shell and tube heat exchanger to the Column Subflowsheet. This arrangement
will allow you to use steam across the reboiler and adjust that to maintain a desired tray
23 temperature. By modifying the reboiler configuration, you have the option of
modeling the reboiler mote similarly to a real piece of heat transfer equipment.
Once the new reboiler exchanger is installed, you will adjust the control strategy to use
the steam flow rate to directly to maintain a desired tray 23 temperature.
IJ Begin by having 07_ ColumnDynl.hsc open in the main flowsheet environment.
I Before removing the default reboiler and adding a two-sided heat exchanger, you will
switch the case back into steady-state. The reason for doing so is because it would be
wise to ensure that the proper amount of steam is allocated to the reboiler. In addition it
will make it easier to initialize the new column-related unit operations - which would
have been a little bit tricky if you left the case in dynamic mode.
o Click the Dynamics Mode button to return to regular HYSYS steady-state.
I Cl Change the flowsheet Color Scheme back to the Default Color Scheme.
o Make the solver active to turn on the calculation engine.
o Double-click the Shell-In stream and delete the specified temperature that
appears.
I Cl Go to the NGL Feed stream and enter a Molar Flow of1900 kgmole/h (4189
lbmole/hr).
q You should see that the column is the only un-calculated unit operation. The
I problem is an over specification error. Double-click the Q-Reb energy stream on

the main flowsheet and delete the Heat Flow value.
Cl The number will simply change to being calculated when you attempt to delete it.
This is because it is also residing in the column environment. Open the
Depropanizer and click the Column Environment button.
Cl Once in the Column envirorunent, open Q-Reb and delete the Heat Flow value.
o Click the View Parent button to return to the main flowsheet.
CJ Look at the Depropanizer Design tab, Monitor page. You should ensure the
Reflux Ratio and Lights specifications as active and the column should show
Degrees of Freedom= 0.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - 38 Aspen Technology, fnc.

Wt.Err~r Act,,,., Estim.:e ~urr,a:

;>.,,!lw,:R•t,o
Q-;i'ld Vap ~ate
l.OOD
<ernp-Ly>
l,DOO -0.QOOO
<err,pty>
r,:,
r •r
~f,~c<Rat, ,~mpty::, 1606 <empty> r r
B,ms ~rod Rare <<mplp 1015 r r
L'g~ss o.~;oo 0.9500 o.com r.;
•
o If the column does not solve, click the Reset button and then Run.
o Now the entire flowsheet should be calculating in steady-state. Save your case as
06-ColumnDynl-1.hsc
a Since you will be using a steam-heated reboiler, water must be added to the
Component List. Click the Properties Environment button and select the
Component Lists folder in the Navigation Pane.
All Item,
t·"'"';::···"··'"···"'·'·····•, .... ,, .. ,.... , ..
.:: 1-co,foS_smpegfo\ bi/IS:L~;· 1j

~
[omponont
]iJ:
:1::
SourceOatabanlc HYS'/5 Select
i ~ ~ Fluid Paehge< 1:11 .--- ------- -----·------·--·····-··-··-·---··--·-··----·-·----···---- -·-·-·---- -----------·--·-·- ',ta,-.:hfor, ,lw_,_«c•I_____~
' (<?,Basis-1 1:11 Campcnenl 'yp• Grn~'P
'.:~ Petroleum Assays Ii!! Etha,,. P~,~ ("mpc"ent
,_,jRe•ctrnn,
C&C~mpcnentM•F•
illi
!ell
P~,~ Ccmpcneat
Simulalion Nam~ fullN
:·'.'eJ U,oc Propert,e, !Hi P~,e (cmpcnent H20
n•But,n•
,-Pant.one
n-Penl,n~ P~ro Cor!l,,cnont
n-He:<3ne Pure Compcn,m
1©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - 39 Aspen Technology, Inc.

I"_, ~
' Jl
ii:
[I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
q Click the Simulation Environment button to return to the main flowsheet.

[ll ,i
o If asked about remaining in HOLDING mode, click No. This will keep the
HYSYS Solver active when you return to the Simulation Environment.
kiurce Daiabanlc HYSVS
[] _;:) Component Type Group

·-·-········,
j
Etrtane P.Jre Component
Propane Pure Component
------,
01 i-Butane
n-Elutane
Pure Component
Pure Ccmp0nent
-< Add I
D
i-Pentane
n-Pentane
Pure Component
Pure Component r-.-,--· ----- __ j ___ =t~~~SYS-J_ _- l-~_:;·~~~-;:)\::-.:·r-~-;-_:·;~

n-He:,:ane Pure Component
,,f\"
HZO Pure Component r:i
[1J [: 0 Do you whh tp be left in HOLD!NG mode when entering the Interactive
Simulation Environment?
D o Double-click the Depropanizer and select the Parameters tab, Solver page.
CJ Change the Solving Method to Modified HYSIM Inside-Out. This solving
'l method is preferred when making considerable adjustments to the column
LJ environment.
i
(-1 _·; Program G~nerates Efflmatio";
I I : Mod;fie<I HYSlM Inside-Out
_,
I I Estimate Generator Param<'t~,; ·········· ·····················
' CJ Dyr.arnic Integration for IEG
I
i!
te<e, valv~ and h~at e"1:~a~9er1 ;n thesub-ilow,he~t.
Cl Re-run the column and it should converge with the new method.

a Click the Column Environment button and view the default column
subflowsheet.
Propane Propane1
C
V we
,-------~' ~1:1-, , ......... - ~

-->{-)
Tc
l
__....::r., i
l
Condenser Q-Cond Cond-PC
e I Condenser
,-c n-
½Ucond-Lc
Col ~
1 R1.~.~" - - 'l
Feed
- 2
2
Boitup
(J)Tray23-TC
l~---1
Main'::;;
TS
Q-Reb Reb-LC
" - T-- Reboilec -- >Q ··1

Tc '
Reboiter
C4+ C4+1
C4+
ValVe
D Add a material stream to the column sub-flowsheet with the following

information:
Name Steam
Vapor Fraction 1,0
Pressure 689,5 kPa (100 psia)
Molar Flow 1475 kgmole/hr (3252 lbmole/hr)
Co,mposition (Mole f{action)
Water 1,0
D Add a Valve with the following conditions: Steam is the inlet stream, Steam In
as the outlet, and specify a steady-state pressure drop of 50 kPa (7.25 psi). Call
the valve Steam Valve.
D Delete the default Reboiler and Q-Reb energy stream from the column
subflowsheet.
D Add a Heat Exchanger operation and define it using the infonnation shown:
©2015 AspenTech. AU Rights Reserved. 7 - 41 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Name E-100
Tube Side Inlet To Reboiler
Shell Side Inlet Steam In
Tube Side Outlet To Flash
Shell Side Outlet Steam Out
Heat Exchanger Model Calculated By the Column (default)

Shell Side Delta P 50 kPa (7.25 psi)
Tube Side Delta P a

1 kPa (1.45 psi)
CJ Add a Separator and enter the following information:
I
Name Flash
I Inlet
Vapour Outlet
To Flash
Boilup
Liquid Outlet C4+
I CJ The column subflowsheet should now have .the desired connectivity. Review
your column subflowsheet and click the View Parent button to return to the main
flowsheet.
I ------·--·
Propane ··-...C:l1-r·
Vs)ve
--
Propane1
f~ndenser ~ •- l
~1.·1·-·. . r . ·..:;-· ·
Condenser _
Q-Cond
. . ;. _'
Cand-PC
1 Canel-LC
................ ,.,:"''
-
Bailu~
Tray23-TC
s ~ · , ·..~m-,,---
Sleam
Valve
,
To- ~ 0
_ Fla;t,
,J
fo
Rei>oiler E-100 Flash
R,b-LC
C<•
Valee
©2015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - 42 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

\
o You should see that the Depropanizer is now Unconverged. You need to re-
establish the column specifications and pressure profile as one of the previous
stages (Reboiler) was deleted.
o Click the Parameters tab, Profiles page and enter a Pressure of 1925 kPa (279.2
psia) for Stage 27, or the Flash. This re-establishes the 10 kPa pressure drop
from the top of the column (at 1925 kPa) to stage 24 (the heat exchanger inlet at
1935 kPa).
- 0
. o_·.,.,..io. ·. ,.•....'. ..' '.'··'·m· ;;.:.. ,,,,,.,...1

' '.~Mola.·
I ;~;~:·:i ;:~':r~~; . I ·.~ Vclume :; Std !cioal Vol

Solver
i 1l_!Aa;nfow•· 1\ i9.<9 122,< 213" '
2(3 p~~·~
FILl;d Pkgs
: 12_M~o fow.e, 12 1931) JY,lJ 20.JI
• [
I'· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · . ·-· . . . . . . . ..
:,Act,Vc;j~"'e
; H_Main fowe,
j l4_M~mT~w"'
ll
1~
1930
)931 96.6J
3931
,1013
29J8
2.~5/i I Pressure vs. Tray Position from
I 15_111ainTow,c IS l>H/ w,,, ./011) 2')9,1 i -,..,_, -,,e,u•
j 1Q_),fainb1,·•' 16 ;r.J? !06,! ,//J,;J 3~4] ;,

i 1/_Mo,n fo"'!!I 17 1~32 //02 J;}J1 .,/09
i \S_Mo,nTow•' 1S !Sl32 11U 4259 3/i'6 f"'1 mi +-+-l---17"'·'+-+---,
I' L--'
! 19_Ma,nfowee 19 19.'IJ 11!,.8 /299 ]234
I! 1.iv+-+-hf'--f---l---l~-J
: 20_Main Tc.vie, 20 J;','/3 1/!J.ff ,/]/3 327J
Ii
_; Gr
· 21_11·1ain fo,.e 21 )g]4 /),Cl J292 .?i!&'l
' 22_M,,n Tow"' !17.0 J;:J,' 3267 w;;; -f--f-,.''-l--l----1-+e-f
i 23_.~la,J'I '°"'"' " 193'i J:09 .~!98 i"'1' , I\
I '4 /Aa,n Towee " 1915 ,ICQ) 301/4
iul '!
<~mplp ~empty>
I. ... ....:.I
(""
i'!.) lJp,:fat• OuUots f::~ ign<lred
o Next view the Design tab, Monitor page and make the E-100 Heat Balance
------~sp=e~c1'ficanon Active. You may get messages about sneams retumirrg----w-ttre-- --
column below stage pressures. Click OK for these. The column should converge.
Spec,fce<O Value Current 'lah;e W:.Erc-or E,timat~ C<:rreM
" r
"" r"r
~dlu• R..,~c, ~.om; 2,000 -0.00()0
0,1,,;1 v~p Rate ~e!llpty> ~10.7 <emp:y,
R~~w; Rate <empty~ 16~1 <=p~/'
""' "Pt
Stm, P,od R~t,, <empfy> ~•mpty> <emp~f>
L: t,1- 0.9500 i19SOO 00
l),0()00k//i"I 2500 o,ocoo
C:-100\JA <empty> 7.e,~e+OOO -7.4301 I
' '
o Save your case as 06-ReboilerSS.hsc.
o What is the outlet vapor faction on the steam side of the reboiler? Was enough
steam allocated?

II
Now that you have established a steady-state solution, you can follow the HYSYS
I steady-state to dynamic mode procedure to size any required equipment and enter any
dynamic specifications.
I CJ
Ci
Re-enter the Depropanizer Column Environment and view the Steam Valve.
Access Rating I Sizing page and Size Valve as showed below to calculate the Cg
based on steady state conditions.
I ~· Valve: steam varve
i" Si?ing Conditions,......~; Curr.mt ··· f~ U,~, Input ····· 1

[ p~ie'l"P-,e~~;e [kPaJ --- - - IIB9.5 Ii
I i~0::;:~~~~:1t;i-
!
I Decl!.a P [~?a]
·"-· ·-"·- ·-·- ·: -;:;~-: !
50.00 ii
II i-----.-,.,.
Ffow Rate [kg;h]
..... __ ,........ 2.1::57"':.~~-j '
I M~thods --
~) ANS~1SA method
i,c,, __________ ,•,c,-------------
.~ Mam.iacturer specific m e t h ~
() Sirnpje resistarice equation -w
I f(:i"
[ Kn,
1~·
,[USGPM(60F,1psi)] ;~~
Z5.0
0.9000
l
J
i
9 3
1....,-~,---·--·"-------~-·-~-_J
I
I CJ View the Dynamics tab, Specs page and make sure the Pressure Flow Relation
is active.
Open the E-100 Heat Exchanger and view the Dynamics tab, Model p_age,
I
Cl
Sfecify a Tube volume of 19.8 m 3 (700 ft3) and a Shell volume of 9.9 m (350
ft )-
Cl Move on to the Dynamics I Specs page and click the Calculate K's button for the
~ heat exchanger pressure/flow relationship. Make the K's the active specifications.
~
I
I
t'l2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 7 - 44 Aspen Technology, Inc.
Heat txctianger 1:.- mo
a Double-click the Flash separator and select the Rating tab, Sizing page. Enter a
Diameter of 2.44 m (8.0 ft) and a Height of3.05 m (10.0 ft).
a Ensure that pressure is the active dynamic specification for both the Steam and
Steam Out material streams.
Materi~l Stre~rn; sre~m
a Reconnect your PID Controllers using the tables below:

Name Reb-LC
Process Variable Source Flash, Liquid Percent Level
Output Target Object C4+ Valve, Actuator Desired Position
:'_P~rn~ters·'
.. "'"-. C9fltlg~Jati()Jl
. .
I
. . ,•
Action Direct
PVMinimum 0%
PVMaximum 100%
Mode Auto
Ko 2.0
T, 10.0 minutes
SP 50%
Rebo1ler Steam Flow Control

In this cell Enter
'.
Name Tray23-TC
I Process Variable Source

Main TS, Stage Temp., Stage 23
Steam Valve, Actuator Desired Position
I ffl <>:• c;;;

..<<
___ .ic: ,,,.;,::/;to;
Action Reverse
PVMinimum 1oo·c (212°F)
PVMaximum 2oo·c (392"F)
Mode Auto
K, 2.0
T, 10.0 minutes
SP 140"C (2B4"F)
CJ All the required dynamic specifications should now be in place. Click the View
Parent button to return to the main flowsheet and check the Dynamics Assistant.
Are there any important messages or warnings? Save your case.
CJ Adjust your Column Strip Chart to include the following variables:

o Steam I Mass Flow
o Flash I Liquid Percent Level

\.
if; Column·
Object Varioble Acti~e

Col. Feed
Candemer
M~" fkiw
Ve2>e! Press1.1re "'P:p
Condenser Liquid Pen:ent Leve!
P:
L--·---··-·---·--·--·- "...... _Jl~~h ________________ Liquid Per(ent_Leve-1 ______~~
a Click the Dynamics mode button and Run on the Integrator. Does your
adjusted model stabilize?
a Save your case as 06-ReboilerDyn.hsc.
a Make some adjustments to your controller setpoints to test the stability of your
control scheme. Introduce some disturbances as well. Discuss any potential
issues or problems.

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Column Pressure Relief
I
I Column Pressure Relief
I
I Lesson Objectives
I Modify the condenser overhead section of a distillation

column to include an Air Cooled Exchanger operation
Further develop model-building techniques and best
practices by adding operations and controllers in the
dynamic mode
Install a relief valve for protection of the column overhead
system
I
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Colunm Pressure Relief
Column Customization Options
Generally speaking, an expanded overhead system can be

built in the column sub-flowsheet or the main flowsheet
- Sub-flowsheet option often leads to improved model
convergence behavior and simplicity
- Otherwise the choice is a personal preference
There are, however, unit operations in Aspen HYSYS that
are unavailable in the column subflowsheet
- In this case the custom configuration must be built in the main
flowsheet
''i Air Cooler

'
Uses air to cool or heat a process stream to some specified
condition
Heat exchanger specs include: AC-100
- UA value
- Total air fiow ... .a
2 3
I
- Process stream exit temperature

Uses simple energy balance between process side and air
side to solve
Has potential operating cost & maintenance advantages
over conventional shell & tube heat exchangers

Workshop: Column Pressure Relief
Accumulotor-LC
I --------.... -------~------+- - - - -
R~Aux Reflux i~flux
Reflux
Pun1p
~- Li-:;;;;i -:_ ----;:;_-"

' Valoro
Vat,,s ,: Retur1
r
fo
/l.ccum-Spec
I ReA~x
P"meHP II
Propane r,::·.;.
---~ ....... A\;cumulator
Bypass to
Iv,,..
I ~
RV100
ToPlaco
I Deprop,rnizer
@aspentech ©2015MpenT!,.lu><~<>9y,Jn~ AO .. ghbre~d I 5 a§NE
I Workshop: Column Pressure Relief - Tasks

Task 1 - Expand the Overhead System
Task 2 - Add Controllers and Strip Charts
Task 3 - Column Purity in Dynamics
Task 4 - Column Pressure Relief
~Jaspentech '" 2015 11,spen Te,::hnol.,gv, Inc. Alt r,ghLsre"""'e,d I 6 -i.0N E

i~
l}-1
Using Aspen HYSYS Dynamics

with Columns - Jump Start
Guide
Upgrade Column Design using
(,filteis' ;:=:: Aspen HYSYS Dynamics
'l ca,~or~ A l
! ,.,,1,..,,;c".''l How do I use tray efficiencies in
1
II
.,,,, "' ,' Aspen HYSYS Dynamics?

®°l.',IM;l<t;:·,
,fl,,09 ,i How to use a tube bundle in a 2-
,, ,,,,,: ;, I
/lfr,,,,"'"" -·, phase separator or 3-phase
separator
::::'.h'""··· I
~ r,e,, ,i; g-:·~ .k,_:;~ F~'t"' ~~'"r: o.,...;,,c Effect of Cooling Effect an a
,.,o.,-;<7<Jt
Closed Vessel - Example Study
©2015 Aspen.Tech. All Rights Reserved. Aspen Technology, Inc.

II
[]
IJ
0
~ Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to
Dynamic Modeling
[]
Column Pressure Relief Workshop
~aspentech
Column Pressure Relief Workshop

Files can be found in folder: 07_ColumnRelief
Objective
Previously you learned how to expand an Aspen HYSYS column model via the Column
Environment. In this module you will focus your attention on the Condenser-side of the
Depropanizer column and customize that portion, albeit in the main flowsheet. As part of
this expanded overhead system, you will learn how to apply a pressure relief valve to
protect the column from an overpressure scenario.
Description
In this module the default condenser unit operation of the Depropanizer column will be
replaced by an overhead system consisting of various pieces of equipment. This
comprehensive condenser configuration is required in instances when you wish to
perform detailed dynamic rating calculations using a variety of equipment models.
This model illustrates the application of the pressure relief unit operation on a column.
Under normal operating conditions the overhead from the Depropanizer column is
condensed in an air cooled heat exchanger, collected in an accumulator and pumped back
----to the cohimn. (full----C-etlux) The normal operating pressme an the tap tray 0£.the_co.l.umn___
and the accumulator are 2000 kPa (290 psia) and 1900 kPa (275 psia) respectively.
A pressure relief valve for the column will be added and configured to start opening when
the top stage pressure reaches 2205 kPa (320 psia) and fully open at 2275 kPa (330 psia).
• Task 1 - Expand the Overhead System

• Task 2 - Add Controllers and Strip Charts
• Task 3 - Meet Column Specifications
• Task 4 - Colwnn Pressure Relief

Task 1 - Expand the Overhead System
In this module you MII construct an expanded overhead system while in the dynamic
mode. In the previous workshop, you returned to steady state when modifying the column
reboiler system and then converted into dynamics. So this workshop will give you some
practice with the alternative approach and also provide additional practice for model
building while in HYSYS Dynamics.
This workshop will be a continuation of the previous module covering the Depropanizer
unit. Before the Condenser is deleted in the Column Environment, its associated product
streams and energy streams should be deleted in the main flowsheet.
CJ Open the file 06_ReboilerDyn,hsc to begin.

o In the main flowsheet, delete the Condenser-related streams, Propane and Q-
Cond.
o Enter the Depropanizer Column Environment. Create a new material stream.
and call it Reflux Copy. Click the Define from Other Stream... button for
Reflux Copy and define it from Reflux.
o For top stage liquid inlet to the Main TS, replace the reflux steam with its copy.
I fil \\j4~~~~'~'.ih 'f:~*'·/:.

r:~;-r~~;k.~--------·--·---·--·-··--··--··-------------·-·-- ---·----·--·-·""·-
.,:;· ,;·-h:.;:t:·:i,\i:\f\f}: w;t!!
!r-···· -..~~~...... , lfam1: Main T.,w..r
I J j ConnectfOns I
:1f,F"~~;
l ! Side D,aw5 1
]J
I
I
liquid lnle.t
r:
I_
ii
j Par.ame.tcrs
Pr~s;ure.> i &fl~ ro~ _____ · . __ j 1
i! User Variables:
ii,, Note~ .
!I
Ii VapO<Jr Inlet liquid Cuti~
I /II L~_~r_;.-_;_--_-______ ~t I 1·.~r; ~·~~i-~~·:.-.,. -:.~:.~~-~ )

111
W)
~ Iii i2_Main fo,,v,:c
CJ Delete the Condenser and associated objects, but keep the overhead vapor outlet
stream (Propane!) and the To Condenser stream, as shown below. Place a
dynamic pressure spec on the Propanel stream using the existing pressure
value.

To
...
.F'
Propane1
Copy
RLM
1
11
Fe~J
Col
Tra'{23-T .
12
:1
I
Main
TS
Steam
.i
'
Steam
~
fu!eam
T I E-1DO
Flasll
Vafve
To
Reboiler
To
Flasn . ··;~c--·· 1
steam C4+1
o"'
o It is recommended that you periodically save your HYSYS file as you add and
remove unit operations throughout this workshop. Save it now as 07-
ColOvhdl.hsc.
It is possible to build a detailed overhead condenser system in the Column Environment.

However, there are unit operations in Aspen HYSYS that are unavailable in the Column
Subflowsheet, such as the Air Cooler. In these instances, the overhead system must be
built in the main flowsheet. This example contains an Air Cooler, so the overhead system
will be built in the main flowsheet
The connection between the Column environment and the main flowshet was broken
when the streams were deleted. The two environments must be reconnected before
construction can begin on the expanded overhead system.
o Go back to the main flowsheet and open the Depropanizer. Select the Design tab,
Connections page and enter the name To Tee for the External, Outlet Stream
next to the Internal Stream, To Condenser. This will create a stream for the main
flowsheet based on the current To Condenser stream in the column environment.

I
I
,
I .
·1,a~s1e,s.,;, 0
Split
Slog•N=bering
-~·Top Down
r.tlFla.,h r i~,E,,ttarn Up
I 11·
i''
I ii
Iii
1nt-ema1Srr~m
U+l
· OuU~t Stage
u, vi...
5he'I f-JQO
.........,,.,,............................ ,.,,..
rype · Tran,te, s • .,,
r-H Fla<h
<NoncSe':t
··,i
l I dP1op,
! PTop·
1__ Main fower P··H fl~_,h
Iii
I ]ii
pi,:1
''I
i! <IP Bot:
iiIi PBa~
0.0000 kl'a
f92Skl'a
li1 Ii
I 111
J!i_ _ _ _ . " . .
l.l-----~-~1_:': .... _Ji _
J
1··;:-:::-:: •.•• _,.""'"''";·····"""" -------
Coi<,m~En"'".''?"""t, :_'.]:"_
I!
\~1 Update Oullet,
I It is important to keep track of the pressure-flow specifications for the flowsheet. If

deleting streams has eliminated specifications, an equivalent number of specifications
must be added to keep the degrees of freedom at zero. Also, as equipment is added to the
I flowsheet, the pressure-flow specifications will be correspondingly moved to the

boundary streams.
Since the overhead product stream and the default condenser have been deleted, the
I flowsheet boundary streams have changed and thus the pressure-flow specifications must
be adjusted. In this case, the column overhead stream that had a pressure-flow
specification was deleted, so we added a pressure flow spec on the remaining overhead
stream from within the column subflowsheet to compensate.
;r I CJ In the column environment, open the property view of the Reflux Copy stream
and examine the Dynamics page. Activate the Flow Specification. Change it to
I 1600 kgmole/hr (3527 Ibmole/hr).
I
I
02015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. 8- 8 Aspen Technology, Inc.
\
Material.Stream: Reflux copy
1/:~~:P:;,~~;sT Dyo,mic;- L _ _ _ _ _ -__ -__ _ -, _- --------------------------------------------------------------•1

11' Sp&; ' 1
11
i 1, Ij S~p,ha,, I
1; I,-----------------------------------------------------------,
Pressursac
------------ - ---,
Actf\i~ 1 1
{
!i ,cm,.n- r If
II I1:-,:,-:,:_-_--_-·:_:--:.,-,:----:,-- ''?-''':-::': _::::-l i !
Ii f!m,, Sp,cifi<s<io, ------------------------------- ----- --- ------------------------------- I}
r *' Mci~r ·; Mass id~al li-qVoJ ,") Std, LiqVol 1,'1'
l
',-_1!,_:
'11,,,il, I, I Molar Fiow Acttve- I 1,,1,
iI, 1' I " I

1,11
''I
ii:111 II ii
111,
I :1 [=~-~-~~~-]
\L------------
1
JI
1 l__ Delet~ ~"··":·1 ['·-···-·D~n~ ircm Stream_:~_] [_±_J_~_j j
'"-·~---. --·. -----·--· ------- - - -----·---·-- -- .
o Make sure there is a dynamic pressure spec on To Tee in both the column
environment and in the main flowsheet environment at 1925 kPa (279.2 psia).
o Run the Integrator to populate the updated conditions and let the model reach a
stable condition. Save your case as needed.
A Tee operation will be added to the main flowsheet to separate the overhead vapor into a
vapor bypass stream and an overhead stream, which will be condensed. The bypass
----------------streawiihontinire--ontn--a--fltlfe--sys,lenr.--------------
0 Add a Tee operation with the following infonnation:
Name TEE-100
Feed To Tee
Products Bypass to Valve

Ovhd
o Remove the dynamic pressure specification from To Tee

o Supply a Molar Flow specification of 100 kgmole/hr (220_5 lbrnole/hr) on
Bypass to Valve_
1©2015 As:penTech. All Rights Reserved. 8-9 Aspen Technology, Inc.

I
o Supply a dynamic Pressure Specification for stream Ovhd. With no pressure

Workshops
drop across the Tee, the pressure in this stream should be the same as the pressure
in the inlet stream (1925 kPa/279.2 psia).
~ Tee: TEFtOO :
~~T~~~I- Worloheet ri.~m~;J -' •. - - """"""'""'"""'"" _____ _
j [:'.;~~~-~.~--- l~Jame _ To Tee Byp;m;toV,11 Ovhd
Ii Conditions I I Pressure Spec Acll\/e r r
i! Properties [ 1Pre-5sure !kPa] 192.5r---,.,,--•a.O.,l.l"t--..,...-''"";;;";.i
Ii_ Compos1t1on: I Flow Spec Active
1
r
i
! j PF Specs ' Flow Spec Type Molar Flo Molar Flow Molar Flow
I! Molar Flow [kgmole/h] 12 100.0 0.0000
I[ [
Ma~s Flow [kglh] 5.783,:-+004 54S6 0.0000
i I Std ideal Liq Vol Flow [m3Jh] 109,S 9.413 0,0000
II I
I I
'
~· .
I
I
I
..!
,~-~
[=
·"
i
I
I'
L ..
()cl.;.: :::::J
o Run the Integrator for a few steps to propagate the values to the boundary
streams.
Cl Add an Air Cooler operation and supply the following information:
Name Ovhd Cooler

Feed Ovhd
Product To Accumulator
Overall UA 1.14e6 kJ/C-h (6.0e5 Btu/F-hr)
ul Configuration
Air Intake Temperature
two tube rows, one pass
25°C (77°F)
U l_
j
'
Overall Delta P
Fluid Volume
70 kPa (10.15 psi)
1.0 m3 (35.3 ft')
CJ Leave the dynamic pressure specification on the Ovhd stream for now and run the
Integrator for a few moments.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 8- IO Aspen Technology, Inc.
ri,_J
\
o Return to the Ovhd Cooler view and select the Dynamics I Specs page. Click the
Calculate K button to compute a conductance value for the air cooler. Switch the
Dynamic Specification from an Overall Delta P spec to an Overall k Value
specification.
- Dynamic P~ramet~rs
I . . . - -- ..
J i Fkud volume [m3] 1.000
I !Mass Flow [kg/h] 9.208e~004
I I
i i E.it T=iperature [(J
I '·-··-·"""'"""""" ______ ,, _______ _
65.26
o Run the Integrator for a few steps to propagate the values to the boundary
streams.
o A Separator unit operation will be used as the overhead accumulator. The cooled
overhead stream will be used as the foed for the unit. Add a Separator to serve
as the accumulator vessel.
-----------------
Name Accumulator
Feed To Accumulator
Vapor Outlet To Propane
Liquid Outlet Liquid Return
Raitirl9_
Volume 1O m' (353 ft')
o A Valve unit operation will be added to the flowsheet so adjustments can be made
to the vapor stream from the Accumulator. Add a Valve and provide the
following information.

Name Propane Valve

Inlet To Propane
Outlet Propane
Cv 300
q A Pump unit operation will be added to the flowsheet to increase the pressure of
the Reflux stream returning to the tower. Add a Pump and provide the following
information:
Name Reflux Pump

Inlet Liquid Return
Outlet To Reflux
Energy Reflux Pump-HP
Cl On the Rating tab, click the Add Curve button and input the following
performance and efficiency curve data for the Pump. Take caution to enter the
curve data with the proper units of measure selected. The Speed for the curve is
t~1:it~\i<>,°-;/.1[;j;';;Q,;~.,W~+lrcir'.iil,mir. R~i@¥itl\ip:tff$iF/(h~'t\ti'!II!
j_- (Curve ~elections ____ ---~-
r N.ame Pump(urve-1 [USGPccM_:_____

I: Speed 60.0000 rpm [ff _____ •
! -,
Flaw Head % Efficiency
i
0.00 27'j.00 0.00
100.00
2:00.00
260.00
l35.0D
42.00
60.00
II
I
300.00 190.00 66.00
I
! 400.00 150.00 70.00
i
j ! II 500.00 140.00 75.00 I
l. 600.00 100.00 69.00 I
I
700.00 70.00 65.00
1 I 800.00 -40.00 60.00

II
1
l<':
<empty::, <:empty::, <empty>
I
I
I
[_-.~!
_I:___ : - - __ :~- ---- -- _____________: ____ : ~
ff, [ ~ Seleled I
_ ____, [ ___Eras_,"AJ_I_ _,
l - •- - - ,_

\
o Move to the Dynamics tab, Specs page to make the dynamic specifications for
the Pump. [n general, two specifications should be selected in the Dynamics
Specifications group in order for a pump operation to fully solve. In this case
select the Speed and Use characteristic curves.
a Enter 85 rpm for speed; make sure no other items are selected.
Pump: Reflux Pump
' ----- -..----- .
.,· -- -.,-,-------"• ---·--·------·--------------.,------·----------~- . -· -·-------'----"·----
o A Valve unit operation will be added to the flowsheet to connect the streams To
----RelkEHmd--Reflw<-{;epy (whish is eY.,ORII:,· ia tho sol-a sYb!fow,heot}.~Thi~ - - -
last piece of equipment will close the overhead condenser loop.
o Add a Valve and provide the following information:
Name Reflux Valve

Feed To Reflux
Product Reflux
~ating
C, 250
o Remove the dynamic pressure specification from the Ovhd stream.

o Add a dynamic pressure specification to Propane; enter 1750 kPa (253,8 psia).
o Open the Depropanizer and view the Design tab, Connections page. Set the
Reflux stream as the External Stream inlet for the top stage of the column.

~·- _h Q)i~~l1 ~Pr0Pa~1?~tii;:OLf Jl~itfP_kii ~~-si(~J Pen_gcR~.!Ji(IS(ll'T\

r'-""--'~--~~~"=-"'-~c_c-'-'==~-==="'-~====-"'-"---"-~~----
r-.~-~~~~~-,l!,~~.~~ rSid~- ~p~ fr~ti~ I~~~-t I~~~~a~~1 fl.~~I~~~~T' ~-~~me<'.51_
'1,---- ..... Des_--·-~~-~... Column N~me Oepr1Jpaniz..r Sub-elow,heetT~g COLI
iConneclions lnletStreams ----------- ---------- ------ - - --------------- ' .-Stage Numb..rino ...
f ~on,tor i ! ,~ fop Down -
! ::.pee, i 1·-- Internal S!r!!am Inlet Stage Transfer Basis !split
I i S:pec, Summary;
j: Sub<:ool;ng ! ! Col Feed Col F""d 12_Main fower P-H Flash r I G Bottom Up
I] Note,
S m m» earn Valve <:N ne5eb r····_EditTray~ ... ]
Reflux P-H flash
iii
I
[:1 Split Inlets
ll
o Enter the Depropanizer Column Environment and remove the dynamic flow
i'llJ specification on Reflux as this is no longer a boundary stream.
~
o Check that all your Pressure Flow specifications are correct. Click the Equation
Summary button on the Dynamics tab of the ribbon and click on the Full
I Analysis and Partitioned Analysis buttons to see whether your model is square.
Economl« Oyn~nii« Vl,w Re,ource;

-
~- -l ~l Hom~
'tS1nt,gralor ~ 11110 r~oynamiclnitialization lii.ll ac,ontrolManagtr l:5Profil ..
I -~-r\,}~!i Dynaml«
Mode· ) As;[,lant
i
I
R,atTime I
!
I ~Event Scheduler
Run I Slop, Resat_ ~SnapshotManagH
T-a!<eA 'efac.. Plale,
Sna!)"Shot I b,:::stnp.Chart,
~DCS
I ilf5~~~~5i:~~~
V ""'°'' '11--- ----------·_ ----
i:e, Streams !..i,_ I Number <>f £quatian, ····----110
II [:I
·!
l
f
, c._
I
!:a,StreamAjf I '1NumberafVariablB O , I
I !
I e ta, Equipmc"
~ rvfodel A{
~DataTablJ _
caStrip Chai'-
! U;e,r Spec Equatrllns
iIUm Sp& v....
[flmerna1SpecEqualions
li lni .. m~I Spec Var;
O
I
II!
i
I
ii I
! I
j
I)
[~ Case Sh,~'- I: t Redundant !:qual;ons I) j

::1
I
I,$ Data Fit, I l Redundant Vars O ,
1 1" -----·--- --··- -·-·---·- - 1 1
f
1
1
i[i
!
I'
'
I· i
t,· 1
I'
'I
11
I'i
Ik I1
1· _OyMmia Assistant,. I I
I
=========
foll Arialysis
F l.._
.j l~i
==ccd_J-~_ '
Cl Also review the Dynamics Assistant to check the status of your dynamics-related
inputs. Run the integrator for a couple of minutes and stop it.
Cl Save your case as 07_ ColOvhdLoop.hsc.

At this point you could attempt to run the Integrator, but it would be advisable to only run
it for a very short time period and with a slow integration period. Since controJlers have
not yet been implemented, the model could go into a reverse flow situation and column
may flood/dry up. These situations can be difficult to recover from, so it might be best to
wait for our controllers to be instalJed!
Task 2 - Add Controllers and Strip Charts

Just as with the default condenser, the overhead system requires controllers to stabilize
the model. Two controllers are going to be added; a pressure controller and a level
controller, both for the Accumulator.
o Add a PID Controller to control the pressure in the Accumulator vessel and add
a Face Plate for Accumulator-PC to better follow the PV and OP.
Name Accumulator-PC
Process Variable Source Accumulator, Vessel Pressure
Output Target Object Propane Valve, Actuator Desired Position
Action Direct
PVMinimum 1725 kPa (250 psia)
PVMaximum 2100 kPa (305 psia)
·----- ---- Mode Auto -------·
Kc 2.0
Ti 2.0 Minutes
SP 1900 kPa (275.5 psia)
o Add another PID Controller for Accumulator level control purposes, and include
a Face Plate here as well.

Name Accumulator-LC
Process Variable Source Accumulator, Liquid Percent Level
Output Target Object Reflux Valve, Actuator Desired Position
Action Direct
PVMinimum 0%
PVMaximum 100 %
Mode Auto
Kc
Ti 10 Minutes
SP 50%
Recall the pre-heat section of the flowsheet and the Feed Pump operation. You initially
used efficiency and pressure rise as the active dynamic specs for Feed Pump. You are
now going make the pump characteristic curves an active specification. Before making
the change, however, we will have to record the current operating point so that we can
generate the requisite curves.
CJ In the Feed Pump property view, Dynamics tab, Specs page write down the inlet
actual flow rate (capacity) and the head:
Feed Pump Data

Actual Flow Rate l
Head
Cl Go to Rating/Curves page, click the Generate Curves button, fill in the flow
rate and head numbers you wrote down, and click the Generate Curves button.
~·
Pump: RefluJt Pump - C
l1·.b_;;~J;. ~~~;·1.wi;_~I~0~;;;~ri~~L
1
cCM,oct-eristic(;,""" .. - - - -------- - ---------- ------- -- - P-~mp~pe;,d
.. -d
ii
Cur.o N~m~ I _,_,v--.eu.;e l 85J)Oq:m

!)ump(uev<!-1 forR~~P..;mp
f;ti~~i]ll~':::·:,.~------- - - _Jl
,,.----..-·-·----------·~ r;:, Generate Curve Opli0ns ~Pump: Reflux Pu~
f Clo,,.,CuM! 1>----'--;:__~------"~--------·_,,:._~----·-·c... - - - - - · -
- --,f:J •
1
-, __ ·::::·--:=:......:-.::::-.'::°:;..1:-1111' ,a'---- -- ------- ------------cca-, , ·
f O...:;;g~ R<iw'f.;;l<>r . 2.00) 1

ID<,,i,.i"f!ndf'octcJr 1./00 :
l!J6'!)n E!ki0<1<y F4<tor aK'!)J i
!~•ignSpoed -<,m,ply> '
OSJOOO-m .,.;,.co i
!Low Spud t% or do,igr, ,µe<ed)
ll<>w .1.c>1~ 5~•d (% o_( d~,i~n .'~"""1 ... ___ Jo,oo..J
G;;;5
o Choose No to the question "Delete all existing pump curves prior to Adding
Generated Curves"
D Close the resulting pump curve windows that were generated and go back to
Dynamics 1 Specs page. Change the active specs to Use characteristic curves
and Speed set at 4000 rpm.
•/.
·-·-·-1 I
Ii apeG
ij l-io!d\lp
Strpch~rt
i [""°" "'"
' 1Ruid He • 'l,:/il,;al
lSpeed r,.,.,ml
1.116
-4000
r
P'
1
I
Effici,ocy [%/ 1s.oo r '
503.7 r i
r '
P-ressur;, rl,~ [kPaj
I
; Pew;,,- [',:,1/h] SJS9e~004
] Capadcy [rn3,/h) 108.--llJ
IU,.,. c:harararist,c curv~s
"'r
l.~i~:,. 1
;:~~:~~~: :~:;e ....................,,.... _ ~empty> -- r

CJ Create one or more Strip Charts to monitor primary variables in your flowsheet.
Some suggested variables include: Reflux I Mass Flow, Reflux l Pressure,
Propane I Mass Flow and Propane I Master Comp Mole Fraction I Propane.
Include any other you might be interested in.
Cl Run the integrator and allow the model to stabilize.
o Once the process stabilizes, save the file as 07-ColOvhdCootrol.hsc.
Task 3 - Meet Column Specifications
When the Depropanizer was originally built in the steady-state mode, it was specified that
the mole fractions of ethane and propane in the overhead would sum to a value of 0.95.
Once the column was run in the dynamic mode, this specification did not apply. You will
change the control strategy armmd the column to reintroduce this specification.
o First, add a Spreadsheet to your flowsheet and use it to calculate the sum of the
I ethane and propane mole fractions in the Propane stream. Import both mole
fractions into the Spreadsheet and use an addition equation (=B 1+B2) to add the
two values and put the sum into cell B4.
D What is the current sum of the ethane and propane mole fractions?
I D Next, set the mode of the Accumulator-PC as Off. The new control strategy will
vary the Accumulator pressure in an effort to control the propane composition.
D Add a PID Controller to the simulation with the following data:
Name IC-100
Process Variable Source SPRDSHT-1, 84
Output Target Object Propane Valve, Actuator Desired Position
::·,.Par~fue~rf.;·;pon_r.·g~~~ic:ul!:
Mode Auto
PVMinimum 0.8
PVMaximum 1.0
Kc
Ti 10 Minutes
SP 0.95
CJ Note that the Controller Action is not given. What action should this new
controller use: Reverse or Direct?
a Add the Accumulator 1 Vessel Pressure to a current strip chart and run the
Integrator.

Does the model stabilize? If not what actions can you take to do so?
o Save your case as 08_ColOvhdPropane.hsc.
Task 4 - Column Pressure Relief

The Relief Valve operation is used in many situations in which there is the possibility of
excess pressure build up. Although it is available in the steady-state mode of HYSYS, it
is most useful in HYSYS Dynamics as it can be programmed with logic to avert
overpressure situations.
This section of the workshop continues with the case that was constructed in the previous
task with the Accumulator pressure being set by the ethane/propane specification.
o Make sure the file 08_Col0vhdPropane.hsc is open and the Integrator stopped.
o Add a Relief Valve to the main flowsheet and enter the following information:
Connections
Name RV-100 (default)
Inlet Bypass to Valve

Outlet To Flare
Full Open Pressure 2275 kPa (330 psia)
o The Relief Valve requires a value for the Orifice Area to initialize. Go to the
2
Rating I Sizing page of the Relief Valve and enter an orifice area of 1290 mm (2
-------- -------------"·
!Fi
..,='~------------------------------
Reliefval\k:RV"JOfr ;, ·-· · -~ tl •
ci_.~D~-'-,~_ign=J~a-'-;""tin-~---'l-W'-o-'J-'-k,'-h'-e;'"':;:i""""Dy"'-e-'=---k~,1'·_-'__ ~~c.c.,c_-_c,...~_"-___""_""__~__ ~__~_.~__~__-__""__~_.c.-'-'_~_~...~...~.....~__~__"___~__~_~_.c___~_-'-' ;· -- . - .,
[::J::~1 0 Ur.ear '_") Equal Percentage

Ii Nodes:
ri i []1~;~; :~:~; ; : '~'.'~' ~:·~:~, : ·: ~~ -::::·, I
[ I 8ack Pressure Coefficient 1.000

j I
1 I
j Valve Head Differential Coefficient 1.00D I ,
II I I j !Standard Orilice De,ignation ,--·,.········-·-·-····--·--· .··--·····. ] k_
i i Ori_!!_:_: Area·---·--------~---~·----· i ___ 12~~] '!II
I, ,
i[ I
l~J [J Ignored
02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 8 - 19 Aspen Technology, Inc.

o On the Dynamics I Specs page of stream To Flare, activate the Pressure

Specification. The pressure of this stream should be atmospheric.
o Delete the dynamic flow specification from stream Bypass to Valve.
Worksheet i Bypa;.; to Valve To Flare

i·""''"· .. .,.... I .
j f I Cond(tfons [ Pressure, Spec Active r 1"
J i: Properties I Pres.sure ]kPa] 19S,.__...,,....;1,;a0.1.3'-'
11 j (ompmition i I Flow Spec Actfl/e r
Molar How Molar Flow
1,,I, jl PF S.pec5 !I I Flow Spec Type
I Mo1ar Flow [kgmole/h] 100,0 0.0000
I Mass Flow [kg/h] 4498 0.0000
1I Std Ideal Liq Vol Fiow [m3/hj 9,314 0.0000
I
11 1 I
I I
'j11
"
I
I'
I,
L':::::··==-==J -~- ::...:::.:.:-
,-----~
I 1~_De1ere..__~f
o Check the Dynamics Assistant to ensure that all necessary information is

supplied,
I o
o
Run the Integrator until the problem stabilizes.
Save the case as 07_ColRelief.hsc.
Now try to test out the Relief Valve by introducing an overpressure scenario. The easiest
way to do this would be to close the Propane Valve, thus shutting off overhead vapor
flow out of the Depropanizer system and simulating a valve failure situation.
o On the Face Plate for the controller setting the ethane/propane mole fraction by
adjusting the Propane Valve, change the mode to Manual and set the OP to 0%.
This closes the Propane Valve.
IC-100
Exec Int SP: L

------ S<S- aS_,!
PV, 0,95227
01',0,00%
II~;~:~~:::31 ]T~;J
t02015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. 8 - 20 Aspen Technology, Inc.
I
\
o Create a new Strip Chart for monitoring the relief system. Make sure to track
Accumulator I Vessel Pressure, as well as RV-100 I Percentage Open, To
Flare 1 Mass Flow, and any other desired variables.
o Run the Integrator and monitor the system's response.
o Is the Relief Valve big enough to maintain the colwnn pressure at the relief set
pressure (2205 kPa)? Will it keep the column pressure below the fully opeo
pressure (2275 kPa)?
,___
fl_eliet_Symm:, . . _
-
.·. __
- ,-1:
'(;_
eel-, -f----,,,1,,-,,-,,+"-,--+I(
I RV,100
%Opening i
To Flare
MassFlow ~
'!f~
~ I
I i
ill
I~
1
__.......l--"'
r.t. ~
l!J,,,,,,.,-,,,-:,,1"''"""''"'''"'' ,,,,,T,_ ,,
m
>
t~ ,,,cf- ,+,,,,,,,,,,,,,+ ,,_,_,__
.8
' '"' 'JI,_
-1-I II
J
I
, L,J,_,,-'' ""L""""'"'"il---1---L--
I -!!
o Stop the Integrator and return the original Accumulator pressure controller
(Accumulator-PC) to Auto and set the setpoint to 2000 kPa (290.1 psia). Tum
the Accumulator controller associated with the ethane/propane mole fraction
condition to Off.
o How much time is needed to return the Accumulator pressure to the set point?
o Save the case as 07_Co1Relief_Ol.hsc,

[l,
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling The Event Scheduler and C&E Matrix
[I
r l;
E
; I The Event Scheduler and
Cause & Effect Matrix
[
; Aspen HYSYS Dynamics:
I
I
I Lesson Objectives
~ Implement the Event Scheduler and Cause and Effect Matrix

1'-=, tools to build automated sequences in HYSYS Dynamics
I
' I
'--' Review the Spreadsheet operation
-
I! i
u
--
~ ,,'
!I:__;'
.,----,
r
/_j
I
@aspentech .!) 201S Aspen redinotogv, Inc:.Allr,ghlsr<l,..,l"lled j 1. 1SiiDNE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9- l Aspen Technology, Inc.
,.;,'f-i,,.
·,'. ( The Event Scheduler (1)
Allows Aspen HYSYS to

Event Scheduler
perform tasks at a given
time or when a given
condition occurs Schedule One Schedule- Toto
Good for relief scenarios,

Sequence A Sequence B sequence C
emergency shutdown,
batch processes, etc Event 1 ••··.
Based on user-defined W'len Condition Met ·•••·...
operational sequences,
event conditions, and
actions t
Event 2
AcllonA
C/Qse Valve
Action B
Gtklnge Conlro/fer Mode
.··
\
L Action C ......../
Jump to Sequence B /
®aspentech © 2015 A.'ipenTed1iwlogy, ln1:, AU n9h:t,,;reserved [ 3 a®N E:
The Event Scheduler (2)
Accessed via the Dynamics tab on the ribbon
111111 Hom,e E(o.n,;imitl Dymmin'. V!ew Cu1tomi.l:~ R~s,;iurtei
.~1 l0\ ~ lnt~grator

,;,/ Real Time
~ riito
, '",
,M Dynamlt Initialization
\,;:_ EY~nts,tiedvler
~
\;j Ccintro1 hlaMg~
· cilF,m:;Plat~,
'" ; stop·[ Rmt

Oyn;,imics i: Dymmks Tak~A
· Mode ·i! A5$i>llmt Sn.~p1tiot Manager snaiutiol ; ~SttipCh~rtl
:,Yni!t11it 5Jrnutation i< ! Mo-dilin.g OptioM Tools
'"
Before building sequences and events, review desired
workflow outside of HYSYS Dynamics
List required steps and operations
- Organize into a logical workfiow
Implement in Event Scheduler once organized
Use HYSYS Spreadsheet for any custom calculations
Cl2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9-2 Aspen Technology, Inc.

I' I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling The Event Scheduler and C&E Matrix
I I
I 1&rl
Aspen HYSYS Spreadsheet (1)
I '
Create custom data input/ output forms
I - Access any simulation variable in one single

location
Perform non-standard calculations
I - Enter user defined equations expressed as a

function of flowsheet variables
Transfer variables between flowsheet objects
I - Export rigorous heat transfer calculations to

unit operation models
I
I @aspentech 92015A1SP~nl•:d,no[ogV,In<:.11Hr1gl,l,;re""""'" I 5 J!YNE
I Aspen HYSYS Spreadsheet (2)
I Import/Export Methods:
- Connections tab - List of variable imports and exports
I - Import variable - Right-click in Spreadsheet to link variables to

specific cells
- Drag and drop - Drag variables from their property view
windows into Spreadsheet cells
I Apply mathematical
operations
- Formulas
I -
-
Functions
Inequalities
- Logical expressions
I - IF/THEN/ELSE statements
j
t~:·~,
@aspent€Ch "1t11S:Aspen fttln1oto0v, Inc.Allriuhb!,e,,,,,,,,.d J 6 J s)N E
I
~;
\
Aspen HYSYS Spreadsheet (3)
Check the Spreadsheet dimensions(# rows, # columns)

- User must define desired size of spreadsheet
Use Variable names to help identify variables when
accessing them from other objects
Set unique units of measurement for the Spreadsheet
- The spreadsheet can have its own Unit Set, but it will lock any
set that it is using. Set units before importing variables.
- Take care that changing units does not affect any formulas.
- Calculations will attempt unit analysis which can be a problem
for certain variables (i.e. cost/profit). It is a good idea to
validate units or make calculations unitless to mitigate this
issue
The Cause and Effect Matrix ( 1)
HYSYS Dynamics Cause and Effect Matrix

replicates the Cause and Effect matrix
commonly used for defining how and when
actions are executed in a safety system.
By organizing process events into
categories of causes and effects it will
determine if equipment should be shutdown
based on safety thresholds
Similar to Aspen HYSYS spreadsheet but
processes binary data
The C&E Matrix is an alternative to the
Event Scheduler, but with more flexibility
and more complexity

The Cause and Effect Matrix (2)
1•>'1'"" r
Takes inputs referred to as
i'""'' 'Causes' and sends outputs
'l"'o\s..;"~ : r
v,,...,··;~-J called 'Effects'
ii.urr ~.·,-
1.coa P r , - Each input generates a
Healthy/Tripped, On/Off, etc.
I indicator
- Effect may or may not be
I
.. L
connected to a model variable
f D=,p..,., T"I
I•-< 0/IQc".I
C: ...JlQ,,,~-. .
,,,
i ,;""ec,;~;~•,-, -,- ' , .-_,_,~~--, _,~,"" u,.,,, .-- ... 1
••••ijf),_0... _. ""'
.\r•.... f ___ _
I Ii ·-----"':··~.'"-----
r
1~·-;-c-c' .:.-._,.T··
I.<.;
; i ':._:•--··-·-··--• ••••""•"'''..,.~: cc""" --_---------------------

;c,e.
C.""""'
'.,La, ,,_,,,,.,
1-. : _ri-,r,
fi'. ..... r.
- c~- '):1
r ,_,_,·-·"·--.-......., _ _ 1
·~r··:=:ec:c;,,-n,:+=q .. ,,•,=s•,cshc:.x•eJ-,o"=·,..,...,.,...fr --<:;: __ ,_._ ,,;,:cc, .. ,, , r.,_·-...z ¼., -.,-=, ,.=r.. ; .,o,; ,,,,.,, ..-=i'T .. - ·==""'""csr.,•c, ·-=- _.,
@aspentech ~ :w1s Aspe.,Tccl111nlagv, Inc. lltlri!lhtsr~Sel"-'ed I 9 •1YN E
ll
~
Workshop: Event Scheduler and Spreadsheet
Use the Event Scheduler and Cause & Effect Matrix to

simulate an emergency fire case on a vessel
I Fire Relief Sequence

Event 1 Start a simulated fire under V-100
• Add heat to V-100 via Spreadsheet
• Close pressure control valve
Cause and Flag pressure relief event

Effect Matrix and close flow control valve
Event 2 Extinguish the fire

1· Turn off heat flow to V-100 via Spreadsheet
_• Return pressure control value to automatic
I
Cause and
Reset flow control valve
Effect Matrix
®aspentech @W1~AsperiTed1J1ril,,gy,Inc:./llt,ogl,t;re,;,,,.,,.,_d / 10 dSBNE

©20I5 AspenTech. All Rights Resenred. 9-5 Aspen Technology, Inc.
\
Workshop:
Event Scheduler and Spreadsheet - Tasks

Task 1 - Spreadsheet Fire Calculation
Task 2 - Build Event Scheduler
Task 3 - Create Cause and Effect Matrix
I
I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to
Dynamic Modeling
I Event Scheduler and Cause & Effect Matrix
I Workshop
I
I
I
I
I
I @aspentech
Event Scheduler and Cause & Effect

Matrix Workshop
Files can be found in folder: 08_ EventScheduler
Objective
In previous workshops, any change or upset made to a dynamic model was a manual
procedure. For example you would have to close a valve, change a temperature, etc. In
this module you will focus your attention on scheduling events that will automatically
perform certain actions.
Description
With the Event Scheduler, it is possible to have Aspen HYSYS to perform given tasks
while a simulation is running in dynamics. The tasks can be triggered by a pre-
determined simulation time, a logical expression becoming true, or a variable stabilizing
to within a given tolerance for a set amount of time. Examples of tasks that can be
performed with the Event Scheduler would be emergency shutdown, start-up and some
batch processes.
____Tb_e_S_preadsheeLOp_eratiruLallows__usersJ<Lpetfumuaicujations that may otherwise not

be done in Aspen HYSYS. Virtually any process variable can be transferred into the
spreadsheet. Any user specifiable process variable can be calculated and exported. This
functionality is particularly useful in Dynamics because it provides an easy way to
customize the flowsheet and is computed as the Integrator runs.
The Cause and Effect Matrix operation is offered as another means to automate certain
tasks in HYSYS Dynamics aside from the Event Scheduler. It replicates a cause and
effect matrix commonly used in designing and operating the safety systems of many
processing plants. It looks at process values throughout the process and, based upon
safety thresholds, determines if certain equipment and/or valves should be shutdown. The
unit operation is similar to a Spreadsheet, though it primarily deals with Boolean
variables (0 or I). It takes inputs called 'causes', and sends outputs called 'effects'.
In this workshop, we will work with the Spreadsheet, the Cause and Effect Matrix, and
the Event Scheduler Manager.
I
I e To Vent
Flare
I Feed
VLV-100
To
Tank
V-100
e
P!C-100
To PCV
Vent
e
•
Q
I Fire
LIC-100
Fire
I
Calculations
To Drain Drain
VLV-102
The process you will utilize in this workshop is as follows. Under normal operation, the
I flow into the vessel V-100 is controlled by FIC-100, the level is controlled by LIC-100
and the pressure is controlled by PIC-100. In this module, a series of events and a Cause
and Effect Matrix will be added to simulate a fire in the vicinity of the unit. When the
pressrire reaches the set pressure, the relief valve opens to relieve the pressure built up
I inside the system. As the fire continues, pressure keeps building up and causes the
dosing of the surrounding control valves. When fire is off, the plant is gradually brought
back on-line. A Spreadsheet is used to calculate the heat added to the vessel under fire
conditions.
I This workshop includes the following tasks:
I •
•
•
Task 1 - Spreadsheet Fire Calculation
I Task 1 - Spreadsheet Fire Calculation

~
[il:i
~ The first step is to connect all the variables to the Spreadsheet to perform the duty
calculations for the fire. But first note that the base case process is already built, so you
will start the workshop from a designated starter file.
1:_;;1
[,el
tfu Cl Open the starter file 08-EvtSchedulerCEM-Starter.hsc.
o Double-click on the Spreadsheet operation (Fire Calculations) and go to the
Parameters tab. Change the unit set to Field.
i:
I
~ ©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9-8 Aspen Technology, Inc.
I ""'
~I
-1 ~
o Go to the Spreadsheet tab. Review that the cell labels are as shown in the image
below:
~
f;~~~ 1fl!:~~sJt~~a=-f Spread;i1e-e, ~~Icula~~_9r~:~J~~~~~~j~~ l N~t;-1_
CurrentC.el1 - --- - - - ---- - - --- -- -- - -
1
, ,·-·--"---··--······-·-.--·---- &po'-.,b''"1 ',-........... - .. , '

1
! [.!.,Dvanable: '-·-····-···-···--···············-········"-········' Angles.in c .•...•.•.· - · · ' I
I r-- !---~-.__ ,_ ___·-.-·----··------------~-------.-·--;;·-·--·-I

1,
Diamclei- Heat IJuty
------
Length
Sel Pressure
1, Sii!t Pressure P:S\G
I'1, Wetted Area

!, Q
lg Fire
o Position the cursor in cell B2 and right-click on that cell.

o Select Import Variable from the drop-down menu.
o Select V-100 I Vessel Diameter as the variable and click OK.

IJ
Select Import for cell - ' C:l llilll:
:uc-mo
Objec,
., ,..
Variabl~
; Vs;pc,ur level
OK n
j ?iC-100 i V"pour /1fo,,
I PrnJuctB!oc.~_Dra,,, j Vapoor ."Ic,,; FIGw
Obj~,t~ilti!r .. · ...1
I PmductB!"ckJfore Vap<>lJr Md~r F!~w
I Prcuioc1B!ock_ Vrnt 'Vapour/•fob,, ·~'All
I Qr:;,.,,
f?V.. iOU
• l............ . ................................ J I /EE-WO
l
i V<1pm,r
1
\/o!ume
'kpo11r Volum~ >Tow
l'e,-.se/ Diameter I
,;:stream;
,-_,_ Uni\Ops
··:,: Lo:gicals
ifr!Dmin 1-,,;gmc_a ,.;1-._,iiili..D:
j To PCV i !!,..;:.d l.cngft, -~r Heig~, .') ColumnOps
T,, PW i Ve,se! Md~ Fmc ,... .,i : '.) Custom f
,:G!'; Flcwsheet
C) Case ;: ~~7,!
V-IOQ I
I;;;;; :;:::~: ·
I Vessel P1ern,re Drop
dyMmlc H[I
[_;J
'----1
i[ Custom., JI
l________":________:_"·- I
C- 6asi;
::'c ~aly>1s ,1 '.,~,"c,',,""·'·········""''"''''''''''''''''..! ! Ve:~::L~:-sf~:::.~ ······-···· " L.,,..,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,..,,.....
i', ,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, '
I'
'J·
' Variable Description, Vessel Diarnet~r
o Add the remaining required imported variables using the following table:
I]
Cl Enter the following formulas and values to the corresponding cells in the Fire
Calculations Spreadsheet:
Cell Formula Variable Purpose of Formula

Type
BS =b4-14.696 Pressure Converts the Set Pressure on
the relief valve from absolute to
gauge.
B7 =(Pl()'b2.b3)+2•P1()·(b2 Area Calculates the wetted area of the
'2)14'1.66 vessel.
BB =21000.(b7'0,82) Energy Determines the amount of
energy to be applied to the
vessel under fire conditions
B9 1 To test the formula in cell D2
D2 @if(b9=1 )then(O)else(bB) Energy This logical operation determines
whether the heat should be
applied to the vessel.
©201 S AspenTech. All rughts Reserved. 9 - JO Aspen Technology, Inc.

Jf· Spreadsheet Fire Cak:uli.tjOns _ ..

·r Co.nnections I~ara~et~lfor~-ul~ rSp~~d~he~t-·L UkulaTion °0rderftiser.Vari~b-les·1 Nares1 "" ·. --, _'
· Current Ceil ·•
\/ariab-le Type·
r 02. "'"1variab-le:
@lF(B9 =I )THEN(OJHSHBB)
A C D
Diameter S.537~ Heat Duty !1___,_/»_oo_,_,_,;_h,...J

Length 8.306ft
Sel ~ressure 101.5 psfa
Set Pressure PSIG 86.E=i psiGI
Welted Ar,oa l24.4ft2
Q l.7i'9e+006 Btu/hr
Fire l.000
o Go to Spreadsheet tab. Right-click on cell D2 and select Export Formula

Result
o Choose Q-Fire as the object and Heat Flow as the variable and click OK.
·re: ;.
F!owshe-e.L Objfil Variable
lf Case (Mai~j--------·--···--····1 f/J;~~ .---.-
Hect flow
Ji ! i Fm!
' '
ii
,I I, fredcrf/!od,Jud ;1,--~.il,.,I' MassFIDw
II \i:;~;: 00
1 ,1,
O,·em/1 UA
Pow~,.-
-~All
Ji l1li [IUC-100
------,,1,---------!,t,,,c.•-cw,---f,_,,i\-\[+,roo"'m--------+-+j--------f
Power2 c,str~rns
(JlliiiIDps·- --c+-----
1. i, I_ Prod~ctB!oc-k_Dr~in i~JI j Temp.,rohlreAppro,irl, <:> Logicals
i ProductBlc-r:k_F!ure i ]i I U,er V&rnbb
ii; j I mt I ,11 !Ulflijy{fowro!~ 1
() Ut<1il.Les
I
E : 5 '
1 ·i] !Ur,!i!y F/u,d CJ) 1 I () {olurrmOps
!,,
.
j!
I il [I rEE ,00
j To- Dmu,
ii
1!
I' Utili<y F!c!d "'""
t,1i/,ry H~at Fla~r
I 1
I t~::~._J
I
] IJ/(/ily 1,,1,, f-"mp 1 1
.,: ,[ 11 ToPCV Ii 1
U/1.!flymu,,m,m f ow1u•e 11
1
I fo PW 11 (,r1/1ty mlfl mwn fl"'" r<1/e
To Tank I U!«1fyOut1~1 ie•r.p I
!l _iL:, .~e;t _____ "JI________ ___
0
__! _________ , .. J
I
o Save your case as 08·Spreadsheet.hsc.
Note: The Event Scheduler will change the value shown in cell B9. If it is equal to
anything other than 1, the energy calculated in cell BB will be exported to Q Fire via the
logical expression in cell D2. Otherwise cell D2 exports a value of zero to Q Fire.

~ Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
rn
Now that you have created y1,mr fire/heat duty calculation Spreadsheet, the model is ready
to be sequenced using the Event Scheduler and the Cause and Effect Matrix. A few of
the automated sequences will be set up via the Event Scheduler, and others using the
Cause and Effect Matrix. The two features will work together as your model runs in
dynamic mode to give the desired steps.
CJ Click on the Event Scheduler icon on the ribbon under the Dynamics tab.
-·
~- I
Honie
I,~"'
,: .__ ·-'i
;-:;:r;}
Economic>
~ Integrator
.·
: SI· Re<tlTime
Dynamics
~ 1-• ..1
1 '
o
Vlll'W Cust6mize Resource;
l~Dynamlc Initialization
¼t' Event Scheduler
~ ~ Control Man11ge
I,tfu Face Plate.1
\rmm1c,·l1 Dynamic;
ode :: Assistant
i
i Run j_.stop-! Reset
j 'al Snapshol Manager
T-a~eA
Snapshot
I'' t:.:c. Strip CJ-IBrts
)ynamic Simulation. '" ! Run ; Modeling Optiomc r:, I Toolli
o In the Schedule Options group, click the Add button to create a new Schedule.
I
I
~ Smart Tree [:l] Trace Messages
D Multi Events
o On the bottom right hand comer of the Event Scheduler view, rename the new
Schedule to Fire Relief Scenario. Press Enter.
©201.5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9 - 12 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\.
l"l'"'
•,----,
i'.2!JCo"'pler,
il~J Fwlly Jp«~l«I
il,'fj Holdlog
il<fi"] IHotL,V<
i r'e:'] I"'""''""
:f1~l
l!IJ "'T<moB,p«d
"' ""'
• ...................... . :_e~Jw,i!i,9
[,l)r,"""'""'"
o Click the Add button on the right hand side to create a new sequence.
o Change the name of the added sequence from Sequence A to Fire Relief.
Stalus '.Ev<r>I Waiting For.,. ~-~-:~~;-~~-~~~~ ... 1· - I

lncomplo!o
I
D Click the View button on the right hand side or double click on Fire Relief.
ii , S"<q,.,otl">l:o0¢iom
1! [-s~ ___ H_l:~ -_Ii ~~H ~ __iL~toru_j'._- __si,.p l!
II
11
-~-~-- -- .. ltr~,~~"'~f«~~~:: : : :".:
The Fire Relief Sequence created in this module will hold two Events to be executed at
predetermined times. The first event initiates the fire and the second event extinguishes
the lire. Within each event, a set of actions are performed. Both events are summarized
below. We will provide detailed information on the data entry for both events.
a Click the Add button to create the first event.

a Enter Start Fire as the name for the Condition column replacing the default
name of Condition l.
o ;Rename the Ac~on Lis! to .sh'?w Start Fire, rat~~! )\ction List 1. !h-~
~' '==~~-~--~~ _. F,ire Relief of fire Relief ~enario :"'.'.- · .C:f111J31:
Jump fo
I
I : lCJ All ev~ni'r w,11 run ;n parnll~I. i
1,
!~~- .JI------~-~L-..
. . 1· .
i I
I·
1
..............:. :·....__________ _) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___JH!
i l
j Name Fl,-,, Relief Current Ev.ent
CJ Click the View button to show the window for Event 1 and view the Condition
tab.
CJ Using the radio buttons in the Wait For section, select An Elapsed Amount of
Tim_e.and enter a value of 120 secon~s .(_2 minu_tes): ~~ .~~it: F'~~ !tel?::: .tll~
~ ' . Eveflt lot' Fi~e-:!Wne(of_H~~-R~ier~.~.r}h'.}
ii. Wait For... ·-·---·-..-·---------------------·-

!,1[ .-:J The Logic to Evaluate True
!i ~) An Elapsed AmountDfTime
~) A Spe(:ifrc Simulation Timt'
11
j! ~1 A Vari;able To Stabilize
,,
1!
I If
if
!:
Ii
Wait For
Count Up
000:02:0.0
000:00:0.0
(hm,) 11
02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. Aspen Technology, Inc.

a Click on the Action List tab.

a Click the Add button in the List of Actions For This Event section.
o In the Individual Action Specification section, enter Add Heat to Vessel for the
Name.
o In the Configuration section, click on the Select Target button to reveal the
Variable Navigator window. Choose the Object as Fire Calculations, and the
Variable as B9. Click OK.
?, Event 1 of Fire Relief of Fire Relief Scennrio
:l )~~~/E~;b~-----~;:;;·N~;,,-.
j
£~:!~£~£~~~-~' .i?rf~-~:~~:-_:: i
,--- ·---1 [ Add ] j
~d;v;doai A<tion s~,n~os
Nam~ Add H•at to Ves,.,1

' i::,- i
AddH.,.,1t>Veia"'1 i ;·--·c;···········-,: Tw,, /~;~-~~-~b·i~···
I . :11
! ,~ ···'"'' ____J j \ i·Conlig1J,ation
!Ii!
::i ;
! v.1 ...
i. _ Cbiect
...-----~l
;··; !~««~<1>iOo,y ''' i
:1!
__ ;.__.L., ___
~~'-:::::'::';~ iL:
Seli?:~·Si>ed.fi,;~on·van~blfl
Obj~ Voriab'.~
- -c_,•1111111
[__ __ I __J,
)f'" Co<e(Main)
::1 "'"'"
'""
: F~ed~,~;rx<._F,"'1
I
!,J) ObJec,Fiiter ;·I
i 'BC 121
!Iii fin, Co/rnlocio.ox <!;·All
l
I
\ii I;
Floe~
!IC·/0,J 'I'
- Uai\Cps
/·-jl_,, __ ...JlPIC-iW
:;;;;~:f!;NB111ga1...- >Co.,,._ - -- --
i ••· : ________: .•• ··- •• ., _____
i Prndo,Hlcck Dro!n
1p,,,,i.,,:%"-r-Jior<
'Lcgl,als.
c') cceumr10p1
I
ri'
··1 \ Produc!Blc-<;k_Veoc ") Cu.tom
,·-·,-,--- ' :[
it:~11:='"'~i ~ ~:""~ 1~:~00
) T/if-100
I re Drain '.[
L_ToPCV __
Nam~ IEv,,ntl ~l,C:)Ar,aly<ls
i1
--~--- -·---{1 :i
---1---- ---,. /
•• L_~~---- :j
o For the Value field, enter a value of2.0
~ " Event 1 of fire Reh,efof fire RetJef See nano
f]I~mf.~o:': TAd-on-l1;; [ si_;;.chmg &"r,~e_Ou~ B.=lia~~j __ _

j[ !..,st Of A<:tions For Trus Event -·-·-·-····--·-·······----········-- ...._ ~ lnd1,1dual Actron Spec,ficat1on
fI / )E~able Acti~n N:~-~-- ......... j _:_~-~~:J / Name Add Heat to Ve55el
II , I
1
R'" Add He,rt to Vessel !L Delete I Type ( S·p~;fv VMia·~;., ·-----·--···- ····--=~~
(
1
/ i L_ ___ .':_Cl_?_t__:J ! ,. nfigur;tion
llI[ ! i
1
I! I Description S9:
i C<:.rent Value 1-000
(02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9 - 15 Aspen Technology, Inc.

AspenHYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
IJ Click the Add button again in the List of Actions section to add the second action
associated with this event.
CJ In the Individual Action Specification section, enter Close Pressure Control
Valve for the Name.
a Using the pull-down list for Type, select Set Controller Mode from the list.
!J._c:mdilO~J Action list tBranching &TJm;·OutB~iM~ur ] ____ _ _ _ _ _ _____ _

, l1.st Of Act10'1S For Thi; Event - ~----, 1 lnd,~idua\ Action Spec1i1cal:lon
Ii Emble Action Name I Add ' Name Close Pnssurn Ccrnlrol V..lve I
111 fl Add Heat lo Vessel I r=--:-- ·---r:, j
(;! C!<>SePreswre(ont ·...... Dehlte_. __ _.J I Type ~lrollerMode LJ "illll
r
·-·_':?fY__
_I
j
i
!
,- f j Specify lfariable
i. .on 19ur~a1 .'it,art..'iequenc-e
---="L.E__:__::___:.~.:.:1·]
I' [. .· "'""·. I I!.. Current
I i Control!e1 Stop Sequena, lied: Target.•'.-..-.... -.. 1. :,,
' PlaySound r............. !!

II Tr.m! Dump !
i,
I '
I, !
i
I
1
New Mod Ii Hold Sequence
I "...,.ume
--
[
···--············j
-
ence
Play Script
Save SnapS:ltot
1
1'
[ Send ODE C1mun,md i

I I
Slop Integrator
Ramp Controller
[i.=c=:M~de __
I
.....•..•.
- 11,
'
D Within the Configuration section, use the Select Target button to pick PIC-100
and click OK
i[
I ......1 [_ _
I 1
lndi~iduai Action ~pec>flcatior,
~ i ! Name (foseP~reContro/Valve
___J ! I Type lsetControllcrModc ···::~:::J
~lete
.......... · ..... --- ...........;
i[i
rl f
I l·- Co~-~·-1 i ! ,·Configuration ........................................................- ..........._ ...__,.._______, 1[ 1

J~-,i1 I Coo<~'''. • ••··· I ',~~
~>'i ~;f~~,,~:;~
I > -c,c,--
:rf'o:::7M:,ol··- ; ,11
j II I i l/C-/OO I ,--~~-_-_=] Il
11! I I I ii
CJ Set the New Mode field to Man using the pull-down list
Cl Check the New OP option and enter a value of 0%.
D Close the List of Actions window for Event 1. Make sure you have all the
following infonnation.

"-
EVElnt ·1 o[ Fire- Re/1€.f of Fire Relief Scenario

~ -- L - =-,~----~--~_-_,-----~---· ----~-,· , -- --'---,j
j Condition r Actoor, Lest I S.rarn:hong T,me O>Jt Behaviour
&. -
II I 1-~;t,;.~ct,onsForTh,~Even~-
I ··--· ,, . . . . . . , ... _
i i 'foable Action Name
- -
........ ,
·
-:::_~
[
- - ' ............... ,
1
---::.dd·-··. ·······-·i Ii I' Narr.e
·1ndividualActionSpedicat;or,-
Close Pressure Conlrn·I Valve

.,.•.::.
1
11-
iiI j',
' :11
'
' !
I""
Add Heat to Vessel
C!=e Pressure Ccml
r~D*:--~~ l
L·-----·---·-· ,
! Type 1. Set Controller Mode.. :J I
)J, !i'
1 ji J ll -,;PY
~11
li
1
!, ,,··Configuration:... ' ,·--~-•,ctT,,g·,·L. __ ,, :,. l, .,I

ii[':
1 1111111
1j 1, l,~'.-·"-~iorl .. ~···-·='1 ;I ; : Controller PIC-100 '__ - _ _ _ _ _ _ i [:j
1 , ___________.,_ i : Current Modi, 1.... - ....... ~~~~: .......... J !I!}

11
1 e/silN~wMode i,. M;~· ,_ . ~I lii/'1
I 11!'1i _, ...J :r1f:
jl 'i'icurr•ntOP 65.51% ----~ O.~-~----~i!f
'Ij ,__ --- .... ··-------·- - __ , ! ' '' i!L
Ii!;
'/iI i" bent Options - "'

Ir· .forre _] i _Skip ~J i, jf.·.·
I i
l_~:e i Event 1 j Action fat Nam~ __,_,_~rt_:::,____ J:
o Close the Event 1 window and return to the Fire Relief Scenario window. On
the Schedule of Events tab and click on Add button.
CJ Select the cell below Event! and click on the Add button.
Action Li;t jump Wh~n Jump To

Start fire Nev.,,-
D Change the Condition name of Event2 to Pressure Stable and Action List name
to Post Fire Actions.
D Double click on Event2 (or select Event2 and press View button) to view Event2
window.
o Using the radio buttons in the Wait For section, select A Variable to Stabilize.

Aspen INSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
o In the Variability Stability Criteria section, use the Select Target button to select
V-100 and Vessel Pressure from the Object and Variable lists. Click OK when
complete.
Ev~nt 2 of Fire Reller of Fire ~lief S<e11ario
I ii
-",-"_:L
Select:Target Yar[a,ble --Cl-·;
Obj«-. v~ri•bO•
ji
'"'] Pnl<luru!/o<;(f/a,r.
'[P,<><1<,cr!l/0.:t_'l,.,1
' Vopcur Molor F•o,v
Vopour,'!<>!e,
, Vap<>!,r\lo/~m,
'
I /ii '~
l;,~~ I
l To PS{
·: .. :: .. ]·, Movi!J"lodcope
i~
I
I>) f!ow<>.aet
: !VLV,100
S«o ")' '~c.,.. i i>'LV-/01
j; () Ba<is 'i• L___
VtV-102
_
c:---c----11 !.!
~f-_._,____t1! (·MO-ly<is
ii
·-li
ii v..
I CJ
fl,
-..b .. O...nption,
Use the radio button to select Bandwidth and enter a value of 10%.
C.~~-= ·:J 0
CJ For the Stabilization Period, enter a value of 15 minutes.
I ~ ' ,, ": " '__

£ferrtlotF1reRe1tef0fFireRetM~na'tib"3/.~
~:;-~;b;,-L~~~~;~]~~cl,;~ & TJ~ _Out_B~~~iourl_ _ _ _ _ __ ______
"',L~':~::~ ": ;~r~~-~~
_ _____ __ __ __
I IIi
I
f[
JI r
i"Wa:)·~:~
')
~~~;c-t~~=~~;:
An Elapsed Amount of Tim"
•:) A Spooii, Simulafo:,n Tjn,e
True :I!, (~~:=~~:~:~~_'.___J'.'.:; V-100 Vessel Pres,ure - ""'""]
[
jl[ -~} A Variable To Stabdiw tit Sandv,idth[;:7~) 1D.OO
I Iij ~--C-c•Wo'O'bSi""'''-------..1
Not Avail
Variable St~bilily in
/ii VaMablefo5abi'eo !SSbi~~ ,,!;i'' percent.
IiIi Tag 1 Obje,ct De,s,:ription

boon
days I1
'Units
j[ ::Sm j
ij '·····-·----- ········-·-····---- -····· -······· -········· ·I years j·
o Click on the Action List tab.

o Click the Add button in the List of Actions For This Event section.
I Cl Enter Fire Off for the Name in the Individual Action Specification section. Keep
the default type.

o In the Configuration section, click on the Select Target button to reveal the
Variable Navigator window. Select the Object as Fire Calculations, and the
Variable as B9. Click OK.
Event 2 of Fire Relief of Fire Relief Scenario 0
:: rti,tOfA~ar.,:forThioEvent
i! t:,:,ion N•m•
foe Otf
, !,__, · Dele.te·__ ,J !
\r._coJ>"{ _1:
Obp;:t v,rrui1,
---: i Dt~,n SJ: Vmd !11,.g:1, 1>1 H•ig!il ""----'"';:,,
j : <,ed '/µ_·WPN«~"'
.]
J[:~~~kJead 1·0bj,,:lfilt,r·-· ·[
Mnljp I Fin:Colwk(ior,s
:Litl
: 1·11 1-,,-.. _
p
w..,,., ti
......."'" \j; N..,;ga,orSc~
f1 I ·@ Fk,v.,-~.,..r
L;:oc.••
f:jl.~=~
o For the Value field, enter a value of 1.0.
::,~----
·~-~--~-=
lndi~1du,a;l Acti,;,n Spedfication
I Ecable Action !'Ja-me:
"' fife Off
1.000
Object Fire. (alcu!atio\'15
89:
De~cription !I
]!
Curri'ntVa[u,!c 1,000 Units
, ............, .....,., ................................,..,......,. ,.,. ,. .,.....,. , ... _ ............,........... ,ji
Name £vent 2 Action Ll.t Name Post Fire /\ctlons
©2015 AspenTech. All rughts Rese!Ved. 9- 19 Aspen Technology, Inc.

LJ
'n
~. __ )
CJ Click the Add button again in the List of Actions section to add the second action
il
._J CJ
associated with this event.
Enter Pressure· Controller On for the Name in the Individual Action
Specification section
u
o Select Set Controller Mode as the Type.
. o In the Configuration section, click on the Select Target button to reveal the
.
Variable Navigator am;! select PIC-100 and then click OK
Cl Set the New Mode option to Auto, and check the New SP box. Enter a value of
r!
(1.1
,,.J
517 kPa (75 psia).
~-1
~'
I
I
I
N,olTie Event 2
I
Action L& Name Poi;t Fire Actions
o Close the Event 2 List of Actions window. Close the Fire Relief sequence
window as well.
I o
D
You are back to the Event Scheduler window now.
In the bottom left comer you can expand the Fire Relief Scenario schedule
hierarchy to view the network of sequences and events you have just set up.
I
L~
~;i!
i!J MirltiEvents
----------------- . · - - - - - -
1 .. ® FireReJidScena,10
i .. <D Fire Relief
I .1 ® Eventl
i'~ ® Add Heat to VE-sel
® Close Pressure Control v~~e
.~ .1 ® Event2
® Fire Off
@ Pres.sure Controller On
~·1
I
I 02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9- 20 Aspen Technology, Inc.
I
;!F--
o In the Sequence Control area at the bottom of the window you can click the Start
button. This essentially initializes the Event Scheduler to run. But note that the
HYSYS Dynamics Integrator is not currently running. Therefore the Event
Scheduler will not initiate until you run the Integrator.
i··;··®"F;;~·~-rd·1~;~i~"
i • <l) fit0Ro1;,1
' •®E""'ll
@AddHoartaV,osol
®Cla,oPrmo,eCantral~alvo
•@ EVOO!l
@R,.Olf
® Pr,m,roCcnlroU"On
o You will not run the Integrator until after you build the Cause and Effect Matrix,
so go ahead and save your case as 08-EventScheduler.hsc.

The last step in creating your automated process is to build a Cause and Effect Matrix.
The Cause and Effect Matrix will be used to perform certain actions based on Boolean
responses (i.e. healthy/tripped, on/off) set as criteria in the Matrix. The inlet flow
control valve will be controlled via the Matrix.
a Return to the flowsheet and view the Palette, Dynamics section.

o Place a Cause and Effect Matrix on the flowsheet.
02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9- 21 A.5pen Technology, Inc.

Cl Double-click on CEM-1 (the Cause and Effect Matrix) on your flowsheet and
navigate to the Connections tab.
CJ On the Input (Cause) Variables section of the window, click the Add Input
button on the right.
Cl Using the Variable Browser that appears, select the Object V-100, and the
Variable Vessel Pressure and click OK.
eo,,..,,,,
Cl On the same line as the variable you just imported, enter Tank Pressure into the
Description field, and HHP-001 for the Tag.
CJ From the Output (Effect) Variables section, click on the Add Output button on
the right.
CJ Using the Variable Browser that appears, select the object VLV-100, and the
variable Actuator Failed and click OK.
o On the same line as the variable you just imported, enter Inlet Valve Shutdown
into the Description field, and LX-001 for the Tag.
I UM-1
Van,ba, c-..w;,con T,;i Com,rron(

V-lilO Ve<<al~c,o,ece TankP"'-'"'" HHML()l
EdltOu<twA-
~E~,

Note: When defining Input and Output variables for the Cause and Effect Matrix, it helps
to think about them as independent versus dependent variables. For example, in this case
the V-100 Vessel Pressure is independent. Once V-100 pressure surpasses some
threshold, it will trigger a behavior/response in our dependent variable. The dependent
variable/output will then act in an on-offmanner.
o Click on the Parameters tab of the Cause and Effect Matrix.

CJ In the Input (Causes) section, assign an Alarm value of 586 kPa (85 psia) and a
Trip value of 655 kPa (95 psia).
Cl In the Output (Effects) section, check the Inv column checkbox for the Inlet
Valve Shutdown.
Umri.,:Oo T"j ;,,·01·~., O"~~~f a,;,-, 0~1,.,3,,~.,,,., '""''""'" ~..,,,.,.,,

r, ... ,,"""'" H~r 001 r r r ooo,oo;,.oo ""' I"' w~ nurrrn ,1rn1.rn1
Li'9"'""'
Currently the VL V-100 flow control valve is open, allowing flow into the vessel. Once
HYSYS Dynamics detects that the V-100 vessel pressure is above 655 kPa (95 psia), the
valve will close and feed into the vessel will be cut off. This is a reflection of the on-off
type behavior of the output/effect.
Cl Select to the C&E Matrix tab.

Cl Click the Add Switch button in the Input (Causes) section.
o Enter CEM Reset for the description.

GM-1
I
i
I !r
I
,itt!~
'
I Cl In the first column of the matrix elements section, just to the right of the Inputs
I Cl
(Causes) area, type an X in the Tank Pressure row.
Put an R in the CEM Reset row.
CEM-1
I
I
I RESET: One,;,r more 1 in pots causes a 1 output {a, long a,s !here are noX, To,-( active ar.d All P mustb., 1).
TIMED TRIP, Somo" the TR.IP but the input must have remained ;:e,o [or atleostlhe !imo, p,eriod.
COINCIDENT TRI~ In contrast to all other t~p< a ze,o input kir All the coincid•nt.,gnalo of the .. me g,C>Uping causes a Mro outpu~
0
PERMISSIVE: All P input< must bi: 1 to o•rmit an R to haw the desired ~ffect. Also re<jLiired fora STANO SY 1 effect, a foe~ reset and a local ,w,tch ON,
INHIBIT, A1 will fr,hjbit any trip of the out,:,utwh.Ct, would normally b,;e caused byan X, Tor C
STANDBY: A1 will cau,ea 1 (as lor,g as lhereare no X, T orC a,tr.-,and All P mu;t b~ i) and a Owill'°'""" a Ooutput (no INHIBIT applicable).
1/0Tl~IG: ~fo,t ~~ minimum numborofinp<!t trip• to <~use a:mo output. Ex. V35 or V23, Ali V entriu porc~lurnn mu>tbe identical (on!)' o= V g,oupt
The X input represents a Trip. In essence this means that once a certain defined
I threshold is passed, HYSYS Dynamics will act on some defined output (in our case the
VLV-100 fail condition). So once the listed variable "trips," the corresponding output
variable(s) in the matrix will change to their opposite orientation (i.e. valve fails shut,
controller goes to Manual, etc.).

The R refers to Reset. This object resets the output or effect after the input has tripped.
In our case, this object allows us to ''un-fail" or re-open the valve after the vessel pressure
lowers down to a safe condition once the fire is extinguished. While the Integrator is
running, we will need to manually re-set this Reset object by changing its State. You'll
see how to do this once you run the integrator.
Note: For additional guidance on Cause and Effect Matrix variable types matrix objects,
click the Cause and Effect Help button that appears when viewing the C&E Matrix tab.
CJ Close the CEM-1 window when complete.

CJ In the Dynamics tab, click the Strip Charts button .
.~! ,,_;1,-j •. ~,::.Joli;.# ' t L ::;o:;a
. .
1,·.·.
:
~.-0}~', 1,.:,,
Hom<'
~,.
Economin
fr"©rntegrator
: I,;,: RuJTime
~ r_.--10
Dynamic.; ]
f _.:
View Customize R~sourc~s
~~Dynamiclnitialization
, ~ Event Schedulu
~ Control Manager
_,.__. Fc1rn Plates
E:;;;;, Pro·
i Dynamics
Mode
!: Dynamic;
![ As~i'ftant
Run ! Stop I' Reset ii :if Snapshot Manager Take A
S:napshot fr:, 'i.trlp Charts
Dvnamic Sim\J/ation I'.. \
.
r,: ,,,
o Note that a sample strip chart is already created. Modify this strip chart or create
your own to track any desired variables for the simulation; see some suggestions
below. Change the Logger Size to 5000 and Sample Interval to S seconds.
o Click on Edit button to view, add or remove variables.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 9, 25 Aspen Technology, Inc.

:I !i
I[
11
i,,
!i
!I
lj
ii
1:
II ii
i 11
!i
CJ Click on Display button to view the strip chart.
CJ Select the Dynamics tab in the ribbon and make sure the Real Time checkbox is
I selected. This will run the Integrator at a time step that is in synchronization with
real time, rather than the default which is rather accelerated. Real Time will make
it easier to track the behavior of the system.
1111111
I ~
-· - j:
Home
_::~-- l; ~0l ·
'
Economics
~Integrator
(: :_,?_i Re.al Tlme ]
Dynamics
,.
i-_· ·_
View
IJlllo _~~
I
Customize Resources
Oynamiclnitializatron
' ~ Event Scheduler
•
/[)ynamic~- 11 Dynamics I
I . ,
!
Run 11 Stop--! Re5et ~
[ ~ Snapshot Manager
T-akeA
' Mode 1! Assistant ',
' . .
snapshot
Dynamic Slmulation "' ! Rurt ------2...l. . Modeting Options r. !
When rutu1ing the model with the Event Scheduler and Cause and Effect Matrix active, it
may help to review the next few workshop steps before actually performing them. To get
the proper behavior of this model, it important to make sure things occur in a proper
sequence.
o Make sure the strip chart you built and the Cause and Effect Matrix windows are
both visible. The strip chart is important because it shows the response of key
variables, and the C&E Matrix is needed because you need to click a certain
button to re-set the inlet flow control valve.
Cl On the Cause and Effect Matrix, ensure you are showing the C&E Matrix tab
and that you have clicked on the CEM Reset, Input (Cause) object.

\
loo,~,c,o",1
D"'"'!''°" ,-,~
T>ni<P,.,,,.,, IIIIP-o)(>I
n"'~""''I
<«,o,.,,.,,.,u,,o,,..,e,...,~,c-.,,".
~s,..v,,.;a;,r."'"'"""""'n.-.
a The button you'll need to be aware of is the State button/setting for the CEM
Reset switch. This Off/On selector allows you to re-open (or "un-fail") the VL V-
100 valve. Make sure you can see this section of the Cause and Effect Matrix
window when you run the model!
··Inputs {Causes.}---" ·"---------·"·----

1 - - ---··-------·-·--··--·-·--·-··--·----· ' -·-----·---· ' - - - - · · - _ - _ -_ _
i) # '. Description Tag --

I -2'- - - - - - - - · - - - - - - - -
!1L CEM Reset
,- State - --1 1 Pulsed Behaviour
~.l@)~---··-·-:~~-~-n l_..l ! ,:)Lakhed ·~Pulse On UPulseOff ··--···-····-·-··--·-·

As mentioned in the presentation the emergency fire on the vessel is represented by:
I Fire Relief Sequence

Event 1 Start a simulated fire under V-100
I cause and
Effect Matrix
• Add heal lo V-100 via Spreadsheet
• Close pressure control valve
Flag pressure relief event
and close flow control vaWe
I Event 2 Extinguish the fire
• Tum off heat flow to V-100 via Spreadsheet

• Reh.Im pressure control value to automatic
Cause and
Reset flow conlml valve
~ct Matrix
Now, as you let the Integrator run, you should see the heat duty to V-100 increase
I signifying the start of the fire. The V-100 pressure will also increase, and once it goes
past 655 kPa (95 psia), the inlet flow control valve will fail shut, thus stopping feed flow
into the system.
After some time, the vessel pressure and temperature will increase causing RV-100 to
I open. The pressure relief will allow pressure to stabilize and bring the pressure controller
back on line (as you defined in the Event Scheduler). Take note as the V-100 pressure
begins to fall
I o
o
Save your case as 08_ EventSchedulerCEM_O.hsc
Click the Run button if you are in Dynamics tab or the green light if you are in
Home tab to run the Integrator.
I -
!i~.l
ltom, E<onomic,
.. -~,, w:i ."'.•. """""~> li.··10 ".

.i,/<RealTim~
llyn•mln
1,
, View C
,~or
Mae+
,; Cul
Hom•
SI
I !:<onom1«
,,.
DJnamk, 1/lm
•· ·;!'Pro,~»Uhl~rM•n•o..
~
~
~esourc,
~
f ~~<:s ]! %',if!'~/ I f\un !Slop i Resel : j'

·-tiCopy· 'j"Unlts,t, _ ~AdJu>tManaqer !~On~olo::
I Dynamk 5imula~on ,:, ,

·~~~-.,--"------"·-----------------------------
o
a~n r,
cf!,Pa,t,•j
Watch the V-100 pressure carefully. Once you have noted the fire is extinguished
• "(jF1u,dP"l!agol\>10<ia1Lonl: Wo,Kboo
and the V-100 pressure is below 551.6 kPa (80 psia) click the On radio button
under State for the CEM Reset. This serves to open the flow control valve.
o Watch the strip chart. Stop the Integrator once a steady state condition is reached.

StripChart1
"-·-"~---~~..------···· --~"··-. . ' . :· :·_, . -.· .. _. -·---~---·--- ,- ·-·--/-,
Added heat duty to V-100 and

~:,,,-~ the vessel pressure started to
increase
RV-100 opens because of the

V-100 Pressure rise
Resetthe CEM since now V-100 its safe and

now we can go to normal operating condftfons
1+-+-'--.-i-..-->----i---...;....---1-----!---',,,o,,,,,
a.~ i< ;~:N a.~i, ;.,;;.,.;;oi
~-W::..•)O~ '-~ ,pt~_.; ~- ~
seconds
o You can return the Cause and Effect Matrix to its pre-run condition by clicking
the black ''X" next to the CEM Reset variable in the Matrix, thus turning it back
to a green check-mark.
Ic~~~~J:,;;;;;;~r,&i,,;.'.;T;;_;;._;;1 r·----·-..·--·
11 11
iEffed# 1
r· I Outputs (Hfl:ct;J
j I Ca\Jse and Effect HeJp-.:.....J ] eypass r
,,!
1
! Re,et r
Input; (Causes) ilocal Switch I r
CEMR=t
v,tce::~ ~ ~ ! ~ lI /:
The simulation is now ready for another run. Again, to repeat the procedure you would
Start the Event Scheduler, Run the Integrator using Real Time, allow the fire to start and
be extinguished, switch the CEM Reset state to On once V-100 pressure falls below 80
psia (or any other reasonable pressure), and then continue rurming to a stabilized
condition.
o Feel free to run through the vessel fire event a few more time if you wish. Save
your case as 08-EventSchedulerCEM_l.hsc when finished.

fl
iitl
t
''
'.i'
D Activated
Dynamic Compressor Surge
Lesson Objectives
Make a compressor ready for Compressor Surge Analysis.

Learn how to model dynamic compressor surge in a steady
state simulation using Compressor Surge analysis.
Activate the analysis and run a scenario.
@aspentech g1015A5penTe,ch,u)l"111',Inc.A!ltghl:,,r=e,ve.d I ;! §NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. IO - I Aspen Technology, Inc.
\.
Compressor Surge Analysis
Introduced in Aspen HYSYS V8.6 (one compressor

supported), enhanced in Aspen HYSYS V8.8 (up to three
compressors supported)
Checks out dynamic license/tokens
Access it from Analysis group of Home tab in the ribbon.
_ _; Homo ~<onomles Dynamics Vl•w Custom;;,, Roc<<l"Ur<~• fl~w,heet/Modlfy
d\, Cut SI :~ Proce« UtllilJ Man,~er O i<ctlv• [:iS.}

, C>;jC,i-pr ·¾' Unit )et:s f;; t.dju>tT,lonaget :ifi'Q"~·-;:;~-[d ii Flow,h.,lfomm•t)I
; ~Pdsl~· I ~ fluid Packago A>>o<iatloni : ; wo,~boo~ Rep.or\> CJ Input -~ Optim;zer [
,,C_lip~<>~r,1' .•......,U"lt., Sia1ulnti~n Sdver r; 2au~"'~'"'~''~"----l:==~-- ~n,lys"

It installs a subflowsheet and builds the surge simulation
automatically.
•
Dynamics-Stage 1
Different Templates
You can choose one of the four templates to install.
Unit:
r·.. Stage Ind"-< (omp"-swr Name -- :1
,--···--"-----·······-· .... Stage_ 1 __ . ··-····-···------,.---<empty> __ ,

Prebuilt Subflowsheet
The analysis builds a subflowsheet for you.
i'tl'E-13!
[j"
sr., i '
L,\c.J
I
I Choose Scenario
You can choose one of the four scenarios to run depending

how many stages you have
C~aspentech ,; :W15 Aspen lechrrnlogy, Inc.Allnghl.!!re~ed I 6 ·BN E

i Easy Access Important Input forms
Four tabs in the Compressor Surge window gives you easy

access to the most important input form including strip charts
~•! K·1<1(1,
~ DynamicAn.l~1zynam'ic:ia-K-1Cii,:"@M;i.in
l)~~:~~~~~~~Ji.~-i1.:~) , • , ~• -.,'.,C"':" , , ".C:.::,.:.·
(! Eq,(~""''!Tipe,if.,,,e,, ' \..,J\t,g.i>II«" An™""J•"•""' a.«1<11!10<~V>"'• H<a1b,..,.._,.v.1 ..
""""'""
•··1..,,.,,
., Pso<< ·_,:_· '' :.- . ___ -'
, -'~'.•~, !i (0,,-9<«10,
OVNl_l,l"'-<fl«-
iOVIU.C=p,"""'lnl
j:om,_,1o1Byp,,1lffl,
Run a Scenario
Run the integration by clicking on Start button in the Run

Controls tab or by pressing the Run button from ribbon.
IIIIHom, ,,~"'"'"' '.:'.':'.","" "'""' '"""''"
:;.;~:~~;;:· ; ~ iii D
.,,_,,·
:jes"'"!Mo,i<o<i
.:>5,,.,~,,., ::z
l,:.~"""'~·""''
Head Curves

I',.,;"·'
':'.2!
Workshop: Compressor Surge Analysis
Task 1 - Prepare the Compressor

Task.2 - Activate Compressor Surge Analysis
Task 3 - Run a Scenario
Task 4 - Run a Normal Compressor Dynamics
3
Ffj
l;;,1
II
Stage ~omp
1
Dynamics-Stage 1
Compressor Surge
Analysis
llll;-,,sca;<:i,
,, '"""''" ,s,,
//:,_-~..;,,~·! r,....-c..,,-,..,,., •...,,....,

,.;;1,,1<,:,9)

Activated Compressor Dynamics Workshop
@aspentech
Compressor Curves and Surge Control

Workshop
Files can be found in folder: 09_ActivatedCompressor
Objective
Compressor Surge analysis was introduced in Aspen HYSYS V8.6. It works in a similar
way as Dynamic Depressuring analysis. It is made for steady state simulation. You can
select a compressor in a steady state simulation and quickly build a dynamic surge
control scenario by using Compressor Surge analysis.
I Since it has become relatively common to handle more than one compression stage in
several processes, after HYSYS V8.8 you can simulate up to three compression stages
using the Compressor Surge Analysis. In this workshop we will explore this capability
I with one stage, but the workflow is the same for one, two or three compressor stages.
Description
The Compressor Surge analysis lets you perform compressor surge analysis under
different emergency scenarios quickly and easily. You can run a dynamic compressor in a
steady state simulation. This work flow requires minimal inputs. There are prebuilt
scenarios that you can choose to run. You can view dynamic results, including premade
strip charts.
I "When you activate the Dynamic Compressor, you can run a dynamic simulation of the
compressor, including:
• A recycle
• Controllers
• Pipes
• Valves
• Knock out drums
[:! • Task 1 - Prepare the Compressor

ti • Task 2 - Activate Compressor Surge Analysis
• Task 3 - Run a Scenario
• Task 4- Run a Normal Compressor Dynamics

Task 1 - Prepare the Compressor
The activated compressor surge analysis needs the following
• Compressor curves
• Flow limits in the compressor. This table is used to construct surge curve.
• Completely solved compressor model in steady state.
o Open the Aspen HYSYS file 09-ActivatedCompressorSurgeStarter.hsc.

o Open the compressor labeled Stage l and go to Rating tab. Notice that the
compressor has 4 curves. The curves are enabled.
_,- --- ,_,. .. --

t:~~~!:~~)----~~~'.~~ .L~~-'.~~~-~=-~ I~.:-~.?~~~:.1~.~a-~~-~L____
CompresSOT Speed
i ,·· _ -~~r!JI - E~cien_cy
1
ii Cur,,e~ ! -~) Adiabatic 5000 rpm
I! flow Wmi~
!I ~fo..:2.le~ [;;_,J Enable. Curves
I I Inertia
j ! Electric Mc tori
!
'I
Curve Name
2488 for Si:llge 1
: Activa!e
i;7,
r-·- View Curve.... ---1
Ii ' ,J 3733 for Stage 1 ~--· i__ Add Cu~.<. - ~1
II 4977forSL,ge1 '"'
!III . 6177 forStage1 p, l~~~
]IH
Clone Curve
J
11
1
11
[! I I L· __ ..P_lqtCurv~1 J
L___________________ J '. , Vis< Ai!CoHeccio,,s
I, rOff-Design Corredicrr ,.-,-- ._I - E~ ••.. ~p<i Ia1·JOn -

1
_______ -I-Ii !!.".·,,, De
I--<-"-==------ I °i'"
\,.,..,near
!,_ II j f{,cf, licm;.sc>:rat.\.ar~, i2.6.IJ.6 iCJ Quadra~·c
I_ !~r.f. _":k,iec .. 1Nti9ht ,· Wegstein Sotver ··-------·-,
j :S:..J Enable accaeler.sticn !
I rOffset Values . ,;' i bound, -·

'I I, Hea d O,OOOOm Ii Lower bound
lI
J 5,0
I
I l__ __.=·:·::··--·-···· -
Effiden9 [%)
l .........._-··········--·----··-·-· -·
0.0000
. J IUpper bound r·o.-o
c-°'~ r'J Ignored
o Go to Flow Limits page in the same tab. Click on Surge Curve button. Notice
that the table is empty. You need this table ready. This is table HSY SY will use to
construct the surge curve in the compressor. Use next few steps to fill this table
out.
o Assume that all the leftmost points in the compressor curves belong to the surge
curve. Go to Curves page in Rating tab. Double click on each curve and note
down the rpm vs. lowest flow in the table (the first flow in each table). Make sure
the tu1it of flow rates is correct.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserv.ed. 10 - 7 Aspen Technology, Inc.

a Go to Flow Limits page in the same tab again. Click on Surge Curve button.
Input the numbers from the table you have just built. Close this window.
Wl1
if!l Speed Umt;
I
Flaw Uriih
"·----·--·---- . ----.
I Speed
Z4SB.OOOO
Flow
3733.9100
!
,
i
I I
3733.0000 5060.8700
4977.0000 6913.7000 ,
6177.0000 8635.6400
II
<empty:s <empty;, 11
I II
I
------~
I
ij Erase Sefeted l E_m_e~ c__ _

i.:.:~--_ ..... ·~-
a Go to the Rating Tab I Curves and check the option to Enable Curves. Now that
'..·.,..·
[:.;',
r;-~ the compressor has curves, flow limits and the compressor is completely solved.
[J The compressor is ready for Compressor Surge dynamic analysis.
Cl Save the file as 09-ActivatedCompressorSSready.hsc.

\
Task 2 - Activate Compressor Surge Analysis

a Click on the compressor model and then click on Compressor Surge icon from
Analysis group in the Home tab and click in Add.
Home Economlt.1 Oynamt<s View Customize
:s1 ·f Proce:s Utility M,innger i'()'AdNef ~ Model Summ~ry ,'.CaseSt\Jdiel !

~
, {fl Unit Sds '/!:. Adjmt Manager
i ~ Ffuld P~(k;ge!<1rndatl~n, :
'(l'jonHold
' Workb.ook
Reports JJ
LJ lnpul Ill: I
· ~
Unit5 Simulatl,;,n Sofvet r~ ! 5umma,;e,
apotak _USD Utilities:: USDNear CJI Energy Sa~ing£ _MW L.._%)
Name Type Unit Operation Template Type
o The Dynamic Analysis window is open, select the compressor for the Stage 1
Name, Dynamk~·Stage I
·j Stage#:
Sta.ge Index Compressor Name

u~.it:
I' Template,
'!
L. Enter Flowsheet l
o Click on the Template drop down arrow and notice that there are number of
templates available. Keep the first one (cooler on discharge side) selected.
NOTE: By choosing which template to use, HYSYS will determine which unit operations
are going to be added in the dynamic flowsheet. Please note that so far you can add a
customize template only for one stage.
©2015 AspenTech, All Rights Reserved. Aspen Technology, Inc.

ni. Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
lJ
ITemplate~ I Cooler on di.scharqe :side
fL~O(l1; on '!ischa!9~ ~e - ~- ~ _ f --
"° dowmream scrubbe.-
0.-i
Cooler on dischar-ge ~e.
Cooler on suctiun Yde
~-
I
C~st~:_ ~~~te _ _ _ _ I
CJCheck the Active box to activate dynamic. If you skip this box now, you can
activate dynamic later on.
I o Click on Enter Flowsheet button to enter the subflowsheet. Notice that if you
stay on the main flowsheet there is a subflowsheet icon placed on the main PFD.
This subflowsheet contains the automatically built surge control flowsheet.
I 3
Comp Discharge
I Stage
Out
~omp
VLV-100
CJ Once you are in the subflowsheet, notice that there is a green border; this indicates
that you are in an independent flowsheet from the main flowsheet.
( ~·
I i Cl Move the dynamic analysis window on the side so that you can view the
Li
subflowsheet properly. Click on Dynamics tab in the ribbon. Examine different
options available both under Dynamics tab and in the four tabs of Compressor
Surge windows.

\
D Click on Scenario drop down arrow either from Dynamics tab or from
Compressor Surge window's Run Control tab. There are four scenarios to choose
from. Choose the first one (discharge valve failure).
~' Compressor Surge: _Dynamics-Stage 1 @Main
Run Controls Eq!Hpmen_t· Si.::ing Tcompress~r CurvesT S t r i p - ~ - - ~ - - -

Name: Dynamic~-Stage 1
Unit: Stage 1
Scenario: Discharae Valve Failure

I•
Template:
II r~:~:b~~-_ [I_~~~~~-~-~~-
r-
Emet"gency Shutdown
j Current Time
Lo:5____ ~-··sernnJ=1
0.0000000
'"
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. IO - 11 Aspen Technology, Inc.

NOTE: To review the differences on each scenario, refer to HYSYS help by pressing FI
Selecting the Cornpressor Surge Scenario

'.1;",J i',o fa"i'l\l S, 0,1,,, , ,,-,~YS ,,v, e
0
,i,.r,,a <)""''"
(,,c<, -"1'"·''"'""'"1'0<1 "~r.;o,,c<>,lr•'"·''e"'•"'SrL;SOifl'.I
••
I . I ,-'"'""''""'"
II-'·'"''"''"''·'·";
11,,_·)l-.,,.,£''1•" "'""'
.,,,.,.,,,,,__,o,,,,,;,
.,.,,q. si,
'""·'"""'
•1,r"'''''""'""''' 1,,,,1 ·'"'·"'""'" ,1,•,•u ·n<ir,,srrn,
'""l'-;.,_,r,,,, """"'-"''''·""'~defoHla,,,.,._-,,n,c1,,
: Qe ,,., Dyna1r1lc, ,,,,1:c,,, c,b, !rom *" Selocl • v,"""'lr·•'ctf.~,w,,

~or,1~,e>.<,1•r Ce 0,o,
Iii r,,,,,~rc,~·"'"''''
I
5ceM,in d:q,.(!,,_,.,, , SI, ,,.,:.c~ "'" ~I ;;,o ~,!Lo-,.,.,~
,·,, ";,•o,e;lo ""~">;; 'o,,,~c,1!""''''"•A,,llo1·...,~,., " U,isj51hall1art<
• F.c,,1<1"1(rlho(amr,,c-c«·•
~"'~''Mo,)el
eps,r,o,, :c",J,.1<.1>>Jr;o,al,aoac,;,s,s,al ,.,,<1,110,0,r,rs"'-''"f.~.,.," ,~_,Id"""''
I o ~oma•.,cy Ohulotosm. na, ;,n,,q,w.) ,i,,i,Jcc.~, ·""'"'";"'""'-"""a h,"'rc,,,,,g,,1

,1-e ~ ,. ''"~" ,~1,., C,, """ tie ~ · ""'(f>' v~.~ ,.,,, l,e I\,;~· ,p,,,, "'"""''By ,·,r.;,e ,r-,,
D Go to Equipment Sizing tab of the Compressor Surge window. You know by
I now that size plays an extremely important part in dynamic calculations for any
equipment. This tab currently contains default sizes for all the equipment placed
in the subfl.owsheet. If you want to change any of the sizes, you will use this
particular tab. There are pages for valves, vessels, pipes and compressors.
I
I Ve~s;;,.f,:;
Pipe~ [! Mass Flow [kg/h]
,, 4.077e-.Q05
Antisurge V11lve
6.11& .. cos
637.4
Check/Blad< V11lve
4,077e+005
37'4
Hctbyp:,,u Valve
434.8
4,(}77..,,.005
Compre-ssor ,i Inlet Pressvr" [kPa] 6350 8223 8223
I
8245
!i
1t- - - - ~ Ii Pre-ssure Drop [kPa] jQ.O 1.92~a-003 2ao
1
!: Opening[%] 50.00 1000
I<,.-
. ::
1000 ,O(lO
CJ Go to the Compressor Curves tab of Compressor Surge window.
~<. . bY_na_ritic _AM_1ys_~Jl§~,n1_iCS:~S:ti!~'.:f@~~i{-

iFo~trol~_IEq~ip~~nt" sizjn9~~s-~or"Cu~~iP"CJ~;ruJ
!I t N-ame · Compressor Curve Status -----~ Surge Curve Status
:II St-age 1 lnpu-t(omplete L~ttcu"":=__J Input Complete i
I
I

\
Notice that compressor curve status and surge curve status are "input complete". Fit
Surge Controller does not show a status here. However, as you have entered flow limits
already, the surge curve should be ready. You can verify that by opening the Compressor
Surge Controller's Parameters I Surge Control page.
compressor: Surge Controller
r
i c~~~ect~JPa~ameter;-i-Mon1t~U;e~ Va~;bJ~----~ ______ - _-·-
)! --Pa~meters Surge Control Parameter5 ---- ----------- ----- ----
I fl Pa@;;;te7A"[~J- - ------ ----- --~4--:sru :
I
j ,I - - -
I .
udion
I_ Surge Control IParameter B [m/(m3/s)J 76234-1
L...Fi;;J---+ j I Parameter( [m/(m6/s2}J 585.217
't•·;-11
.' ,
1 ) , Control line [%] 15.00
i[
s. 1I I· Backup Line_L%1
1 5.00
I
IQuick open<ng [%/s] -----·--"-----·-·--· 500.~
I
iI
II I L . .fit_Surge Control Paril:meters
-~--"-~---~~-~
I1 - ··" ----·---·---------··-------"---·--------------·--·-··"'
NOTE: Ij you cannot see the Dynamic Analysis window anymore, go to Dynamics tab>
Summary.
Resource;
[>, I11;1
, 1
o
VieaN Customt::~
~Event Scheduler
(
~CofltrofUmoger
/'sh
Face Plates
-ij
. .... ·,;- ', ..-, L~~"-. I_st~prEW~d :_ ~--:·--~-·-:·-: '.~.~_!:.E!~!~-~~ .. 1-~~!~;;;_~-~~; .- _ p~~-e~"t_,_
_ f:.!J?!,:·:/,--.:":: ·-:-.;·:,_ · · · -·-.<- Dynam_icAciaiysii~mics~s't,.ge,1@M.ifn-· .. ·-:·----,.-:.··;.. · ··,
f[Fco:,,,~u~.;,m,"'?"e.J:c;mp,mo,C~c,~:§~"'L -- --- '.' ·,,·.. ,·. - --------

'.'{I
l.'j
Name
Stage 1
Compressor Curve Status
1nput Comn!el,;c [ - · - ~ ~
Surge Curve Status
l.nput Complde r. . ~~--··n. _Fit Surge Co~troH~
f11 . I --" -
D Go to the Strip Charts tab of Compressor Surge window. Review the three
prebuilt strip charts. You can modify them or add new charts if you want.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. IO- 13 Aspen Technology, Inc.

, Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
Dynamic An~ly.;lr;: Oyn.amics-Slage 1 @Mafn
!i'.~~~:~~~!~;;;J:c;,;,;~;;;~
j 11 Strip C~ortName ; LoggerSi,e l~ S..,mpl• S..,rn~I• lnlef'l>l
!j i DYNI_M""" Flow, "1,1100<>004 000;00.1l.1
ii [DVfoU_CompttHOrfol 1,000.•004
Ii ]DYNI_Hat Dy- (nf. 2.000,,~004
1[!
I
o Close the Dynamic Analysis window and go to Dynamics tab. Click on Event
Scheduler in Dynamics tab in the ribbon. Review the events and their actions.
llilllll Home
I rScheduleOption, ·, ,-Legeod .• ,.
Ir·-·jd_~:"__.....J i[~J Complete

........ i[" S~r,ed~le Sequen<~ ·· ....
' 1 I Soquen<•
. ~hul Chc,cl<¼III'
i Run Made
lme.Shot
St•tu,
Ic.· _ co~:·· -- ·1 :~J Full)' SpecTliod

ln,ct;.e Condition I Actron Li,t I
I ILD..im... __j i[@]

!l. . . . !~.~!!:~"'-J
f@8
' ---
Holding
lnodive
!~ln<:omplete
I
I
!!
c-···-0;1;. ~:. J
: [ . . . . C~~i-_=J
:r___ -~o,t.:. . ....i ' [~J Runnin~
!
i r· lm~rt,,. J
Ir ___ Sort".- J t I• 1 T1moElap<ed ...... E,port_. __ _
!. @. .~~-~~-~--
l;.,]smartTree
t::.\ MulU Events

1--::. ·•··s~;;:1.;~-p;;;;~;; ·c~·;;;;~i...........
~ @> DYN1_Di«h,r¥11•fveFa;lure
~
@ Shut Check Vafve
~ @> Evffll1
I @A<tioal
1 -' ® DVN1_Conlr~led Sh"tdowa
i @ 0VN1_Emergency Shutdown
o Save the file as 09-ActivatedCompressorSSready_l.hsc.

Task 3 - Run a Scenario

D If you cannot see the Dynamic Analysis window anymore, go to Dynamics tab>
Summary. Go to Run Controls tab and press the Start button (or turn the
integrator on). This will run the selected discharge valve failure scenario.
If= ,_ _ . DynainicAnalysi!t-Dynafuics-Stage-ri
~il~~is;;;~g·T~;~p~~~_;;:c~~;~T_S~i~-c~;:;;1_ - · ·
I N=e: Oynan,k;;·Stage 1
I U"it: St~elnda
I
I Scen,;ri"'
I
I
I
Tempi~;~, Coo!er on clm:hilrge :s:le
I] :· lntEgr3ti!Jn C<>ntrols
i , :·u~;i;.
, i Current h'Tl,a
! j iRLln Ti""" Lengih
ii L~.~:P..~.~~.:;.....
1B00.000
5.0000e--002 i j""'"""""~~~-=-~ i
'
o Monitor strip charts. Customize color and thickness of the curves if necessary.
· - -·-·1 ·-· ·· -- ----r-
J j. i
I
I
I
II
I
i
I
t·
I .J . . . . -lIl I
II I
I
·-;:,-," f·
111 111i11··rn
I I
IIIIIJI ·1/11111'11111, l1rur11,'r'rn,,

I I
i i I
... "',,·.,f ············!
I
Minutes
~-=

DYN'1_HotBypassll}fo'
Workshops
-.: O_. .
----------- '--------------------------- - ------------------- ---- 1
I
I i ....... ··-···"·· ·r ·- -·-········ ·1···1
! ----~ ---------L-----------1--------------f --~I
I ~
i ,~..
I
---f, - ---------!'
!
I I
I
I
i II '11
i
"- 111 ',rui:iJl1 1"'1/llHfil'.!Ji1,,,1~,J11,1Js.,11l,
'bll 1
• 1+1· I I 1·1 1
,, ' '
LUL.i . !. + iI
- JJ,·,w~--,, I I
I G
~ i
I
1' I •• (F ~~-:~; 11,'
11,. --1
i !
I ;0.00,½1
II
,
~ I! I
I i
> ! I I
i r--- - --+---------------------------- r ''
-.f.-!
~-<')
: 'f I 11
I I
I r
"-~)
i
................ -~·-··
r--
I
I
I
1-------------i--------------------ii
I, ! Ii
Ii
···= ·~ I,
I
-HOl 2.il-:>:> ],(m
Minuies
I
I
<+s[J - -1 l r ~r: :r--- -1- _J .
m I . 1 C J__ : .1
I -"'
:.-.::
___· ;I: Ii,I , _ _ _- .... 1!,o- ---+-----,1----+---+---t:
1 ---+ re~,,,,;,~;
i I II
,~ ,,c/.;,.:,J"···j ---+ -··c -····----:- ,...,........ i··-·- ·-·-·-·· i·-· W,,Up!
. I, I I I ]'"'''"
I "
rn
~ I
1,
I I
ti - - -- __ 11_-------------------------, ----------- -- -------1-------- -- -1-- -I -II
+ f j 11
I Minutes
4.iiCVJ
'
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. IO- 16 Aspen Technology, Inc.

o Monitor compressor curves profiles.
--~-~--.Coiiipressor Cuive$- Profiles..- Compresror: Stage· 1:

Head Curves
,GQO ··,.,-~. -,,m,,---~---~-,~-~---~---~--~
~: I
• epo,--,-r,g~:1'1
-
--r-- ilcJ!)O:>.ir,,.
lSOO -E~~c-i'a-~c"'F"c'""cs__+---+/+---+----+---+----l
-
1aoo +---+----!-~-,'"·
i
-.+-,-"---+---+----1----i
:c500 +---r---h.'---"Lj-'"'--,c..+---+---1-----t rC1.1rves

,/
'·,,. k?J .Shew Operating Pt
:ZOQJ +---.J---+f----j---+--"'c+---1-----J
'i[~l Show SurgeCurve
1SCO
/
+---+--~-f-----1----+---+~~-t----i
r··, ltil Show Stonoewal! Cu=
![~~rv~ N-~~e- : Plat
,000 +-----+'---+--/----+----+---+--\-"+-----i\ I 'I 2438.

for Stage Re
i 3733 for Stege P:
I [4977 for Stage Pi
roQC - j----'-""_·.ii'+"c''c""'o·
MOO--~,-~-+-~
,-.J--~-'-f'·-~-+--~-1--~
. ,~
' ...,s;:j-----j---+---+---j-----1
,-t----~~
I 61n for SU.ge P:
2CO('.OO .d(\()0-,QO- rnooo.o 12000.Q 1JCOO.O

Flow (ACT_m3Jh)
o Go to Dynamics I Event Scheduler. Expand DYNl Discharge Valve __ Failure_

schedule. Select the Shut Check Valve sequence and double click on Eventl.
o Go to the Action List tab. \Vhat action is it taking? It is closing a valve named
Check/Block Valve.

I CJ Close Event Scheduler window. Go to the flowsheet. If you don't see it, go to
I -"·-~-~~~
View tab in the ribbon and click on Flowsheet button.
Qzoom
~.Zoom In
q.zoom Out
Economi,,,...,-.u<~am1cs
~I Pag,;: Wi,jtil
Frowsheet Model
View Customize
,a __ ·;
EJ_ I .
I; M~ssage-l
I ~
II -·----::__--=,
Res
cto.seA
- - - i ; ~ Pare-tte Pane-I !- Farms
I CJ
Zoom Show
Double click on Check/Block Valve. Notice that the valve opening is 0%. Who
closed this valve? The even scheduler did.
I
I
I
I
;=':1'==='==
_ Delete
J
['.j fgnore.~
CJ Stop the solver.
a Save the file as 09-ActivatedCompressorSurge.hsc
Task 4- Run a Normal Compressor Dynamics
Even though there are four prebuilt scenarios, you can run the model outside the
scenarios. For example you have decided to run the compressor in nonnal operation with
Check/Valve 50% open.
o Double click on Check/Block Valve. Change the valve opening (in the Rating tab
or Dynamics tab) to 50%.

va1ve-;.q1eck/6lock Valve
o Run the integrator from the ribbon. Observe strip charts and compressor curves, if
you close them you can bring them back by going to Dynamics tab> Display
results.
o If you have time, select another scenario from Run Control tab of Compressor
Surge window and observe its behavior.
Note: Whether you initiate a run from Run Control tab or the Run button of Dynamics tab
in th~bhfm,JiY.SXS. will run the currently selected scenario. Once the actions of the
selected are completed, you can manipulate specifications on the PFD to ru_n_ClrlOrmal ___ _
operation. You can build your own scenario in the vent scheduler, and run it from event
scheduler interface.
o Save the file as 09-ActivatedCompressorNormal.hsc
Recommended Reading
Knowledge Base Solution 143094

Activated Dynamics - Multi-stage Compressor Analysis in Aspen HYSYS
©2015.AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. IO - 19 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Dynamic User Variables
nm
l!
[I Dynamic User Variables and

Aspen Simulation Workbook
~
[l
Lesson Objectives
Learn how to work with User Variables in HYSYS Dynamics

Discover Aspen Simulation Workbook as a tool to link
HYSYS Dynamics with Microsoft Excel
Use ASW Profile Tables into represent dynamic model data
in Excel
--~
' '
I '
L!
r-,
I_,
\
User Variables (1)
What are they?

- Small pieces of VB code that can be attached to HYSYS objects
User variables are commonly used for:
Calculating custom properties
- Performing conditional actions
- Displaying warnings to a user
User Variables can be associated with:
Simulation Cases
- Flowsheets
- Streams
Operations
User Variables (2)

----------- ---,----------------~--------
User Variables are created and edited from the object they
are attached to
- User Variables tab of unit operation
Worksheet tab of material stream
lCorn:iecti_==Fararneter5 l Fo.:U,~.M1.Spre.:~neetJ C~lation ,Order f u5-~r Vanabi~~ ·1 Note~.!
i I -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 1il~"i±=t~:~r;. 1---1,
i ' ·--"_! ······--···"'"'""" ____ ,,.,., ... l.... ___ ,_,,_,_,,,, .. _.~J _______, __ _1
User Variables can be loaded into any simulation once built

- Customize ribbon tab
View ,fy
cJNotH
~ co,w~rt toT;:mp.Jate
U~er Matro language Matro, Re9i1ter Oata
Var\ablu .. Editor 1:i«eri.s1or1 ! Table:$
Ttio\~ Case:
@aspt='..ntech sJ 1015" /\,;pen r...,1.,.,,logy, Inc. A1Lr,!lhisraserv,..-d 1 4 1:.13NE

Aspen Simulation Workbook (1)
Aspen Simulation Workbook (ASW) is a Microsoft Excel

Add-in that links process simulation models to an Excel
spreadsheet
No programming knowledge is required to use this tool
ASW contains tools to link simulation variables and process
tags to Excel worksheets
- Assemble tables from lists of tags and model variables,
then drop these as tables in Excel
- Automatic formatting can be applied to the tables
- Additional tools to select and run a model
ASW makes it easier to deploy models in Excel and offers
performance benefits over other alternatives
Aspen Simulation Workbook (2)
Deploy process simulation models to casual users

- Hide complex interfaces
- Hide technical details
- Interpret results through calculations, plots, etc.
- Link models to online plant data for on-demand advisory
Use Excel as a bridge to link models to other tools
- Optimization tools (ModeFrontier, etc.)
- Risk Analysis Modeling (CrystalBall, @Risk, etc.)
- Third party/specialty simulators
- Equipment design programs
- Other in-house or third-party tools
Automate complex workflows to save time
~ 1aSpentech © 1015 Asp~!'Te<h<1nloyy, Inc Allr,~lrl,;- re_-,eived I ti ~B NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. II - 3 Aspen Technology, Inc.
\
:-.. \5'1! Aspen Simulation Workbook Compatibility
IP21 or other ~ ~ "

' ··'
historian ASW 1'
+
~,, ii ' ~ '
.~
•••
Aspen Aspen Aspen Aspen
Aspen
Plus Dynamics® HYSYS® EDR
Custom
Modeler"
A SW also supports other products in these families, such as Aspen

Polymers Plus'', Aspen RefSYS™, Aspen HYSYS Upstream"',
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics™, Aspen Adsim''', Aspen
Chromatography~_ ..
ASW Profile Tables
Profile Tables capture selected model variables in a tabular

format
- Tables update as HYSYS Dynamics runs in background
Tabular results can be plotted in Excel for further analysis
- Plots also update real-time as dynamic Integrator runs
Sep Liq
Time Relative Time Phase- Temperature Phase. Pressure Phase. Molat Flow Phase- Mass Flow
seconds seconds F psia lb mole/hr lb/hr
JOO ·210,5 49,55026 44..96362211 4062.483869 250286.6191
360 ·150.5 49.54'936955 44.96307196 4078.43.5637 2s12n.945
420 -90.5 49.54508566 44.96317449 40&5.760003 251lli.8675
480 -30.5 49.54740138 44.96-154593 4(}84.565536 25164S,2156
510.5 0 49,547572 44.96091421 4081556061 251462.8434
@aspentech @2015As;ienTedJrn1lO!lv,Tnc.J1.llro11hts~ I 8 ~NE

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. ll - 4 Aspen Technology, Inc.
Workshop: Dynamic User Variable and Aspen

Simulation Workbook - Tasks

Task 1 - User Variable Setup
Task 2 - Edit a Dynamic User Variable
Task 3 - Applying a User Variable
I Task 4 - Access Model Variables in Aspen Simulation
Workbook
Task 5 - Create a Profile Table
I
I
I ~ Operations Support
... .,, El Ill Ii J:.:::,:.. ;::.:~_,., :~: ..
•..,, .., .,. ~.;;'%. .. '"""'' ~-~'""'"" ~.... ... ..,.,~""""""" -~t~.;_,~~. CBT: Getting Started with Aspen
I ·-- "-i""M
I > ~--O!l:I ._. __ ....,.,... ~ 1_..;.,,.,1o.,,,..,,_~...,
~~~···(~,~(:f,_i,;_i~/~\.,;;;_; :~h4/;...,.,,,,
~ illllml: T ····-··----------~··"
L.. "'" ""'"
,,..,.._,..,,,~,...
Simulation Workbook for HYSYS VS
New in va.o - Create Excel Reports
and ASW Interfaces ln Minutes
How to Setup Tables to Display Plant
Data In ASW
How to Setup Conditional Formatting
in Aspen simulation Workbook
How to Map Plant Data Tags to
Simulation Model Var!ables in ASW
How to Map Tag Attributes in Aspen
Simulation Workbook
FAQs for Plant View in aspenONE
Engineering VS.2
@aspentech © 2015 l'.spenT<:dlHolOIJV, Inc All nghls reserved I lD 11§vN E

Dynamic User Variables and Aspen

Simulation Workbook Workshop
@aspentech
Dynamic User Variables and Aspen

Simulation Workbook Workshop
Files can be found in folder: lO_UserVarsASW
Objective
The module introduces you to the basic concepts necessary for creating and debugging dynamic
user variables in Aspen HYSYS Dynamics. Key concepts covered in this module include the
creation, export and import of user variables. In addition, navigation of Aspen Simulation
Workbook (ASW) and how to liok it with an Aspen HYSYS Dynamics model and process
variables is also explored.
Description
User Variables allow you to increase the functionality of many Aspen HYSYS objects. They are
essentially small bits of code that can be attached to objects in the Simulation Environment.
Once created, User Variables are indistinguishable from regular variables in terms of
functionality. For example, they can be attached to logical operations, or linked to Spreadsheets.
Aspen Simulation Workbook is an add-in in Microsoft Excel that enables the linkage of An
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics model to an Excel spreadsheet. Once the HYSYS Dynamics file and
Excel are linked, you can identify model variables to display in Excel, which are updated real-
time as HYSYS calculates. In this workshop, you will use ASW to create Profile Tables in
Microsoft Excel. Profile Tables are tabular outputs of HYSYS Dynamics model data, which can
then be graphed or analyzed.
• Task I - User Variable Setup

• Task 2-Edit a Dynamic User Variable
• Task 3 - Applying a User Variable
• Task 4- Access Model Variables in Aspen Simulation Workbook
• Task 5 - Create a Profile Table
©2015 As:penTech. All Rights Reserved. 11 -6 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
Task 1 - User Variable Setup

Dynamic Us~r Variables are fragments of code that can be attached to a simulation object within
Aspen HYSYS. They are used to improve the functionality of some application. This is
accomplished by calculating a variable that is not normally calculated by HYSYS, by performing
an action whenever some condition is met, or by displaying a message box if a parameter
exceeds certain limits.
User Variables, which utilize VB syntax, access objects using the HYSYS type library. The User
Variable Editor also contains a full feature debugger similar to the Macro Language Editor
environment.
The process for adding User Variables is dependent on the object to which they are being added.
For example, User Variables associated with unit operations are added on the Design I User
Variables page, whereas stream User Variables are added on the Worksheet I User Variables
page. Regardless of the object the User Variable is attached to, the User Variable form will have
the following buttons available:
Note: User variables attached to stream are not executed in dynamics. For using user variables
in dynamics it should be attached to unit-operations such as Mixers, Heat Exchangers, or
Spreadsheets.
Notice the various buttons that appear in the User Variables menu. These eight buttons are
defined here:
Create New User Creates a new User Variable, opens the Create User
Variable Variable dialog box.
Edit User Variable Opens the view for editing an existing User
Variable.
Delete User Variable Deletes the selected User Variable. i.., l
,f"',,
Confirmation is required before deleting.
Sort List
Alphabetically
Sorts the list of User Variables alphabetically according to
name.
llIJ
Sort List by Sorts the list of User Variables according to order of
Execution Order execution.
Move Up Moves the selected User Variable up or down in the
Move Down execution order.
Show/Hide variable
enabling check box
Shows or hides the enabling check box that allows the
user to turn the user variable on or off. D
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. !1- 7 Aspen Technology, Inc.
I
Pressing the Create New User Variable button will bring up the Create New User Variable dialog
box.
The dynamic user variable will run on the Dynamic pressure flow step if the check box is
checked for Dynamic pressure flow step.
Detailed explanations of the role of each control can be found in the Customization Guide
supplied with the latest release of Aspen HYSYS.
I For the purposes of this workshop, it is not necessary to use each control in this window.
However, as you develop more complex user variables, the understanding of these fields will
become more important.
Task 2 - Edit a Dynamic User Variable
I In this workshop, a pre-built User Variable will be edited and it will calculate the accumulated
flow from a process stream. If material is actively flowing through the stream, the dynamic User
Variable will calculate the total material passing through the stream. The User Variable will
I integrate the values of any variables you put in the 18 1 column of the spreadsheet, and put the
accumulating totals in the 'C' column. It ignores all variables except flow variables.
r~~ne~tiOlliOJ Pa~m~t~s. J.j?r~ui~srs~;;~meet [~aicuia~Oll 'o~:ier :fjser Va_pabjes.J ~tes:. L_____,_
I cc. i - ·
I
' r---
1
~ 1 ::::
·········· · ···· · ----- - - ---------

'~~ r ~=:1 ··1 I1
1 A C D !!
1
·1 i1
I ', s.6s.s kgih 9.981 kg
II
12.00 kg.mole/I, 0.1J83 kgmole 111
I
!4 II
: 5 8.929 kgmofe/rn3 11
,i 6 4.00UOkgnw!e/h 4.61le-002kgmole
Ii 7
'1
I
i i8 JI
II II 10 9
i.:1.
.,
1.1_· . . ·.......... -~·····--------- ___..:===:-..::::::::;=i_j
c---·~"o~~---·: i'"""""""F~~,ti~~H~~~----] L Sprea-15h~Only:__ I LJ Igoored
L"----~----------------------------
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. II· 8 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Some features:
• The Spreadsheet does unit conversions automatically.
• It sets the variable type of the 'total' cells (in column C) as appropriate (moles, mass, or
volume).
It resets all the totals when the integrator is started from time zero. No matter how many
time steps you have, the Spreadsheet will only update its calculation every 10 seconds.
The User Variable in this case has been prebuilt. You will have to review some lines of code
before running the User Variable.
o Open the designated starter file 10-Accumulate.hsc.

o Double-click the Spreadsheet located on the flowsheet, Spreadsheetl. Select the User
Variables tab of the Spreadsheet.
o Click the Edit the Selected User Variable icon.
~, -SpreadS:heefSpreadsh~1
rr::-"'·'-·f·:;r~1~1'1·i·i=i~ 1
· ·
Jj]\ 1·A~~·~-~~lator ·---·--,.-----·--·-ooi);o1:21·:oo'
ii I
o Review these steps to understand the User Variable code.
r·\lariabl~ -·--··-···-
i £':) Variabl~ Changing

'
.'~··-~---~-i. .~:.:. :·;tw: ~

-At:fu..tion -- -- - - - - -
II 1:~6.fi'" ~,A;'!@l 1
! .__:;, ,1,utomatic
Ploc: :DynPles,uraFlowf'roSlep ., !
t
t_
I:
;;,.,J:, !i;,-nP:,:e...""-"""'"lc',JP,:"-S~~? 11
an c:::·, ,:,c Res ML<, !le:<;o
,!) U,ar Enabled
f~J Enable ,n
3.._,: o1dT~rn... var ~ AceiveYariahJ..,eWr~pper.'la,::L,h~f

o-1:ii:i='la,c. 5setHodify~,;;a~~ (l) '3p~c~~~~d
c-c,r:,:e:,;;cTirs.<e ~ m.1,ima:Va::, .G~t.V,.ls,e j "~ec~nd.s")
l......_.~i11e.-. - __ J
----~,
L.~_j
--------- ----------------- ---- --- -- ------------------ -- -- --------- ------------------------ ------------------ - -- ---------------- - !9

Note: The Unit Type is set to Time. The desired unit type can be selected from the drop-down list.
The user variable will run at the dynamic pressure flow step, when the dynamic solver is
running. For this, you have to activate the dynamic pressure flow step check box, as seen above.
User Variables connect to the object that owns the code in Aspen HYSYS through a special
object called the Ac,tiveObject. This object serves almost the same function as the ActiveCase
object that is also used in the MLE (Micro Language editor), with one important exception. The
ActiveCase command linked to the entire simulation case whereas ActiveObject links to the
specific object that contains the User Variable. Now review the code below for user variable.
o Review the User Variable
The points below review the setup of the User Variable code. You DO NOT need to enter or
type in any code on the following steps. Just review the code that exists in the Spreadsheet User
Variable and continue on.
I 1. Set the mySS object to reference the active object. If active object is not of type
spreadsheetop then exit the calculation.
I Set mySS - ActiveObject

If Not mySS.TypeName - "spreadsheetop" Then
Exit Sub
I 2. Retrieve the imported values for spreadsheet cell in the mySS object and set the unit.
Note: The user is first going to import the variable to the spreadsheet column B.
Fory-1 To9
I Set myCell - mySS.Cell(l, y) 'assign cell name for column B

IfmyCell.AttachmentType - I Then 'sscanlmport
myUCType2 = 0 'initialize to zero
myUCTxt = "" 'initialize to empty
myUCTxt2 = 1111 'initialize to empty
Set myVar- myCell.ImportedVariable 'Read the value that you imported

myUCType = myVar.UnitConversionType
IfmyUCType - 3 Or myUCType - 67 Then 'uctMolarFlow
myUCTxt = "kgrnole/s"
myUCType2 - 57 'uctMoles
myUCTxt2 = "kgmole"
Elself myUCType - 4 Or myUCType - 68 Then 'uctMassFlow
myUCTxt = "kgls"
myUCType2 - 51 'uctMass
myUCTxt2 - "kg"
ElselfmyUCType- 5 Or myUCType-69 Then 'uctVolumeFlow
myUCTxt = 11 m3/s"
!02015 As:penTech. All Rights Reserved. 11 • 10 Aspen Technology, Inc.

myUCType2 ~ 42 'uctVolume
myUCTxt2 = "m3"
Else
GoTo LoopEnd
End If
Set myCell2 ~ mySS.Cell(2, y)
3. Set the myCell2 object and perform unit conversion
Set myCell2 ~ mySS.Cell(2, y) ' assign cell name to the column C
If myCell2.AttachmentType ~ 0 And myCell2.Type < 2 Then

If oldTime ~ 0.0 Then
'Reset CellValue when integrator is reset. ..
myCeI12.CellValue ~ 0.0
End If
myCell2.VariableType ~ myUCType2
'we 1re just writing the value, so we have to do the unit conversions ...
incrlnt = myVar.Value * (currentTime - oldTime)' calculating the change in variable
Set myUCSet ~
Active0bject.Application.UnitConversionSetManager.GetUnitConversionSet(myUCType2,
- --- -----8-etmyBe--=myBeS-et.Ite1n(111yuetxt2Jl------------
incrlnt ~ myUC.ToCalculationUnit(incrlnt)
Set myUC ~ myUCSet.ltem(myCell2.Units)
incrDisp = myUC.FromCalculationUnit(incrlnt)
myCell2.CellValue ~ myCell2.CellValue + incrDisp
End If
End If
LoopEnd:
Nexty
oldTimeVar.SetValue(currentTime, nseconds")
oldTimeVar.SetModifyState(O) 'Calculated

r1 Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
u
End Sub
Hint: use the Object Browser, if needed, in order to determine the correct object to use here.
u o
o
o
Go to the Spreadsheet tab of the spreadsheet operation
Run the Integrator
Review the accumulation level on column C of the Spreadsheet.
11111111 Moma f,~nomac, Dynami<0
i ~l i!l'l, ltJ lrrtaoral~r f ~ Iiiil ~ Control Managor t'.s;_ P,~111~

i Dyn.atnli:< f oim•mic;
R•alTlm, -I
,i Run.
i
i 'ilo~
2r£I FM~ Plat" '1il' 0G
Equation :
ModE I! Asmtant !l ; t1;: Strip (hart, Summarv
. Dy01a_m_«_s,mu1:>t,or1c:·;' !hm Too!; \ummae
Capita~ MW L..__%) (SlD
j 1:-;,. Workbook
i ~ CDUnitOp,
'r', ,. C,i-Strearn,
!".ii, Stream Analysis
L-l'i;i Equipment Design
t~ Model Anaiy,i,
r.:a,oata Tab1 ..
r:a Strip Chart,
CO-Case Stwdies
l~OotaFtts
I
,C'
I I
lJ
o Save your file as IO~AccumulateUV.hsc
Task 3 - Applying a User Variable

In this portion of the workshop, a User Variable will calculate the total amount of propane that
flows into a flare header, and this amount will be imported to a Spreadsheet. For your reference,
the flowsheet for the case being considered looks like this:
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 11 - 12 Aspen Technology, Inc

Reflux
To
Flare
To [::ill Ovhd
Tee ~--.,,~__,,.,t::::za Cooler
Ovhd ToAccumu!ator
Q-Reb
DePropanlzer
C4+
o Open the provided HYSYS Dynamics file, titled 10-Relief.hsc.

o Add a new Spreadsheet operation to the flowsheet and navigate to the Spreadsheet tab.
o Import the To Flare I Phase Molar Flow (Overall) into cell B2.
o Import the To Flare I Phase Mass Flow (Overall) into cell B4.
o Import the Sep Liq I Phase Molar Flow (Overall) into cell B6.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I I - 13 Aspen Technology, Inc.

c:J Select the User Variables tab and click the Create a New User Variable icon.
~- · · - Spreaqfi.,;;tSPR[lSt-1ff
i c.onnec~~ [Parameters j F_?t____!:?~~!J~.e:~ad:sh~t ~kula~n Or~~ Us.er Variables I~-----
riAl;~=-====::i_i llll ~L)5:j[1[~jf t: I!Jp]
i 1· -~--------------------------------
1I
I o
I I
Name the User Variable Accumulator, set the Units as Time, and check the
DynPressureFlowPreStepO box.
I ti,( .. D~te ·New-u~eDii.ffah_ie"' . ->
"C_'.'.,"%"•>•.::.:.s::.~,
~:~~~~-~,~;~;·----
'. '--•·,-_,.,_. ___ "<"~,, .. ·,,..;,•, ,o·,",·,·-'· ·,·,_,z
I
Type
Tag Dimensions !~~Jar----~~~~~-~~ ~1

Units CG;)~- ~=:·I
I
[[ Is Variable- Cakulate Onfy
o Open the provided Notepad file included with your course files, titled Accumulate.txt.
I the text in that file and paste it in between the hvo lines currently shown in the user
I Name
Tog
Accumulator Type ~-------------,--------------,
L
rI r
PreExecuteO
PostEx.ecuteO
I
!
Dimensions
Ir DynCompositionPre51 I
I Unil:5
L£1. DynPu,ssuref!QwPreS _,_ _____ i
,_;-t ~iif\-.:s i:.~ I WI ,. 11 •

· - - ~........., ..cl........ ',, __ ,,._, ........,_
I~ &rr i .., i ~j
'i":., ~]ii (;.:t'
cc,-·-'-----·----.,.,--.,--.,. ',.,.,
l_____- ___
Proc: !OynPressureFlowPreSlep "'i
Sub Dynl:';.i,.9ur,eFlowPreScep (>r - - - - - •
!!:.:1_<!_~~-g__"_-"-------·-·--.,- _ Paste it here I I_
I
02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 11 - 14 Aspen Technology, Inc.
o Click the OK button to save the User Variable code.

o Go to the Dynamics tab on the ribbon and select the Integrator button.
o Press the Reset button to reset the Integrator.
o Run the integrator. Watch column C of the Spreadsheet to check the accumulated
quantities.
NOTE: To Flare quantities will only accumulate if there is flow to the Relief Valve so you may
need to introduce some sort of upset.
o Hint: Try closing the Propane Valve on the vapor outlet of the Accumulator. This will
close in the overhead vapor flow and force it through the relief valve To Flare. You can
close the Propane Valve by putting the Accumulator-PC controller in Man mode and
setting the OP as 0%.
©2015 AspenT ech. All Rights Reserved. 11 - 15 Aspen Technology, Inc.

ToPropa.ne
Accumulator
~
DePropanizer
0-Reb
C.4+
•
SPRDSHT-1
RefiuxPump.-a
~ Spreadsheet: SPRDSHT -1 - 0~
. . . . ]i!
ii
I
o Save your file as 10-ReliefAccumulator.hsc.

\
NOTE: Users can also, export the user variable from one Aspen HYSYS file and import it into
another Aspen HYSYS file from the Customize, menu option within Aspen HYSYS. The
Enable in Spreadsheet option to be checked after bringing the user variable into spreadsheet.
Vrew
~Note~
~ Convert to Template i
:
User Script Macro language Matros Register Data
Variables-~ Manager Editor E".Jcte:nsion T<1bles
Too!s Case
F Edit Existing Code of SP RDS HT" i:

Macro
Type f""'~----··--
ir Po.stfJ!"'ruti:O
Tag At:~umu\,ito,
i r OynCompositionPreSI
i p; DynPneSS\Jr<lFk,wPr~.5 CJ Vanable (!,a~gad
Umts
: "",,.: ·: ·:n;'
~·~c: :_(~~'i~r~ti:~t
.{>1 User Enabled
3-tlb D-:,,:,E::e:~3ureFlc:,wFre5-.;;"p 11
:J.i Enableio
On '··-,-,- R<e-"Uflle H"xc: 4
I SPRDShT-1
'
Task 4 - Access Model Variables in Aspen Simulation

Workbook
-The remainder of the workshop will focus on the mtegratmn of a HYSY S Oyna.irticsmocletintu--
an Excel spreadsheet via Aspen Simulation Workbook (ASW). Recall that ASW is simply an
add-in tool to Microsoft Excel that provides a real-time link between Aspen HYSYS and an
Excel spreadsheet. This linkage is very easy to set up as there is no programing required, unlike
with User Variables.
D Close any Aspen HYSYS windows that may be open on your PC. The necessary
simulation will be re-loaded from within Aspen Simulation Workbook (ASW) when
appropriate.
o Open Microsoft Excel and create a new, blank workbook.
a Select File> Options in Excel. Then select Add-Ins from the resulting menu.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. ll ~ 17 Aspen Technology, Inc.

f'?!
11
Ir,
E:<.eel Options
I
General
Forrnura,
If',1 [;j}
ii
'I Add-lM
-
View and manage Microsoft Office Add-ins,
I Proorln~
Save
jl
,]
!j [.~~~.~.~ •• ¥ ..
location Type
Languag, IAspen Pim 1111.0 64 bit E:<cel Calcu!ator(ATL)
I I Aspen Pim \lo.2 64 bH: Eltel Calcu!ator(ATL}
COM l\dd-in
COM l\dd-in
I I ;l,;Nan<ed il
iii i
! A,pen Plu, \/SA ii4 bit Excel Calculatgr(ATL] cru.1 A.dd-in
I Customiri Ribbon
i Aspen Pim VS.6 64 bit E~cel Calculator(ATL)
IA,p,n Pktl vg,g 64 blt E~cel Calculator(ATL]
COM ><dd-in
COM Add-in
I i Quick "'·'"" Toolbar
fl;:::·::~"
Ii
JI I
A!pln
Aspen
Asp,n
Asp,n
A.span
Simulation Workbook ~'B.O
Simulation Workbook 1/S,0
Simulation wo,kbookVS,2
Simulalion WorkbookV8,2
Simulation WorkbookV8.4
C,\ .. n Workboo~ V!l,0\A5WtLAddinloader,dll
e,... n Workbook va,O\AS,WLAdd1nloader,dll
~:~::~ ~~::~::~~::~~:~~~:~~::::::::;
C,\ ... nWorkl:loo~'va.4\AS\NXLAddinloader.dll
COM /..dd-in
COM Add-in
~~;~ :::::~
COM Add-in
1il1 i1·
i !1 i
I .ii ! I
A.1pen Simul~tion WorkbookV!3,4 C:\ ... n Wor~boo~ VSA\A.5WXlAddinloader.dll COM Add-in 111 ' I
!.
I i
i
i
ii
ii
ii
I!
tY.141-iU i•itiJl'rii§ii.iil·bf.i k4
AspenTech,APSMBO.htelJntegrationUtilitie,
Custom XML O•ta
Oal,(XML]
Euro Currency Tool;
F1f&,\,M@#=HMWui-f.ri@f.i.i,Qi,IIM•itfME\.
D\. .. O.ErceijnteqrationU\ilities.~,tolv<tofocal
(:\, ..)\Microsoft Office\Offl<t14\0FFRHO.DLL
C:\ ... 5\microsoft ;hared\SmartTag\MOFL,DLL
C:\ ... Olfice\01'1i.el4\Libra,y\EUROTOOU:.L>M
COM l\dd-in ] Ii
Oornm,nt tn,p,cror J
Adrnn
:;~:dd-in
El.
,1:
' . :i.'i
iii
,
"ii I financial Symbol (XML) 5

~;: :1 ~~:i:~i~:::~b~~~;~-~~
I
Headers and Footer; :ii;;:::~ Dornm,nt Inspector ·-
, Hidden Row, ~nd Col~rnns
[ Hidden Work,heet,
C:\ .. ,j\Mi(ro,oft Office\Oflicel4';0FFRHD,DL!.
C:\ ...J\Micrornrt0ffice\Otl'lce14\0FFRHD.OLL
Dorum,nt lmpedor
Dornmenllnspedo,
1
]
i.
!I
I
ii I lmii<ible Cont.•nt
s.W,,,,,r.<,lL~c:'Jl'_">.LQ.~"-"'--'-- C;\,:·~:~.~~'.~.'-o"'.'._~~~~~~-~cd4\0FFRHD.OLL ..... ~!~.'. ~: ~.:~:~_:: . :J j I
ii Add-in:
Publisher.
A<pln Simulation Workbook \IB,8
Aspen Tedinology, Inc,
,I
I ii
"]]
IIii
Compatibility.
Location:
oe,crlptiom
~-lo compat1bility information avalla~le
C \Program Files f:,rS6J\AspenTech1Ji,spen S1mulaL1onW0rkbook V8 8\AS\,\f)(LAddmloader dll
Provides tools for acces;in.;i AspenTe<h simulator data from Ellcel.

111
!:
11
ii
I I
L.. _.
11
__IL_
Manage: :EndAddajn;
- L_--"- -~-'q·-" ' -_. -1 1

OK , ~Cancel __
1
_..c..i}~
I o You should see Aspen Simulation Workbook V8.8 listed as a COM Add-in. Close the
Add-ins window if this is the case.
I It may be possible to have multiple ASW versions on a given PC. To ensure you are using V8.8,
follow the next step.
o Open the ASW COM Add-in Selector, to make sure the ASW latest add-in is checked.
The Add-in Selector can be accessed through the Start Menu I All Programs I AspenTech
I Process Modeling v8.8 I Aspen Simulation Workbook I Aspen Simulation Workbook
Add-in Manager.
I
Mpen Simulation W(l(k '. · , . n' _ ~--

··"·"~."..~ ... "·--'.. --=~ ..."---"'·••"""-"'-<!k-,;,._.,,,_,,_,_:i1._ .,.. ,,...~!!',.. - ·- ----"'"".-"!effloe.:,.-..
····-·-·-·-··-····-·-····-··-·-····-··---·-··-···--·-"-
Detected version of ),,11,:ros.oft_E>:<:el: 32_bit
Aspen Slmlllation WorlcOOllk Ad~·lns

1;::~r;~;;;;·sr;.:;~i;·ti;;·w~;:.;~k-vll.o--
i2.J Aspen Simulation Workbook V8.2
lt~J A"PIITT Simllblion Worilbook Vll.4
i[i] Aspen Slmulalf4>11 WoJkbonk V9:8
j;J Aspen Plus Y8.0 54 bit beer Cakul;;tor{ATL)

];:.,! A.spt:n Plus VS.2 64 bit Excel Calc1.1lator(ATL)
a:_J A<-pen Plus VII.A 64 b,t E:..::el Calculator{ATL)
l L] Aspen Plus VM 64 bit Excel Calrnlalor(ATL)
L) A~pen fllu~ V3,S M bit &eel Cakulalor(ATL)
Ij·;j····-·-·---·-·-----··---·---·""""""""""""""_________ ------·
""
SLMAddin.Connect
"_ -------
Selected Add-in Detai!s{i\spen Jllu,; \18.ll far.el C~kul~tor(ATI.])

O,;,,;criplian, ATL COM heel Addin
fi!i; Loc~tic,n, (:\Program files (x86)\A,penTed1\Aspen Plus VB,8\GU!\Xeq\CakE~ceiAdd[nATLdll
load at startup (Enable<J}
Currentu~r
o Make sure A_spen Simulation Workbook V8.8 is the active add-in and click OK after
activating the proper ASW add-in to Excel.
a Go back to Excel and select the Aspen ASW tab on the Excel ribbon bar. Click on the
Enable button. This will tum on ASW.
~"""" ''""' ~,,,
,-_.,,,,,.
Ji,Q__ _
Jc,ioc,,,
c•,,t,r
'·'"'
Coal
»NH,,a
i'a~,
Q~)aspentech
Aspen Simulation Workbook
ft

I
II Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling
D
Workshops
Wait for few seconds until the ASW add-in is active. Once ASW add-in is active, the
Enable button will instead read Disable.
Home. lme.rt Page Layout Formulas D;
~ Check Tables
I Backup
Protect )( D.~kte
_ _ _ _ _ _V'iorkbook Desrgn i:.,
I o Click the Organizer icon on the ribbon. The Organizer is the main setup/control window
for ASW.
F@M., Home Insert Page Layout Formulas D:
D ~.)
Disable D
Refresh
~ Backup ~ (h,;,ck. Table>
Protect X ,,,ie,,
i:J Ctii'rte Table.
,8 Insert Icon
I
~.AHign M11cro
Workbol)k Design
o Once the Organizer appears, click the Simulations menu item. It is located in the
I Configuration group in the left-hand side menu.
hgT_,
\i ~el•ldos
~i
•·
"'"~le Table,
S=om, Table< :J:'[
,½ T:,g->1-lodel ii
~.;.'.ff~~-:-f/-'.:J:{i;.;1u ·,:;.~i-'ti!
i;1
,,j
!:G<>~urallC!n
A,:,pic~lt<r.1
<l l!:~I
i~,·--'•"•'"'•'•"•'----."_[
.,.,_ _ ,,, ,,,,, :-jl
S!n,uJaOoc.s
~I i ... " ..:.. ~~~~-~~'..~--~-~-~'.-~~
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 11 '20 Aspen Technology, Inc.

o Next, you will select a HYSYS Dynamics simulation to link to ASW. Do this by clicking
the Add Case icon in the top toolbar of the Organizer. It looks like a green plus sign.
) file .Qptions .!::!elp
!Mi¼i-,c-
. :v,·. j
o Navigate to the file saved at the end of the last workshop task, 10-
ReliefAccumulator.hsc. Click Open once you locate it.
o Back in the Organizer, you can click the Activate button to tum on the selected HYSYS
Dynamics file. This completes the linkage with ASW.
file Qptions t!etp
1?,~PJsf ~,aJ L;,»~r.~- ~~~-- ~~l!_e-._f'!.,~-- -~- -~~--~-t~-~- ~..-.-. .-.. ·~L±- £M
~!J
o Once activated, the Organizer status bar (at the bottom of the Organizer window) will
briefly mention that the simulation was successfully activated.
o You can now view the HYSYS Dynamics file in its own HYSYS window. Click the
Visible icon in the Organizer to do so. This is the procedure fo~ showing a HYSYS file
linked to ASW, rather than opening HYSYS separately.
i fHe Qptions Help
~/@_ 10~11~.~Ac~-~~~ator
o Once the Aspen HYSYS window appears double-click the LiquidRetum stream on the
--··--------t1owsheet and view its Conditions page.
©2015 AspenTech. All Righ~ Reserved. 11 - 2t Aspen Technology, Inc.

[] I
fWorxsh~t-lA~;;;:~~I.Dy~;~-k~}__.
w.,,.;;., · isi:;;~,;;;·-- liquirlReturn • •·· - _-· Va0
1·· cond,~ons IV.apour / Phase Fraction '·"'"'
ii11 ·
,
Pmperl1es T<amper.. turE [F]
q 1 Compo~t1on
Oil & Gas Feed
I Pressure Jp,;1a]
I
, Molar F!ow !fbmole/hr]
145.5
317.2 !i,
lJ II
jI
I Petroleum Ass8y
KValue
UserV,.riables
:IMassFlow.llb/hr]
i j Sld lde~I Lrq Vol Flow /barrel/day)
1.229e:~::
1.64se~o04
IiIf J:_:
1I
iI
Notes : I Molar Enthalpy [Btu/lbmole]
I
Cost Pa~amet..rs I Mclar Entropy [Btu/lbmole-F]
-5-0J6e~OCl4
26.23
,,! ;
-~
jI Normalized Yie!dsl Heat F!ow JBtu/hrJ -1.371e-,.IJQ8 !I:

I
i,' ' liq Yol F1ow @Std Cond [barreVday]
Fluid Padcag;,
1.638e+004
DePropanirer
Ii:
ri:
II Utility Type 11
1
D ii
- - ------- • [~,..;.m,,m.J _______ ,,_ ··-··~_Ii

i!f.
,I,
l
ii
The easiest method for linking HY SYS model data to Excel via AS W is by copy and paste.
It is as simple as selecting the data items you wish to link in HYSYS, copying those data
items using any copy method, and then pasting them into the ASW Organizer.
o Copy the Temperature, Pressure and Molar Flow of LiquidReturn using the keyboard
command Ctrl+C or by using the Copy option on the right click menu ..
[] _,
'" 't h:i~\;tiii~~tr~~i;hf L1ljiJil~~~fflf4/:''i 'W,:;;,.; )
I- I,, I
~~JDyo~
i _I Stream Name liquldReturn
Vapour/ Phase Fraction. 0,0000
,-1I'
I
Temperature [Fl
Pressure [~ia]
146.5
317.2
tJ Molar F l o ~ e c t All 2717
Mas-s Flo. C 1229e ... oos
Ctrl+C
Std Jdea! opy 1.545e+004
Molar Entti Paste Ctrl+V
-5.046e+004
IMolar Entr]I 2623
I~eat F~~~ !
Send To
-1.371e+OOS
~2015 AspenTech. AU Rights Reserved. 11 - 22 Aspen Technology, Inc.

o Return to Excel and the ASW Organizer and select the Model Variables page form the
left-side menu.
o In the Model Variable window, right-click and select Paste Variables from Clipboard.
Conversely, you can click the Paste icon in the Model Variables toolbar.
f\spen S.i.niufati'on-Wo'r'khOoK 61ianizer

.....
i fife
" " "" " ,
fdlt .Qptions §.rid !:::J.efp-

~ipd and Re _fac~ , Che de. Li_n_ks
Status
Tag , na ,es
Tag QUaJityMap
Create Table
Variable Mapping ~
Create Profile Tab-te
Tag->Model
Create Scenario Table
Add Varfables. using Browser...

Tag Table~ Delete Selected Variables
Model Tables U date units from simulatron- case
Profile Tables Paste Variables from Clipboard
Scenario Tables Find Variable !n Browser
Tag->Model
Copy Text to Clipboard
Configuration lmportVarfabtes from File,.,
Once the copied data appears listed in the Model Variables section of the Organizer, it has been
successfully linked into ASW. The next step is to prepare the data for display in Excel.
Tag \lariab!1=s
T,;g Qu~litv M<lp

Task 5 - Create a Profile Table
o Click and drag along the linked variables to select them for use in Excel if they are not
selected anymore from the last step.
o Right-click any of the select variables and choose Create Profile Table.
a
Name rValue
liquid .. , 1.46 .. , F
lluquid . 317, ,
luqu]d , 2716.,
Units
p:;1o1
: Status : Variable , , .
Cil!cul. .. Phase -Te...
Ca!ruL.
Object IDl
Phase - Pre .. Overall

lbmol ,, Ca!rul.., Phase - Mo) .. 0,1,'eraH
Object ID2
--
: Container
Create Tabfe
'C0!1t:alner.,,
Add Selected V;;riable;;tc Table
Create Profile Tabfe

.j
Create Scenario Table
Add Variables. usfng Brows.er...

Delete Setected Variables
Update units from simutation case
Paste Variablesfrorrr ctipb-oard
Find Variabfe in Browser
· Copy Tart to Clipboard
Import Variables from Fite...

ExportVariabfesto Fite,..
a Set the location for the profile table in your Excel workbook. We recommend clicking in
cell Bl, and clicking OK
,--~--~---·
Bl ,: ,,, Ix i
--·--··'
+--A-_,,JB .
1
2
L......:
. ··-,
3 '
' ------1
41
·---1
5
...... j

o The Profile Table Wizard will appear. Set the Number of Rows, Interval, and Title as
shown below. You can also set any table formatting options you like. Click Next when
finished.
lfm Profile Tabfe Wizard . El
Table R.angeS,;..el~en~g,!:..,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
MdresS:: j5heet1!S8Sl.SFs8. ~
Override: INone
· · Titni:i lnlerv~ Se!.lfngc'---~
Nombe'l'ofRows: Js :fl lnter~al: 110 Unit9: lseconds
Tctal lime span: 50 seconds
h ,;. ·TableSeUings
• Ti~e: P° ShcNTille
i]_£}
i
Oufel"Bon::'-ers:
h"OSlde Borders: I
[=~~~~~~~~~~~~==~·;\... Table Style:
Trne St>1le: ~---,3_.d
i .Autoformat: : - - - - - : : :iJ; Headings Sl)i!e: 3.L)i
!r
' P' Merge ;;md Center Title
' /;; Show Colu1rtli Headings P' Show Ur.its in Headings
:W Shcr/. R~"~'-'_'~~T-,me~,_c_,_P.1rn_."____________________,j ,
0
Nexl) Finish
o The Profile tab allows you to change the variable order in the table and add/remove
variables. We will keep our current list, so click Finish.
i!!t • ~
Profiles: Properties·
Head1n Variable
D Phase· Temper .. LlquidR.:lum.Ph.
E Phas<! • PressLir.! IJquidReturn.Ph .
F Phase· Molar Fl .. UqLlidReturn.Ph...
·~QProflles
__,_Brl
_ __,_ _ _ ~J I Fini~h

If
Im
c&1
1@J
o You should now see a table on the Excel workbook. You can re-size the columns and
Workshops
I add formatting as you wish.
SepLfq
Relative Phase - Pha5e- Phase-
I Time
seconds seconds
1470 -32
nme TemperattJre
F .
Pressure
psia
Molar Flow
lbmole/hr
~7,l; 1480 -22
~ 149-0
1500
-H
-2
1502 0
I o You are now able to populate your table by clicking the Run Simulation button in Excel.
The button is located in the Aspen ASW tab of the ribbon.
I D.
Home
Refre;-h 'Q Che{k Ltn~I

~ Check Tobie>
:JQ Badrup ~ : 1~::r:el::~li
Org;mi!er
Disable IT] ProtHt X Delete
I
FS; A.sign Moero
W~r!d:iook DESl'J~.
Note: When you run the dynamic model, the profiles will be filled. When the entire table is filled,
I the data will scroll upwards (older data are removed.from the top row as new data are added to
the bottom row of the table).
Hom,e lnsut Page Layout Formulas Oat; View Aspen ASW
I D tii
Disable _
;! Refresh
r]
Backup
Protect
<'.'&, Check Links
~ Check Tables
)( Delete ,
~
~:.·;_,<
Orgamzer
i:i Creat~ Table
K Insert-Icon
~. Assign Macro .
10-Re IietAccum u tato r
~~~l
!QJ Visible
Context Simulate
~lode
:i"l ~
Dynamic
II a 14
I ---=---
I -
Workbook , De:sign ,;; , Sinrn!~t1ons r,, Run
---·~ =:: ..·,·-=== f.1··,=~~::=:······ -----············

- ·--.!:--.---·-' ____ B ! . . . . .c.._. J...... '? .. i.
... E . L._,_,__L G H
6
I 7 '
'1
Relative
Separator Uq
Phase -
Tempera Pliase-
Pliase -
Molar
8 Time Time ture Pressure Flow
I 9~
10
_!_1-:.,
seconds
820
"30
seconds F psia
-35,5 143.2.928 275.6812
-25.5 143.3032 275.7645
lbmole/hr
2489.677
2492.862
iii, 12, 840 -15.5 143.3139 275.8443 2495-.928
·----1
Iii _,!3 ;
14:
. __ _J 855.5
850 -5.5 143.3253 275.9188 2498.693
0 143.3318 275.9576 2500,061
©2015 AspenTech. All RJghts Reserved. 11 - 26 Aspen Technology, Inc.

o Save your ASW workbook as 10-ProfileTable.xlsx
From this point, you have the option of adding more variables to broaden the scope of your
Excel-based model, or further analyze the existing data. You can also create a plot, similar to a
Strip Chart, from your Profile table. See the procedure below to do so.
a Right-click anywhere in the background of your Profile Table and choose Simulation
Workbook Tables> Create profile table plot.
Cut
£opy
Paste Options:
liJ C'~J
Pa~te ipecial. ..
!r.5ert,.,
Qelete.,,
Clear Con_tenb
Filtt,r
S.9.tt •
ii
In,ert Comment
.E_orm::it Cell5 ..
Pit!; From Drop-down Li5t,,,
Define N2me ...

Hype.rlink ...
L__
'___·_· _·· · ________
:..imulation ·vvorkbook Table.~ "
[ . ..
Modify T::ible. ..
Move. Table ...

_,_. ,.,·--.- . _"· ··--·-···----- ___. IQ_-~ L__J Delete. Entire Table
Create. pn:,file table plot.,.
a Select to include all three reported process variables in the plot; temperature, pressure,
and molar flow.
Note: When building a Pro.file Table plot, you have a variety offormatting options. You can
rename the plot and axes, plot time as absolute or relative, plot any desired variables from
the Profile Table, or place the plot within the current Excel worksheet tab, or in a separate
worksheet tab.

:.. ·Plot options "
J;; lndude plot title fsepliq

P' Include>< a~is label Time
r Include Y a~1s. label
r Plot relati11e lime
f." Place plot ITT wo1ksheet

r Place plot in new chart sheet
Select profile data to plot·~~~-------'Se!ele~c"',~11/c<Jogron"e

l.·J Phase· Ternperature (co~rnn DJ
ii! Phase· Pressuie (column EJ
;;J Phase· Molar Flow (column FJ
I r
I OK Cancel j
A·
o Click OK when finished formatting the plot.
o Click and drag across the Excel worksheet to size your plot accordingly. If you specified
to place the plot in a new chart sheet, browse to that tab in Excel.
o Click the Run Simulation button once again to run the model. Watch the data points
change on your plot as you run.
1·---··
·I.
~
' I 3000 T
Sepliq 1
2500
2000 -+-~hase -Temperature 1
1500
-a-Phase - Pressure psia 1
1000 -
500
0 +-·-'-"-,-'-,-'---,-!-,--'---. -e-Phase - Molar Flow

lbmole/hr
JII
1860 1870 1880 1890 1890.5
lime
I o
L________ _
Save your ASW workbook once again as 10-ProfileTable.xlsx.
©2015 As:penTech. All Rights Reserved. II - 28 Aspen Technology, Inc.

I
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Pipeline Hydralics
Pipeline Hydraulics
I
I
I Lesson Objectives
I Discuss the basics of multiphase flow modeling in pipelines

Review pipeline modeling options in Aspen HYSYS
Introduce Aspen Hydraulics as an option for steady state
and dynamic pipeline modeling

\
: What is Multiphase Pipe Flow?

L--------------------------------,
Petroleum production pipelines often Downstream
include multiple phases Pressure
- Hydrocarbon liquid, water, and gas

- May also include solids, such as sand
Key characteristics/parameters of
multiphase flow:
- Pressure drop across pipe
- Flow rate through pipe
- Flow geometry
Flow patterns can vary
Upstream
Pressure
Why is Multiphase Flow Important?
Design - Accurate prediction of pipeline pressure drops critical to meet

production targets for a new production field
- Account for -29% of CAPEX costs ($24B/year in 2012') for deepwater
production fields
- Bad design can cost billions of$$ in lost production over the life of a
field
Operations - Troubleshoot operational problems as oil/water/gas
mixture changes as field ages
- Extend economic life of the production field
' "Prospects for Deepwater Drilling 2008-2012", EllP, May 2008

Challenges of Modeling Multiphase Flow
Large number of variables affect pressure drop

- Thermodynamic properties
I - Interaction of different phases, e.g. interfacial tension

- Piping material and dimensions
Multiphase mixture is compressible
I Fluid slip
- Large difference between densities of liquid and gas phases
cause gas to overtake or "slip by" liquid phase
Flow patterns
- Fluid phases can spatially arrange in different manner
I
I
Bubble Mist
Stratified
Using Multiphase Flow Correlations
f
I
'r data
Fltexperlmental
i,
E
· mpmca
. . I
J using
. dimenSlon_ l~ss
parameters
\.-=--~-~
!,-'--.."·..···"-··--,--,--,...................."·,.~bevelPPeci~ations
1
i.(, M____ e.-·_.·ch_. .an.is___ t._ic.·.J. to rood.el particular
. : ~ow pattern -
·,,.-",·. .-·,.... , -,_-,_-·, "-.-·,
Considerations
• Many correlations available
• None perform across all conditions due to development from
specific sets of experimental data
• Errors in measured data

\
Summary of Aspen HYSYS Piping Options (1)
Pipe Segment
- Standard feature in HYSYS
- Optional add-on license to use OLGA 2-phase, or 3-phase
correlations within the unit operation
Compressible Gas Pipe
- Designed for transient calculations with gas phase flow
Pipe included in Valve (shortcut option for Dynamics)
- Not visible on flowsheet; integrated into Valve model
PIPESYS Extension
- Requires separate PIPESYS license from SPT Group
®aspentech :\'l ~o-1s.AspenTechnolc,gy, lru:.AII nglits resented l 7 iiµ..JNE
Summary of Aspen HYSYS Piping Options (2)
Links to PIPESIM and Prosper/Gap

- Requires HYSYS Upstream license and separate license from
Schlumberger
Aspen Hydraulics
- Requires HYSYS Upstream in Steady State and Aspen
Hydraulics license in Dynamics
Link to OLGA
- Requires HYSYS Upstream license and OLGA license from SPT

18
~J
,.
~:
Piping Model Capabilities (1)
~
Three main capability differentiators
I - Steady state vs. dynamic modeling (55 / DYN)

- Single line vs. Network modeling (SL or NET)
- Single phase vs. multiphase modeling (SP or MP)
I Assess your needs in terms of these capabilities

- See table on next slide
~
(
I
I @aspentech ©~D15~aPenTcchnolcoi1Jnr. ,llni;;ht r~e[\ej I 9 J@NE
I Piping Model Capabilities (2)
I
Operation
I
SS/SLISP SS/Sl/MP SS/NETISP SSJNET/MP DYNISUSP DYNISUMP DYNJNET/SP OYNINET/MP
Pioe senment X X X X
Compressible Gas Pioe ('\ X X X
Pipe included in Valve X X
~
~i
,ij
Pioesvs
Link to Pinesim, Prosoer/Gao
X X
X X X X
Aspen Hydraulics X X X X X X X X
Link to OLGA
I.
(')Only gas phase calculations
X X X X X X X X

HYSYS Pipe Segment (1)
J3
Out
I l. Branch 7
:::·J
87-Q
87
I
Out
Part of standard HYSYS Steady State & Dynamics for

modeling process piping and transport pipelines
Requires inlet and outlet material streams, and an energy
stream
Represents "multi-segment" single line
Segments can be piping or fittings
?
IXI
3
r
14
9
For a single pipe, specify any two items out of P,n, Pout &
flow rate
- Alternatively, give all three (P,n, Pout & Flow) and it will calculate
length (for a single segment only)
For a branched system of three pipes:
- For example, specify Pl and inlet flow rates
- P2 is calculated
- Set Mixer to equalize pressures, therefore P3 = P2
- Back-calculates P4
- Calculates PS
P1 P2
flow P5
\
P4 P3
flow

I Limited network capabilities

- Best suited to simple networks and single lines
I A typical gathering network will have well flows that depend
on the back pressure of the network and a discharge
pressure.
I Network models can be improved by using Adjust blocks to
balance pressures
I A network that gathers more than five wells is usually slow

to solve
- Could handle more wells if some flows are fixed
I J3
~
Branch 7
1 --jL._ _, ·) 87
Out Out
I 87-Q
I HY SYS Pipe Segment ( 4)
I Can model single phase and multiphase flow

- Wide choice of multiphase correlations (see Help for details)
Can model heat loss in detail
I - Based on environmental conditions and pipe/insulation materials
- Ambient medium can be air,
ground or water
I - Alternatively, heat transfer coefficients or heat duty can be

specified _$...,__,, __ ·-:"~-"'-·-----.·-~..--:. -!'iJ>~~B!".,,_.., -~-"' _--"'"-~- -~-~~-:-:"'-•
··:. ;::;1,,.,.,., """'""'"'"""'"'~ ....,...

I
&,s.,;.,, ...
,, "'~'"'"
:;: ~~';re
,.,,,.,.,,,,,,
;I: ·,.,,.,,... a..,,,e,c
s.,w~_,.,, •r>,y..,,,,_,,
..~
I !.'"':'·'

.,I HYSYS Pipe Segment (5)

~-------------------------!
Can run in dynamics, but does not consider slippage
between phases
Option to use OLGAS two and three phase correlations if
license is available
Ii =rv> :_0_~j i_~;_i, r~;;.::.;;J)0·~;;~~~~.1~~-i:

o..,;g., ~"'''""'"'"'~r.,,.,c""""'''~~
fr~:~=~
):,,,...J,..,o,
;~E~;A?-~--,.·-=-~
::ll,,;J9,andll<lll;,91,)
H:-'"'""'" ',~"'1"'1'/\;l,M,..J-
f::''""' 'H'll'>,lOl'JldSllp
J 1rn5.Hom"'l"',....,,fl_
rn ::1~~:~ I
!!I 'Oi;\>,U .. lkdModel(l•PI»>,)
!1w-.u,,;11,,rn,...,.n.M,..,,J
'
!c, ,J· •• ,_· i:<,F
[a]
!:i ··,-,c,--'
I"
,,,
\ii
):! i;,,a,a ,,.,,;,a i.a.,, ,on,-~,-,
Hi
:~!:·.:::::::::.-:,·..-.. ,..,::.·--;---- ~,~,,,.,o"'"""'""''<I< ,,,,,,-:C-l~col),, ., _;::
!,____________________________
!_______'.",'*... ,1""'"......__Jr
,,___,,____,__,,_______________________,_____,______
Flow Assurance feature allows Pipe Segment to predict slug

length and frequency in slug flow regime
Other Flow Assurance options include CO2 corrosion check,
hydrate formation, etc.
See HYSYS Help for details
,.~'"·=•

Aspen KYSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Pipeline Hydralics
Compressible Gas Pipe
Part of standard HYSYS steady state and dynamics

Represents single line piping, no fittings
Can only model single phase vapor
Models pipeline momentum balance
I - Suitable for pressure surge calculations

Simple heat loss model
Not recommended in steady state
- Use the HYSYS Pipe Segment instead
- Only use in steady state as initialization for a dynamic model
I Valve Operation Pipe
I Only in HYSYS Dynamics

- Useful for adding piping-related pressure loss with minimal
effort
No multiphase flow correlations
~ No elevation profile
Ifill
ti"'
;
'---1
{i[;).,:-,
I Links to PIPESIM and Prosper/Gap

'
Part of the Aspen HYSYS Upstream option

- HYSYS Upstream license required
Useful if you already use one of these tools outside of
HYSYS
Only the link is provided within HYSYS
- License from Schlumberger is required
Tools provide capability to model single and multiphase flow
piping networks
OLGA link
Part of the Aspen HYSYS Upstream option

- HYSYS Upstream license required
- SPT third-party license required as well
Aimed at modeling pipelines and pipeline networks
Two and three phase transient analysis

Aspen Hydraulics
Ii
~
Requires additional license:
- HYSYS Upstream in steady state
- Aspen Hydraulics license in dynamics
Aimed at modeling pipelines and pipeline networks
- Limited choice of fittings (valve, swage) in pre-V7.3 releases
Full range of fittings available since V7.3
- Can model heat loss in detail
- Fluid, pipe wall, and multiple layers of insulation
Two and three phase transient analysis
u
Pipeline cooldown calculation for shut-in pipe
I
Pipe Segment - Aspen Hydraulics Comparison
Options
HYSYS Pipe Segment - Part of Aspen HYSYS
Aspen Hydraulics Sub-flowsheet - Part of Aspen .HYSYS Upsj:ream
Single Pipeline Steady-Stilte Flow Network Steady-State Dynamic Solver
ll'I,
Solver Solver
I
_j HYSYS Pipe
Segment
Aspen Hydraulics
Sub-Aowsheet
!~
' '
lJ
\
~""fC,}
<1 Aspen Hydraulics in Steady State
l
Topology
- Straight run
- Convergent branched
-"'~""T~~-,;-T ~
~ ~
, " ' ----(_"

,...,,
,~ I
' _,
- Looped & divergent

_..;-..:,--~
Unit Operations
- Pipe and Complex Pipe
- Valve
- Mixer & Splitter ( calculates flow direction and pressure drop)
- Swage
- Full range of fittings since V7.3
Composition Tracking
- Fully compositional model using an equation of state
- Black Oil modleing
Aspen Hydraulics in Dynamics
Topology 118 ·.- . - ., _____ ,, ___

r-· _ .·.... ·eronJe1d>\ol __ .
- ---·--'--·-··"·-·""-·"- .._'":
----~--------- ---, CJ-:
Straight run
- Convergent branched
I
! ;,1o,v.~,b1,e, f{·;;;·~;~-;:;~·~;:,;,;~i~;,;~--~:
--------------1
L_, _ _ _ ,.,_.,,. _ _ _ , , ____
- Looped & Divergent ' Liquid Fraction vs Axial Distance
Solver Technology '

- ProFES Two Phase / h .,_J
Transient t
- ProFES Three Phase
Transient
Two phase pigging model
I
£"'~ .
1-'l.~-OOZ
.... ,.... ~-
Slug prediction
Terrain-induced
I
I w,.• =o ~, ,,,,,, ·= ''°" ,.,,, ,i,;:,;, """ .,,,., !'
• Flow-induced L-------~--------~"l°'="'i~l -~-------·". _J:

Ll
D Aspen Hydraulics (1)
C From the Models and Streams

Palette: '® l'a~ite; " Cc-
- Go to the Upstream section 9} ~!X
- Select the Aspen Hydraulics
icon
+l+l
[ ·•Ciistcm ~
ecn,ritori, · -~~f-_'_-
upmeam ?--'~//(:
~~~
·Ill~
.U '
j
[
Aspen Hydraulics (2)
~ '
•
Flowsheet icon represents sub-flowsheet for the Aspen
Hydraulics calculations
!'
1:
""'"'~-- ~-,.,..,,...,
\.:>>: - _. ...-_. ~c,
- Specific palette of unit ops allowed in Aspen Hydraulics
tf~~}z~~J~~Z\-.:f~~\:t:=t~~-,--_.:
t
,,
"
!'
""""·''"""""·~;.,.,.,_,',-'_
;:
!
'
;·;-_;,;;;~;- -;;.;..::_,
'--~~-----

\
Aspen Hydraulics Unit Operations
Pipe (single segment)

Complex Pipe (multi-
segment)
Swage
Valve
Tee-junction (Mixer)
Tee-junction (Splitter)
Orifice
Bend
Aspen Hydraulics Sub~Flowsheet
Typically use valves P specified

on the main PFD with
unspecified pressure
drop to give correct
degrees of freedom
P calculated

~j
Aspen H'YSYS Dynamics: Intro to Dynamic Modeling Pipeline Hydralics
~··:d~I
~ ie';;;J,
[ Aspen Hydraulics Dynamic Solver Options

~!i
~j
~, . . . _A.sµeo~Ulk<Suh-F_!ow,h~Al-1:100 __ ,
J;:~:,;,J>'~!~iiD!~j~~--;,;,,.;;;,;;·.-}~:.:.:::.:u:~J:t~i~".i;,J.1~~4,"_I:~, - .
:,·.,<. --_- _ ," , ._;_::::_._t,_:-.-1
·- _- _______ : -1'.i
J:
,!: ~::~~::~:~:~~::7i;i ~:· . . . J ':,:',:~:'i;;;;;;e;;·,·:;;;;:.:;1
1,4<,-,,_,-,,,,•.,,..,._..,ry-~c""'p~
· "··· ,,. i/l
!11I·
I
Jw\o/C,ca"''l'°'"'"''"'"'
Aoi,t«o"'/"'c•=«F.._..,,,
''O\n.,Loop7*'•r<a
M>xO-.,..-,,,,,,,.,,,,, ;1
I
1,r,•
,-,,,,,1.,,,tN.,...~,'"-"'""f"r-"''""' :.. ,•
:,o,.,,,:s~,'l-,1.oaF,c!o, 1.00,:,,,,(>I)~ ,[,I
;1a.,,m,,."'f,,,J"O:~,p "-~"' ;fl
.~:\::::;;; •1o-~::~=
I :o,,,,,.,_a;.,,~~,,,r,.0,1,,
:t=ID,Wn
011
nH
-1-1
:1,
ilj
i
ti
I ·· ....... ···~······ n,.'.
!fi
'Ii ~-~------~
fl: Model pipeline
I
',fn,>l>l,Ml>b'<"<9<'"'""""
pigging operations
i
I! ~1\;~L~"
j:
['L~~:;c~~~~~~j
I, L..
I Workshop: Pipeline Hydraulics - Tasks
I This workshop includes the following tasks:
I=
Task 1 - Aspen Hydraulics Review
Task 2 - Pipeline Pigging Model
Task 3 - Merge HYSYS Dynamics Simulations
~
•• ~1
m,_,,.!J
'-:;;;;:,
@';i
""
I®
'I
I
.,' ]
;:i
®aspentech v~o1".0,sp•r>Tedm~J.Juy Inc Alcght_s,es,,r•..,d I JD §NE

\
l E-Learning Resources
~ Pipeline Hydraulics
Optimize Upstream, Gathering,

and Production Systems
Integrated Pipeline Design and
Gas Production System Models -
Case Study
Hydraulics and Flow Assurance
Applications

\
I
I
I
I Pipeline Hydraulics Workshop
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ~aspentech
I
\
Pipeline Hydraulics Workshop

Files can be found in folder: 11_ PipelineHydraulics
Objective
After completing this workshop, you will be able to provide sufficient information to
fully configure and use the pigging operations within Aspen Hydraulics. Additionally,
you will learn how to use an Aspen Hydraulics sub-flowsheet within a HYSYS Dynamics
case.
Description
Aspen Hydraulics is intended for use within the Aspen HYSYS Oil & Gas Option and in
particular with the Dynamic Pipeline Solver embedded within Aspen Hydraulics. The
Dynamic Pipeline Solver is designed for modeling transient multiphase hydrocarbon
flows in wells, pipelines, and process equipment. The Dynamic Pipeline Solver solves
mass, momentum and energy equations for each phase using a one-dimensional finite
difference scheme. Appropriate flow pattern maps and constitutive relationships are
provided for wall and interfacial friction, heat transfer, and a model for multi-component
phase-change is included.
This module is not intended to go through the construction of the Hydraulics sub-
-------ll<>wsheet--a,--,my---<>fuer---H¥8¥8--{Jp1s!Poal1,__.,i')ti,,..,:.--JJl>telre.t<:d--=<=-Sh<mld attencLthe~---
Aspen HYSYS Upstream course for more details. The purpose of this model is to
illustrate basic features in Aspen Hydraulics, and how to integrate this information within
an Aspen HYSYS Dynamics model.
• Task 1 - Aspen Hydraulics Review

• Task 2 - Pipeline Pigging Model
• Task 3 - Merge HYSYS Dynamics Simulations

AspenHYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic ModeJjng Workshops
Task 1 - Aspen Hydraulics Review
In this section, we are only going to inspect and run an Aspen Hydraulics-based model
from a pre-built starter file. The purpose is to provide a basic overview of Aspen
Hydraulics and some if its calculation and reporting functionality.
CJ Open the supplied starter file, 11-Pipeline-Starter.hsc.

CJ View the flowsheet window in the Simulation Environment and note the presence
of the Aspen Hydraulics sub-flowsheet icon .
I
Bravo-2
Alpha-2
•
AH-100
ABCD
Charlie-2
I Cl Right-click on the Hydraulics sub-flowsheet icon and select Open Flowsheet as

New Tab. This will create a new tab in HYSYS Dynamics showing the contents
of the Hydraulics sub-flowsheet.
.~J.'·~·"-'";~.
,,
c::::=::?
,._-,,.
~-;--,,,----c=c,---,,-..~==-,,,,,-.'-=>-,,.,to
[___ C:-'7.,
Cl Note the Hydraulics sub-flowsheet consists of Only piping operations. These are
special piping models with different calculation capabilities from standard
HYSYS Pipe Segments, Mixers, etc. This sub-flowsheet consists of Aspen
Hydraulics Pipe models, T-Junction Mixers, and Swages.
CJ View the pressure profile across the piping network by using the keyboard
shortcut Shift-P. To return to the stream names, press Shift-N.

o Notice that three incoming flows (Alpha-2, Bravo-2, and Charlie-2) merge into a
single downstream source, stream 108. What is the mass flow rate at stream 108?
Pipe-106
Qa
Mixer-1 Mi>cer-1 1
Pipe-101
Br-;!~£··- ·····-·· >f~ • .-.....~

101
Pipe-103
Ch·i- ...........
o Inspect the elevation profile for the lines in the piping network by navigating to
the Design I Data page for each pipe.
o Pay particular attention to Pipe-104. You should see that Pipe-102 declines 60 m
and Pipe-105 exhibits a 60 m increase in elevation. All other pipes have no
elevation change.
Pipe-104
Mass Flow 7.80ie+005 kgih
Pressure Drop 9,870 KPa-
~
lnlernal Diameter 600.0 mm
''nglh-
Elevat:on Change 0.0000
,o
-m
Pipe-102 Pipe-104 Pipe-105
-· ·. . . -·>·
103
}-----11-- --·-·-·-·--··'*i:
106
··-··--.
ABCD
Plpe-102 Pl~e-105
M3SS Fiow r .605e+D05 kglh Mass- Flow 7.909e+OD5 kglh
~
Pressure DroD -11.4"\ kPa Pressure Drop 72A8 ,ea
Internal Diameter 600 0 mm Internal Diameter 600.0 mm
Lengtll mo.a m Length 100.0 m
Elevation Change -60_00 m Elevalion Change 60.00 m
·--
o You can also view an elevation profile table for the entire network. Return to the
parent flowsheet and double-click the Hydraulics sub-flowsheet icon.
o Go to the Performance I Profiles page and click the Add button.

II
I
I o Select Pipe-100 from the list of Available Unit Ops and click Add. Repeat this
process adding Pipe-106, Pipe-107, Pipe-102, Pipe-104, and Pipe-105. Make
sure these operations are listed in order!
Avail.tbl~ Unit Op;; .. -·--·----·----•'-•·-·"·":
·: l -· --- fwd ___ _,_!

I
Pipe-100
!
'Pi~·Wfi Pi~-101
' Pipe-107
; Pip,-/02
/\.,,,-'/03 i f __ - _rnse_rt- __ : __Ii
i Pip~-104 Pipe .. !07 i ,. ··············--,!

iPip,.. J05 Pip,,- 102 i JI
I
c l- - ' ~ · ~ · " ~ -
Pife-/04 1----'
P,))e-105 i L__ -- ·.- OK__ -- . - I!
Ir=:~"'""' J:
I I
I
I I
I
I
-··---·-----·- ··-·---- ___.J '

_ _ _ _ ,_ _ __J
Profile Name Profile1
o Click OK when finished.
o Back on the Performance I Profiles page, highlight Profile! and click the Table
button.
CJ Note the drop and rise in elevation (i.e. a low spot in the line) between the
midpoint and terminus of the main trunk of the piping network.

i_~ Profilel Table ~

-·-----~------~-·--~-------~~·~··--
-
·-·-·..··-·--···---.. __________ .____
,.,
CJ.
If Dirtance Elevation Pre~;ure
!lcPa]
Temperatwso : Mear, Velocity · Vap, \lelixity
[Cl {mh] [m/s]
Liq, Ve
[rn/
Ii [m] [rn] •
300.0 OJ.1000 6561 65.09 23-57 24,3-9
II 300.0 0.0000 6568 64,96 10.49 10.85
I'
320,0 -·12,00 6570 55.01 10.47 1Cl,4S
II 340.0
360.0
-2.4.00
-36.00
6572.
6574
55.02
65.04
10.46
10A4
"IOA5
1DA3:
II
11
380.0.
400.0
--100,0
-4B.OO
-60.00
-60.DO
6576
6581
6581
55.06
65.07
65.07
10.44
10.43
10.43
10.43
10.42
10.42
11
,III 420.0
440.0
-60.00
-60.00
6579
6S-77
65,11
65,09
10-42
10.43"
10.77
10,81
IiII 460.0
-480.0
-60.00
-60.00
6'i75
6574
65.07
65,06
10.43
10.43
1D,83
10,83
1-0.91
i 500.0 -60.00 6571 65.05 10.43
5-00.0 -60.00 6571 65.05 10.43 10.91
520.0 -4B,00 65-56 65.03 10.'13 10.46
540.0 -36,00 6542 64.92 10-44 10-47
560.0 -24.00 65-28 64S2 10.45 10.48
11 58:0,0 -12.00 6514 64.71 10.46 10.49
iiI' 600.0 O.OC-00 6500 64.61 10.48 10-51
a We can review the liquid hold up for the piping network as well. This is done by
returning to the Performance I Profiles page and selecting the Plot button. After
clicking on the Plot button, the plot window appears.
o Use the pull-down list at the top to select the Plot Variables as Liquid Holdup vs.
Axial Distance.
~) ' ,·Pr<>filec{C Plot . - E! -
---~[_,21~a:1ah~~·;;;·d-·H;1d:~~~~.----~··~··-~·-::~·!i,____________
I ~;q~;~ ~;~~;i~~~::xial Distance
_J
, -~
r
t
.
4.00IJ;o-002
~
!" .
~
0,000
'
<l.OOC 100.0
©20 I 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 12 - 21 Aspen Technology, Inc.

CJ You can also review the liquid holdup versus distance for individual pipelines.
Return to the Hydraulics sub-flowsheet and double-click Pipe-104.
CJ Navigate to the Performance I Profiles page and click the Plot button at the
bottom of the window.
o Use the pull-down list at the top to select the Plot Variables as Liquid Holdup vs.
Axial Distance.
·1··.·
•.
(c
~ Aspen Hydraulics Pipe Segment Pipe- 104 @TPL 1 - t:l ?·f;r i~ 18.8 • aspenON
[ii
II [:E:;~::::r· J;;:~'.Jil~t:~~!~o, ' "' :.:· · · [~e,i~:~;~:~~,, :; :;:~~ome . . •. . : . ,.c·fllll
= ~~·
--
11 0
1
1
I
1[~:·~, ,: ~; :!!
I Droperty Profil5: 40.00 O,of
Liquid Fraction vsAxial Distance [:
I
11 i M~~••,;~ ii 60.00 0.~ r::
jji ii so.oo O.Of. ~000 .. 002 f
iii :[ 100.0 o.or ~ :j
I i!i111
I'
1i!
1
!![III
i
,l ~
ii
I §
tl-'.DO".riS-001
I 1.• ,.•
l'J
:!: ,I I ,',r- :5l
§ / 1,
I
Ii! 1
I f 2000 ...~2
C.DOO
)1
o~a w.oo .w.oo &>.oo woo 1000

Aflal Olstaoce (ml
Note that the liquid holdup increases along the length of Pipe-I 04. If you review the
liquid holdup profiles for other lines in the network (i.e. Pipe-102 and Pipe-105) you'll
see that holdup decreases or stays constant along those lines. This increasing holdup will
be an item of interest in later portions of the workshop.
CJ Close all the plot windows when you are satisfied and return to the Main
flowsheet window.
; 1.·...·
I.-,_,
I ,-~
I-'.

Task 2 - Pipeline Pigging Model

In this section of the exercise you will configure a pigging operation and observe how it
affects the liquid holdup and other variables in the piping network. Pigging is a unique
feature of Aspen Hydraulics in dynamic mode. The HYSYS Pipe Segment operation
does not share this unique capability.
o Double-click the Hydraulics sub-flowsheet icon and select the Dynamics tab.
o Click on the View pig Options button near the middle of the windo¼'.
!'.. ,..~ ·. . . · .. _. ·. . -------·· ·-· __ -·-._.· . . -__ Asperd::lydf:aUl!c;s_SUb--FtOl'ist,eet.Al·!--100 ....__.. - ··~:.____ _. ......~--~--- :--.":.r:i . . I
j p=·~;i~_i1~.~·i:r~-~·~:E~;~;_:c~~;):~;;3·o;;·~~~;···tf~i;;;:;~.~·1y~.~·~1i;1r,_~.;;;-~:s~:rt~;·~~·~:T~~-~'.'i ;p
ti
I ~h-.,
i tr:{;:::j"s.;;;~~'t"I~!~'~;;-
', I, jMoximumAvlc R,cov•ry Anempls
iA.,.,to P.e<<>'l<O"/De,:,-.-.,, Factor o.sooo'" !II
iI
i!~
JAu,~ Recowr/i"ccease F'"'" 1-.'iO!I
Ii I .\l;"1Sem,c s~;,,,,, L,m,tatio~, ]Oct,e, LOO!) Tolernoc, 0.1000
,i II 11, . .\s~e,, Hydraulic, prov,1e!'O r.os-compc,itionaf m,odol. 1/..ta,0~1«lcepllera<10,"

"
0.00[){) n.1
1![ !A s,-mh~tfC c~mponent b,lonce, ·.IT!/•b)' ,c,mpo"~t ~
i ~M~~!:-,~.~,,h,~:.\."~. :·.;;_·,,".,,~~:::~' P-,~'o
11,,
,"lil111
1 (hc!dup, ace lcad,"d 011he net-,,o,i,; ~ ,a Oplioa b•J"-"', _ •••u., --."= ~oe 0
Ii !liqer,;:I Mod•I
ii :l-ieatTr.1rdi"'
!D,,.,pat,<>n Ouriog !-!"" Tran~·~,
.,.!ti
iip]i .'''·"""·"'"';"" 1
Cool D,;wn
j c1,~.~c..F~ ...
Off
Iii
°"
ii[i jr . . . ···.y,~~ P.~op,;·~-~.: . ·. _JJ idI'
E"JTGo~.,,·~t"1n· Iii
•1· I' ~~1~,~" inl•t,r,-um. The ,~~,~n,!ream'c
Ji · cocresponcii~g compo~t,on, ,.,;11 I,;, used to~ene,ate
!fl
Ip
, i (ho ~VT \ebi~f~rtC.e,eb~ew<l".. ot i1J
1 !l,i
Jii '!.'
i1
jii 11.I
,1,
!:
I[I I :l'°) f,~abl~ P'l;Tabl~Rcg•ner.!icm p
-------4t1. .·,;,i:t:;::t{;;.;-t;t~.:_;;:;'·'~ ---,V,- I
Ii ; _ ___ _____ __ _ --··-········ ii.I

jl ~~L!ftlr.let il:i
f!
jl. ......:..··....·····-······--- '"','"'':""'"'"""''..""''"""'"""'"""'""""'""____ .___ ··-"·-'-'•'-••'-•-•'-··"......................................--------.---'• ..........................
if.i1·1
f i Show Flow•b•ei 11 D!le?e -1 C[}ii;;:;ii~ ·'
I._.:·_ . L~_, ·-·~-~~' ._·-- ----,. ___ ,. ------·--·---- ...-.. - ... ·-.... ,__ . . ------. ----~ l·i
o Delete the existing pig shown in the first column by highlighting that column and
clicking the Delete Pig button.

I!N~-;;;~ - - PIG-1
[Model Pig moves wilh const;,r
Entr1P1pe Pipe-104
I] Entry Location 0.0000 m
IEio:it Pipe Plpe-104
I E..xit Loc11tion 100.0m
1
leakage 0.010
V,cclocit>J O.COOO,:n/,;-
Status Finished
Current Pig Segment
j Pig Po,ition 100.0m
I Slug Front Position 100.2 m
Tr.;ns1t Time 000:04:10.50 seconds
Position Reference Cu1Tent Segment Origir
1
I
I ·c-~~-- ------- Ov c._-,
I
==-~~--~~:::::=::_:'.::::5~~~======:__-
_j
I
..... ··---·---···- ---·. ----·--·-·---1
I D The column should clear out. Now click the Add Pig button to add a new pig. A
set of default settings will appear in the fust column.
I N,11me
Madel
PIG-1
Pig moves with ga5 vel,
Entl")' Pipe
I En try Location
Exit Pipe
Exit Location
leakage
0.0000m
0.1)000 m
0.010
Velocity 0.0000 mis
I !
i
Status
Current Pig Segment
Pig Position
Not Specifii:d
0.0000 m
Slug Front Position 0.0000 m
I I Tr<insitTime
Po5ition Reference
000:00:0,00 secortds
Current Segment Origi1
I
L ------------
Cl In the Model row, use the pull-down list and select Pig moves with constant
velocity.
co In the Entry Pipe row, use the pull-down list and select Pipe-104.

o In the Entry Location row, enter a value ofO m (0 ft). This value implies the
entrance of the pipe.
CJ In the Exit Pipe row, use the pull-down list and select Pipe-104.
CJ In the Exit Location row, enter a value of 100 m (328,084 ft). This means the
pig will travel the specified length within Pipe-104.
CJ In the Leakage row, accept the default value of 0,010.
CJ In the Velocity row, enter a value of0.4 mis (1.3 ft/s) for the pig velocity.
o The pig is now configured to launch once the HYSYS Dynamics Integrator starts
running. The input data window should look like the following:
.:fi;:_; Dyn_aimiCS Pig.ModeJ_lifig As~ri Hfdr~u1ks:Sub~H~WS~(AH~1oo' - i;i: .11311~

r,-,,,·m··,. ·-:.·. ·-·
liModel ······-,,::~::::~::~j.--
.. - . -~ . ··-- -------~ . .
. :. . . . .
. . . ·~
==-.
··1~··•
jEntr1Pipe Pipe-104 I 0 '.
:!
1
l E11tr; location
E,,;itPipe
I fa,t Location
0.0000 m
Pljl""-104
100.0 m
1r
[I
1 ~:::!;
I Status
. o:,J';;}
Ready to laun,:;h
Ir
i f!
1 ICurrent Pag Segment ! !:

j f Pig Position 0.0000 m
Slug. Front Position 0,0000 m

.
i
JI ·,.[
Trarisit Trme 000:00:0,00 second;
i Po~1tion Referen<:e Current Segm.eot Orig ii
I
r----------
!..a1..a,ch Pig r-
~
Delete Pfg _-_J,
..
CJ Click the Strip Charts button on the Dynamics tab on the ribbon. Note that a
strip chart titled Waves has already been created.
WFF
r--~~~
1 ·-
Home
-~I ~,
·_· :II
Economics
~© Integrator
Re11l1ime :
Oymimic;
W1,:_·i:·1, 0
View
, ~Event5chedu!er
Customi:?.e Resourcn
rmi Dynamic Initialization u ~ Control M;mage

,
l Dynamltf·-/i Dynamics I Run- ] stop-·! Reset , 41 Take A
~ 5tr[p Charts
[ Mode _ji A;si,hnt , ! 1 ! ' ~ Snapshot Manager Snapshot
,_D!_~ic Si~ulattr.,n ;:;_ j ____ ,,__________ Run ___________ .L_________
Mo_deling Op}iom --·- ,.~ :____________ ,. ___ .e_ols _

Cl Click the Edit button to view selected variables for the strip chart,
SI rip Ch•rt N•me: Logger Site (~ Sampl..J SamplelntelYill
--r,r·: 1l0\l OOll:00:1,00

--•-•'•-a•••••••,-•-'~'"'"',,,.,.,'"'.'"'""'"'"-
"'_yj~~:c
(IT Setup ; f-h,to,;-..1] (Llfl:enf I
l,1 : Object
· 1·.
'. I
" Prp,-1(1.1
Pipe·IC~
Pro hf~ L,qu,d
l'Tofik Liquid
Holdup (Profll~ loqwd
flaldup (Prollle Uquid
Huldup 2)
Ho!dup_J)
j I: Pic•-1:J..! r,oflle Uquirl f!.,l,tup (Pr<lfllc l.lqu/d lfolrlup_4)
11: P,pe-104 P,olife Liquid Holdup (Profile li<juid Holdup}>)
:l:
.,1,.· . ~.iP..~::.'.~.. P~~-111~ _u~oid_ flnldu~ (Profll~_l_iquld_ Ho!~up-_&l....
- 1 1- " - "_ _J Iii
___ I
I Cl
-r ![!
Add one more item to the strip chart: Pipe-104 [ Profile Liquid Holdup (Profile
_... _ Di,p_lay _ _. __'i
I Liquid Holdup_l).
Recall: To access variables in a sub-jlowsheet you need to select that jlowsheet in the
Variable Navigator window. The default is to only show objects and variable sin the
I main flowsheet.
-)J'.1t':~
Object Vari~ble
:"ll
Variable Specifics
' . ~OK_-.__ rn
I ; B,wa-2@TPl 1
' Cl>!Jrlie-2 @TPL/
, HydmulicRe/13/ock_ABCD ©
j Hy,,ra.,/icRe/f!l<Jc.~_A~!m·2
i /--!-,,drn;;/icRe/!l!ock.Srm"<>·2 1
Pm(i/e DF.tcnre
Pn,;i!e E/eentioa
Profile F/,;,d No;, Fr~w
Prcme Flliid Vehdy
flroli/e/j'l'fid 1-/!Hrluc 1
I I Profile l,qrnd H'1idup_2
i 1Profile liqu,d Hoidup_3
! ! Prof/!~ Liqa;id Ho!dr,p_ ~
i
i""]j Profile Liquid l-!o/-dup_5
L_·._~__
-!!(,All
J[:
:j 'l1ieeH00@-(Pl.1
.:'""':.''.'.':'!"'::.'c""'""'r·i!Ui~ero:e~,!·~'C::''"~'::";"~'':C""!'-J
I i -!1 'I _/)yc,f,J, Uqa;id Holdcp_6 () StrEarns
ro ·"' .. ,q,;,, a" ·r.m"y [°"·ii i) UnilOps
[ ·1! i
i
- - - - - - - _________ JMi,er-Wf'.JJTPU
P'.;,e-/OO@TPli
jP"'l'ileL,qu,d,'1~«."lo"'
!Profiie Liquid Nau Frocticn ¼--! ! ;-') logical•
Navigator Scope - - -- ,. .. ,
· P1pe IOI @TPl '
Iripe: ,02 ~T~;
I[
PM{ile L,quid 1'1oieF,acri<c,,
Profile L,q.,id /"fo!~aiar (•frig/
!
I
!
j
0 Co-k;mnOp,;
~; Flov,,-he,,t i I ; -J ,,-i P I Pro(;k Liq;;id V~foc1~i iI

,) C,;se Pipc,104@TPU i p,~file L,q~id Vim:,,ily 11
0Basis
I Prn/!Je 1-1,m Oen;ity
IPr?fJe_"-fo/or Vapc_wr_:cnK/ion ~ I
! I
L.k,.,, •.,11,-,-•,:..........'. .. i I_'. 1
........... , .. ,.• .1!'.,.,....-...,....,....! __' _____ ! __ I
...... .J
\/all able Ducription: P,ofile liquid llaldup lrrofile Liquid Holdup_l)
CJ Click the Display button to view the strip chart. Modify the appearance of the
strip chart to your liking using Graph Control in the right click menu.

\
D Move the Waves strip chart so that it is visible and accessible, and then click the
Run button to start the Integrator.
D While the Integrator is still running, return to the Dynamics tab of the Hydraulics
sub-flowsheet window and click the View Pig Options button.
D Select and highlight the column for the pig created a few steps ago and click the
Launch Pig button. Observe the system behavior in the Waves strip chart
windmy.
Wa'ie's _-r:i--
,c
1:~
]~ ~;:;s;a 1·-!·····-1------li- ·- 1-----fl ---------------------------- i---- - ·-!-------------·-··-·· -lr----------1----1·---------i------------- -
1:S
.P.
{i ol--
'·1.- a·,:.;.; i-· -!---·····"··
s
I
I ,.~.,
lC>:l.l
Minutes
• ..
o You can follow the progress of the pig as it moves through Pipe-104 by v_iewing
the Pig Position cell.
· 1f' Dynamics Pig Modelling A
::::::::.::.:::::= ... ::::::·- ·::::=.====
Name
==::. . :_::-.::
PIG-1
rl M-odel
I1 Entr/ Pipe
Pig moves with consta1
Pipe-104
11 Entry Lo-cation 0.0000 m
f IExit Pipe:: . Pipe-t04
] E."<it Locatron- 100.0 m
J ILeakage 0.010
I VeloCltv 0,0000 s
i Status finished
j I urrent 19 egment
I Pig Position 100.0 m
,I Slug Front Position 100.2. m
i TransitT1me 000:04:10.50 seconds
II Position Reference Current Segment Origi1
Ii

IJ When done, click the Reset button to reset the pig.
IJ Experiment with different speeds and different spans of the pigging operation.
Observe the different conditions in the strip chart window.
IJ When you are done investigating the pigging parameters and responses, stop the
integrator, and save your case as 11-Pigging.hsc.
Task 3 - Merge HYSYS Dynamics Simulations
To conclude the workshop, you will utilize an Aspen Hydraulic sub-flowsheet within a
pre-built HYSYS Dynamics model. This will be a helpful overview of how to merge
multiple HYSYS simulations to meet some modeling objective.
CJ In your HYSYS window, open the original workshop starter case, 11-Pipeline-
Starter.hsc.
I CJ With the main flowsheet view open, use the mouse to click and drag over objects
in the flowsheet. This selects all objects that you box in.
CJ From the Home tab in the ribbon, click the Copy button.
o Open the case, 11-TEG.hsc; it is included with other course solution and starter
I files.
D From the main flowsheet view of 11-TEG.hsc, go to the Home tab and click the
Paste button to paste the copied objects from the 11-Pipeline-Starter.hsc file.
CJ The pasted objects should appear in the lower right of the flowsheet window.
o Run the integrator for a short time to update the merged model. You can monitor
the messages in the lower left window, or click the Integrator button in the
Dynamics tab to view the Integrator to make sure the case is actually running.
Stop the Integrator before continuing.
Note: Ifyou receive any run-time pop-up messages after running the Integrator, click OK
to continue running. TO verify that the model is solving properly, press Shifl-F or Shift-P
on the keyboard to view the model-wide pressure and flow profiles. Make sure there are
no negative flows or unreasonable pressures.
CJ Break the connection from the ToSep stream to the HPSep separator.
a Connect the ABCD stream (the outlet from the Aspeo Hydraulics sub-flowsheet)
to the inlet of the HPSep separator.

\
f; ____
°'":;~:;· - •- - _- _-~~---·- ------,~-,---"'·-~~----------·-
Separator.. HP Sep
[ Des~:,~?'.'"'°' j Ra>,ogJ W-0,k.h::L

i'I i Com,ections.- · 1 lnlet5
j 1_ Pan,meters i r----·----7..-·A~_
!l_i U~erVariabl~si 'I <~ V.:1pourOutl1;t
! 1: Not2s j I
1i
1
II I
1Ii i I
j 11 ! I•• -···-···_-_-_--_-_
....._._--_-_-_--_ _ _ _"'"
di I
Move the existing dynamic stream pressure spec from ABCD to ToSep.
0
Ci ',,• , Matiirl~I S!fearm TcrSei> - cllilll;

, , .- -
...........,_,.. ..... ... ........ ___ ,, __
_,_,
Mar~,i~I Stream ,._8CD
,,_,
.... ··rrr;;i_;;~-~~~E:\:;i~i-~:'f"c:,;.;;.:;;;'"l__ _ . . - -
i ;·w·~;;;;;;;_;;,:;·1··;-;;:;::_;.;;;-~;;r;;,;;;;;;
11_..Dy_"_•_m;"5_
•1.S?«>
,,eµ,~,~ I
111 r;::: ::i:::::::::::~-.. - - - - - - ~- - .- - .-
_______ .,.Ql_k_••• _ "'
l'i
:,1
!ii
ii
ij!
i:i
ii.l
Up to this point, you have essentially replaced one piping network with another piping
network in this pre-built dynamic model. The existing piping network was based on
HYSYS Pipe Segment operations. While these operations are functional in HYSYS
Dynamics, they have somewhat limited functionality.
The new piping setup is based on the Aspen Hydraulics sub-flowsheet. This piping
network, while schematically similar, has many functionality and calculation
improvements over the Pipe Segment. Specifically, we investigated one such
improvement in the last task, the ability to model a pigging process.
o Save your case as 11-Merged.hsc.

o Go to integrator (Dynamic, ribbon II Integrator or press Ctr!+!).
o Go to Execution tab and set all execution rates to 1.

\
Integrator
I
i•
~~::::L~~·::::,J,o:::;~"'?'~·] . . . . . --·-· · ·
j Execution rates as per mtegratortime step;
i
1,.
iI Pressure Flow Solver

! Ii Coritrol and Logical Ops_·-"-
1,,:·.1 i II Energy Calculations

Composition an-d Flash Calc.ulc1tlons
J Shared data updating
1
Use these default periods for aH operations
1--1 ! 1Update shared data , __
1
Ii
I I! ··················································- ............... 1
I , I [J Sop fiash ifflow i, Im thac Kgmolefs
Click the Run button to start the Integrator and the combined simulation should
I
Cl
begin calculating.
Cl Stop the solver and Save your case.
I
I
(!;)20 I 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. Aspen Technology, Inc.

I
I
Appendix A: Pressure Flow Theory

I
I
I
I
I
~aspentech
Appendix A: Pressure Flow Theory
Objective
After reviewing how to set up a model for HYS YS Dynamics, it is worthwhile to see
what is being calculated and how it differs from a steady-state HYSYS model. This
appendix is primarily a theoretical overview of the HYSYS Dynamics program and
should provide a thorough introduction to some key dynamic modeling concepts.
Description
Take some time and read through the following theoretical selections in this appendix.
Explanations are devoted towards the assumptions made by HYSYS Dynamics, strategies
for flowsheet analysis, sensible selection of pressure/flow conditions, and troubleshooting
of dynamic specification errors.
In terms of pressures and flows, perhaps the simplest way to view the pressure-flow
solver in Aspen HYSYS Dynamics is to consider the flowsheet as a Boundary Value
Problem.
If you were to make pressure or flow specifications on all the boundary streams
(feeds/product streams in a flowsheet), then all the internal pressures and flows would be
solved simultaneously at each integration step by the pressure-flow solver. The internal
stream pressures and flow rates are calculated from the pressure gradients m the
flowsheet. Flow rates are determined from:
• Changes in pressure nodes (vessels with hold-up) within the flowsheet

• Resistance across valves
• Conductance through equipment ( coolers, heaters, heat exchangers)
We will begin with pressure nodes. All unit operations with hold-up represent pressure
nodes. Some unit operations may contribute to one or more nodes. For example:
heaters/coolers with multiple zones, heat exchanger (shell/tube sides), and columns
(multiple stages).
Vessel equipment has a fixed geometry and thus a fixed volume. Mathematically, this
means that:

u• I \
1
' I
,' -· J
dV = O
1j dt
I•
Therefore, for a fixed volume, a pressure node ( vessel pressure) is calculated as a
function of the vessel temperature and the vessel hold up.
Q In dynamic mode, the rate of change in vessel pressure is related to the rate of change of
temperature (enthalpy) and the rate of change of material hold-up (level):
dP
D dt = fn(V, F, T)
where: V = Fixed volume
D F ~ Change in flow (hold-up)

T~ Temperature (change in enthalpy)
A volumetric flow balance around the vessel can be expressed as folJows:
u where: b. Vp = Volume change due to pressure change

b. VF= Volume change due to flow changes
1::::.. VT= Volume change due to temperature change
The total volwne change must always be zero.
Example:
Consider the operation of a separator in dynamic mode that is initially at steady state with
f.'1
I,,
a level of 60%:
~ - - - Assume Fixed Flow
Flow In
Flxed Geometry
~ - - - Assume Fixed Flow
Remember: At steady state,

Flow into separator = Flow out of separator
Thus, there is no accumulation.
©201.S AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 13 - 3 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

But in Dynamics, if the separator feed flow increases with the product flow rates (vapor
and liquid) remaining unchanged, the level (hold up), temperarure (enthalpy) and pressure
of the vessel must all change from the steady state condition.
Liquid Level Increases

Since:
Liquid Flow In~ Liquid Flow Out-Accumulation (hold-up)
an increase in the feed liquid flowrate with a constant liquid product flowrate results in
the liquid level (hold-up) increasing.
Vessel Pressure Increases

The vessel pressure would increase for two reasons.
Vapour Flow In- Vapour Flow Out= Accumulation

An increase in the feed vapor flowrate with a constant vapor product flowrate results
in the vapor hold up increasing. Because the vapor is compressible, the accumulation
of vapor occupying a smaller volume will cause the vessel pressure to rise.
The increase in liquid level also causes the vapor hold-up to occupy a smaller volume
within the vessel, causing the vessel pressure to rise.
o Open a HYSYS Dynamics case saved in one of the workshops, 03-

StripCharts.hsc.
o Test the influence of the volume of the HP Separator by changing the set points of
the liquid level controller and the pressure controller.
--Note,:_U~H-aG~lates-to-change..the..setpoints Click and.drag the red triangl.e_in t,abc«e_ _

PV window, or click in the PV window and type in a new setpoint.
o Set the liquid percent level to 65%. How long does it take for the liquid level to
stabilize?
o Re-set the level to 40%; how long does that change take to stabilize?
o Now try changing the pressure of HP Sep. Put the setpoint at 945 psia-will this
work? How about 935 psia?
o Can you set the HP Separator to run at 925 psia? Why not? How about 965 psia?
Why wouldn't that work?
Another option for improved model analysis in HYSYS Dynamics is to setup flowsheet-
based data. You can change the name of each stream to show a variable for that stream
instead; i.e. pressure, mass flow, or temperature.
D Make your PFD the active window aod press Shift+T on your keyboard; note all
the stream names convert to temperatures.
D Now try it for pressure (press Shift+P).

CJ View the pressure gradient across the flowsheet - recall that in dynamic models
there must be a downward pressure gradient from inlet to outlet. This should
reinforce why certain pressures for the HP Sep may or may not work.
PC-HP
s,,
PIPE-1UO FC-A.Jp!rn
'1015 t;;;;;;,;;..;;;;;,--,~-.940 -. _.____.,.QI,'

psla psia VLV-100 osia MO _;1ll' 930
Q-Alpha ,psla E-100 psia
:' FC-Elravo;' MIX-100

PIPE-101
'950
psla
Q-8~0 LC-HP-
•. L :
S,p
~
I
PIPE-102
'960
psla ~~ '390
0-Cha~ie psla VLV-103 PSIS
CJ Re-set the HP Sep liquid percent level to 50% and pressure setpoint to 940 psia.
Run the model until it stabilizes.
Note About Holdup Volumes in HYSYS Dynamics

ii Most chemical engineering systems have thermal and component gradients in three
II dimensions (x, y, z) as well as in time, t. This is known as a distributed system. Therefore,
in the fonnulation of chemical engineering problem equations, we obtain a set of partial
differential equations (PDE's) in the x, y, z, and t domains.
I If the x, y, and z gradients are ignored, the system is lumped and all the physical
properties are considered to be equal in space. In this analysis where only the time
gradients are considered, the chemical engineering system equations are represented by a
set of ordinary differential equations (ODE's). This method saves calculation time and
provides a solution that is reasonably close to the distributed model solution.
Aspen HYSYS uses lumped models for all unit operations. For instance, in the
development of the equations describing the separator, it is assumed that there are no
thermal, pressure or concentration gradients present. In other words, the temperature,
pressure, and component gradients are the same throughout the entire separator.

\
Aspen HYSYS does take into account the static pressures in the fluid and vapor phases.
This can result in a d.P/dz effect in a vessel. However, Aspen HYSYS does not solve any
partial differential equations.
Pressure-Flow Relationship -for Valves

In any flowsheet, the valve unit operation describes the resistance to flow between two
material streams by the Turbulent Flow equation:
where: P 1 = upstream pressure (pressure of stream 1)

P2 = downstream pressure (pressure of stream 2)
Cv = the valve coefficient; Aspen HYSYS® will calculate on request
Pressure-Flow Relationship for Other Operations

More generally, flow rates in Aspen HYSYS® Dynamics are related to pressure drops.
All process equipment relates the flow between its feed and product streams with flow
equations that are similar to the turbulent flow equation. The fonn of these equations are:
F - k,JpM'
where: k = Conductance, which is a constant representing the reciprocal of

resistance to flow
p - Stream bulk density
M = Pressure gradient across the operation
Specifying Cv or k values (rather than a fixed M') across valves and process equipment
provides for a more realistic simulation. By specifying these variables, the pressure drop
-~-etigh-valves-andproces,~m-an ehallge with ehaagos in flew, as itw-0~-----
happen in an actual plant. This allows the Dynamic simulator to model the actual
operating conditions of the plant more accurately.
Pressure/Flow Networks
In Aspen HYSYS Dynamics, the pressure/flow network is described in terms of nodes,

resistance, and conductance. Flow takes place in streams from one node to another. Thus
there are two basic sets of equations that define the pressure/flow network:
• Equations that define the material balance at the nodes
• Equations that define the flow-conductance and resistance to flow
The simplest case is that of incompressible flow with no accumulation at the nodes. In
this situation, the flow equations are a function of the pressure gradient and equipment
parameters such as the pipe diameter and roughness. The material balance at the nodes is
simply that the accumulation is zero.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I3 - 6 Aspen Technology, Inc.

~
In a more comprehensive dynamic simulation, the pressure flow equations are more
complex. They account for:
• Multi-phase flow with the potential for slippage between phases
• The rate of change of pressure at the nodes as a ftmction of the equipment
geometry, hold-up, and enthalpy of the phases
I • Flow rates that are determined not only by pressure gradient, but also by weir
heights (columos) and density differences
I Simultaneous Solution Approach to Pressure Flow Balances
Since pressures at nodes are a function of the flow rates in and out of the nodes, and the
flow rates through equipment are functions of the upstream and downstream pressures,
the relationships between pressure and flowrate equations in Aspen HYSYS Dynamics
are significantly coupled. To find a solution to the pressure-flow relationships in Aspen
HYSYS Dynamics, a simultaneous solution of the flowsheet is performed. Solving for
the flows and pressures requires the simultaneous solution of a set of linear and non-
I linear equations.
I
I F,
I •
•
P,, P2, PJ, etc., represent Pressure Nodes (Vessels with hold up)
F 1, F2, FJ, etc., represent streams with flow rates
Moreover, in order to optimize computational effort, Aspen HYSYS Dynamics partitions

the equations describing any unit operation into three classes:
• Pressure/flow relationships
• Energy relationships
• Compositional relationships
These groups of equations can then be integrated/solved at different frequencies.

Typically, the pressure flow relationships will have the smallest step size and the
composition relationships the largest.
I The grouping of the equations also permits a different solution strategy to be applied to
each group. In particular, it is possible to solve the pressure/flow relationships
simultaneously across the entire flowsheet while the other equations (composition and
enthalpy) are solved on a module-by-module basis.

\
If you suspect that the P/F solver is failing because of the interaction with the VLE
,
correlation, then you can do one of the following:
• Reduce the integration step size. This can be accessed from the Integrator, via the
Dynamics tab in the ribbon.
• Change the frequency of integration steps per step size for composition and
enthalpy. This can be accessed from the Integrator window as well.
Degrees of Freedom Analysis
----fa Modttle-r,we-introduced--the-eooe~eeifi€aliensc+h~ultaneous
solution of the pressure-flow relationships within the flowsheet requires the user to make
a number of dynamic operating specifications.
• P = Pressure
• F-Flow
1
Vap or ~~ I Pr~ct1
-+---1~ 00
Feed1
VLV-100
L____~--
Llquid VLV-'I02 Product2
In this flowsheet, there are seven variables that define the system. They are:
• Feed!
o One variable for pressure

I
I1~
rt,
r&
o One variable for flowrate
I • Productl
I • Product2
I • V-100
I .,
In addition, four equations define the pressure-flow relationships in the flowsheet:
• VLV-100: Resistance to Flow equation FvLv-100 = fn(Cv, Pi, P2)
• VLV-101: Resistance to Flow equation FvLv-101 = fn(Cv, Pi, P2)
'I
• VLV-102: Resistance to Flow equation FvLv-102 = fu(Cv, P1, P2)
~ • V-100: Pressure Node Relationship dP/dt- fn(V, F, 1)
With seven variables and four equations, a degrees of freedom (DOF) analysis, yields
DOF = 7 - 4 = 3. Therefore, three P/F specifications need to be made to define this
system.
I Understanding the Placement of PIF Specifications
Why do some P/F specifications work while others don't?
I Aspen HYSYS Dynamics is equipped with a Dynamics Assistant that analyzes._the

Flowsheet to identify problems. We will discuss this simulation aid later in thiS module.
However, with a greater understanding of the role of the P/F solver and the P/F
I calculations you will be better able to:

•
•
Specify the process flowsheet correctly
Troubleshoot the process flowsheet to identify P/F problems
• Use the power of Aspen HYSYS® Dynamics to its full capabilities
I~
~~j Making Consistent Pressure or Flow Specifications
As mentioned earlier, Aspen HYSYS Dynamics users can select from a variety of
I,, pressure-flow specification combinations to solve the process flowsheet. These include:
•
•
Pressure specifications on material streams
Flow specifications on material streams
,ij~-
~~
•
•
Fixed pressure drop specifications across equipment
Pressure/Flow calculations for valves- resistance to flow (Cv)
~l
• Conductance calculations (k) for process equipment

\
In the previous example. we had three Degrees of Freedom (DOF), thus requiring that
three specifications be made to define the system.
One Possible Solution
P, F - ?
Vapor Product I
\/LV-101
P, F - ?
Separator
Feed·I
VLV-100 P-?
P, F - ?
Liquid Produc.t2
VLV-102
Specify:
• Feedl Pressure
• Stream 1 Pressure
• VL V-100 pressure drop
Although making these three specifications will satisfy the DOF analysis, the choice of
specifications would not make sense. Preed!, Pi and PvLv-100 are all related by the
__c"fo"'l"'loc,_wing equation:
pFeedl -Pl -/1PVLV-100 =Q

Specifying the flowsheet in this manner would lead to an inconsistent solution. In fact,
the flowsheet would be underspecified because one of the specifications is redundant.

Ill
Another Possible Solution
I ~-
Vapor
V-100
VLV-10 1 Product1
I F~1
I L_~-
Liquid VLV-10 2 Product2
I Specify:
• Feed l Pressure
• Productl Pressure
I • Product2 Pressure
In this case, we set pressure specifications on all the boundary streams. This solution is
consistent because the pressure in the vessel is calculated by the hold-up equation. The
I stream flow rates are calculated using the turbulent equation or the resistance to flow
equation.
I Guidelines to Remember:
• One P/F specification should be made on each boundary stream {feeds/products).
Make pressure specifications on boundary streams attached to process equipment
that use resistance to flow/conductance relationships.
• Aspen HYSYS® Dynamics will use the equipment conductance or Cv value combined
with the pressure of the Inlet and outlet streams to determine a flowrate through the
equipment.
Internal flow rates will be calculated by pressure gradients (resistance to
flow/conductance equations) throughout the flowsheet.
©2015 Aspen Tech. All Rights Reserved. 13 - 11 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
Dynamics Assistant
The Dynamics Assistant provides a quick method for ensuring that a correct set of
pressure flow specifications is used. The Assistant can be use4 when initially
preparing your case for dynamics, or when opening an old Aspen HYS YS dynamic
case .
. j-Gen~ral.Ts.treams[ji;.essure Fl~ ·)pecsJ U111:~own·s..:e5}Eay.mtions[Oth;:J U~er rte;,,d_.,_,. __

The as,ist<int has identified the following items for consideration.
If you are using ruin-uniform tray, yciu may lose the information by chosing "Make Ch,mge'.
Mak" changes
Dioable stream pressure speci&ations
Disable stream flow specifications
Enable stream pressmS' .1pKific11tic-ns
Ena bite pressure flow equiotions not pressure drop
Volt.mies not known
,
r ·1
__ ---------·-·-----·"-·----·--------·--·"--
About, .. ~~ces..~
---------- .. ····"·--·-------~-- i'
L_-~_uincei__ ··J
The Assistant makes recommendations for specifying your model in Dynamics mode.
You do not have to follow all the suggestions. It is recommended that you are aware
of the effects of each change you make.
The Assistant recommends a set of specifications which is reasonable and guarantees

that the case is not over specified, under specified, or singular. It has an option of
doing a quick examination for potential problems that can occur while moving from
steady state to dynamics as well as before running the case in dynamics.
If you do not understand the reasoning behind the Dynamics Assistant's

recommendations, click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation.
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I J - 12 Aspen Technology, Inc.

:--"'~ffi.il!Jfa5WJ-!i~.¼f-\¾h:~4tf\_'.fo{l\~~''""~:~f,:,'~;:~:-,':-:_. :,-, . . ·,
.f" Gener111-"[s1rearlli_J:Pressure Flow Sp_e~lii~known s ~ J j'~-~~~1~ r lte~ L
The assistant has identified lhe follcwing items for consideration,
If you are using non-uniform tray you may lose the inform11tion by chosing "Make Change".
' Make change,;

Disable stream pres.ure specifications
Disable stream flow specific~tions
Enable stream press~re specifications )<
Enable pressure 1low equations not pressure drop
Volumes r.ot known )< Il
l'i
.i
II I
: i
I
Analyze ~ain
, _____ ____ __________ _
r
,, ,,
Make Changes
[J Save steady state case
Cancel
Some of the recommendation you can accept not to make changes. Once you click on
the green check mark, it will tum into a black cross mark. Make changes button will
not implement the changes which are not green check marked.
Color Scheme
You can select multiple color schemes for process stream on the PFD. Some of them are
based on Dynamic pressure flow spec or they can be based on temperature. Many more
schemes are available.
~ Workbook Tables Color Scheme D~l~~ltC;i~~r [j

UHide Object• Default Colour Scheme
HYSIM Colour Scheme
;')Table Visibility·
Temperature
----~---D_i~•i>~l~ay~O~p_ti_c_ns___, Dynamic P/F Specs
i Ji_:
L'
I·.',,.,
'I
, __I
! I
LJ
Summary of P/F Theory and Specifications:

• The flow through the plant, or operation, is driven by the pressure gradient.
• P/F theory defines the relationship between flow and pressure.
• The Aspen HYSYS® P/F solver solves a set oflinear and non-linear equations
simultaneously to determine the P/F relationship.
• In order for the P/F solver to solve the flowsheet, there must be a pressure
gradient established over the entire flowsheet.
• The pressure gradient exists due to a specified pressure flow relationship (or a
specified pressure drop) over all operations in the flowsheet.
• The P/F solver works by finding P from F, according to the P/F theory, or by
solving the pressure node equation.
• Following any flow path through the flowsheet, the user should be able to see the
pressure gradient or expect to see a pressure gradient established along the path. If
the pressure gradient cannot be seen, an additional pressure specification may be
needed.
• If the user follows a flow path to the boundary of the flowsheet, and they observe
that at such a location, a pressure gradient does not exist, nor can it be established,
then this means that a pressure ( or flow) specification is always needed on
boundary streams .
•
Other Possible Solutions
Ifwe modeled the same unit operation without using valves on all product streams, then
we could not make pressure specifications on all boundary streams. Remember, the
--- --lumped.pammeter.modeLassum.es there are no presSJ1re gradients.iuai.de.Jhe unit ________ _
operation. Thus, if a pressure specification is made on the vapor product stream, it is best
not to make pressure specifications on the other unit operation streams. This can lead to
an inconsistent solution because once one stream pressure is known they all are known,
~----
resulting in no pressure gradients in the unit operation.
Vapor Product
Sep:ar:ator
F8ed1
L _ Liquid Produ,:t

It is possible to have flow specifications on all unit operation streams as long as the
vessel pressure is controlled.
~----- Vapor Product
Separator
Feed1
Sep PC
~
I
L__
I Liquid Product
I
I
I

lj
b
f
ffi \
I
Ii,,
111
~:~
"'I
II
I
I
II
rJ
m"
f'~
I
Appendix B: Basic Control Theory
I
I
I
I
I
~
[~
'"'I
~aspentech
I
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: lntroduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
Appendix B: Basic Control Theory
Objective
After reviewing this appendix, you will have the basics of Process Control to define the
process controller inputs of an Aspen HYSYS Dynamics simulation flowsheet.
Additionally, you will be able to examine General Guidelines for implementing
appropriate control strategies.
Description
This appendix introduces you to some of the basic concepts necessary for creating
process controls in the dynamic simulations in Aspen HYSYS. You will use Aspen
HYSYS controllers to define PID parameters (proportional, integral and derivative) to
stabilize or make changes to the process variables.
Process control, on a working level, involves the control of variables such as flow rate,
temperature, and pressure in a continuously operating plant. Process control, in a general
sense, attempts to maximize profitability, ensure product quality, and improve the safety
and operability of the plant.
~i~sltml.y-stat~tim1-il>Aspet>-H¥S¥S-allows..the design engineer to optimize~ .

operating conditions in the plant, dynamic simulation allows you to:
• Design and test a variety of control strategies before choosing one that may be
suitable for implementation
Stress the system with disturbances as desired to test for plant perfonnance
Even after a plant has started operation, process engineers may look for ways to improve
the quality of the product, maximize yield, or reduce utility costs. Dynamic simulation
using Aspen HYSYS allows the process engineer to compare alternative control
strategies and operating schemes in order to improve the overall performance of the plant.
In short, the engineer can accomplish a lot of analysis off-line with a dynamic simulation,
instead of disturbing the actual process.
Three major topics will be covered in this module. First, we will discuss the Process
Dynamics section. Next, we will discuss the Controller Setup section. Finally, the
General Guidelines section will outline some steps you can follow to implement a control
strategy in Aspen HYSYS. Included in this section are several techniques that may be
used to determine possible initial tuning values for the controller operations.

Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling ,, Workshops
This appendix includes the following sections:
• Section I - Study the characteristic parameters of a process

• Section 2 - Discuss the control strategies available in Aspen HYSYS
• Section 3 - Explore the General Guidelines to implement a control strategy in
AspenHYSYS
Section 1 - Study the characteristic parameters of a

process
Process Dynamics
As a precursor to understanding the concepts of process control, the dynamic

characteristics of the process will be discussed. The task of designing a control scheme is
best carried out if there is a good understanding of the process system being studied. A
process response to a change can vary considerably depending on the manner in which
I the input is applied to the system, and the nature of the system itself. Therefore, it is
important to understand the dynamic characteristics of the process system before
proceeding with the process control design.
I Many chemical engineering systems are non-linear in nature. However, it is convenient to

define some essential characteristic parameters of a process system by approximating the
system as linear.
Characteristic Parameters of the Process System

It is easiest to define a chemical process system using the general conservation principle
that states:
I Rate of Accumulation - Input - Output+ Internal Generation (I)
In order to describe some characteristic parameters of a chemical process system, the

general conservation principle is applied to a flow relation first-order liquid level system:
The conservation of material in the tank is expressed as follows:
I
\
Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to.Dynamic Modeling Workshops
dV AdH (2)
F.-F
I 0
dt dt
'----C><Jf---F,
where: V = the liquid volume in the tank

H - the liquid height in the tank
A = the cross-sectional area of the tank, assumed constant
Fi = the inlet flow rate
Fo = the exit flow rate
There is a non-linear relationship describing the flow out of the bottom of the tank, F0 ,
and the liquid height m the tank, H. In order to express EquaUon 2 as a first order linear----
differential equation, it must be assumed that the exit flow varies linearly with height.
Linearity can be assumed in situations where the flow does not vary considerably over
time. The exit flow, F 0 , can be expressed in tenns of the linearity constant, R (the valve
resistance):
H (3)
Fo - R
-
Equation 4 can therefore be expressed as:
©2015 AspenTech, All Rights Reserved. 14 - 4 Aspen Technology, Inc.

!Z:l
I~
~
lAl
AdH = F. (4)
I dt I
H
R
RAdH +H = RF. (5)
I d/ I
Equation 4 is a general first-order differential equation, which can be expressed in tenns

of two characteristic parameters: the steady-state gain, K, and the time constant, 't:
I ,dy + y(t) = Ku(t)

dt
(6)
Im where: y(t) = the output of the system

I u(t)- input to the system
K = the steady-state gain
I t = the time constant of the system
I
I
I

\
The change in liquid level, H, is the change in the output of the system, y(t). The change
in the input to the system, u(t), is the change in flow into the tank, F;.
Similarly, the time constant, t, and the steady state gain, K, can be expressed as:
, = AR and K= R (7)
When a step function of magnitude U is applied to the general first-order system, the
output response, y(t), is as follows:
A
Promr;'l...:i.ohl,
'1' APVi
63%ol'bPV
G
... __y . ________ .'4'__
i
J li. U,(Co,.n,,JL,% Oulpu0 !

~
>
TIME
As shown, the output, y(t), attains 63.2% of its final steady state value in one time
constant, t. The Process Variable (PV) can be assumed to equal its final value after
approximately four time constants ( 4t) have passed.
The dead time of the process is represented by the Greek letter 9. The dead time is
defined as the amount of time that passes between the time of the change in the
Controller Output (U), and the time that the first change is seen in the Process Variable
(PV). In the flow example given above, the dead time will be virtually non-existent;
however~ it can become significant for other systems.
The following is a list of characteristic parameters that may be defined in terms of the
first-order response illustrated in the previous example.
Process Gain
The process gain is defined as the ratio of the change in the process output to the change
in the process input. The change in the process input is defined in Equation 6 as u(t). The
change in the process output is defined as y(t). The first term in Equation 5 is transient
and becomes zero at steady state. Therefore, the gain can be calculated as
Steady-state gain = y(t) = K (8)

u(t)

Time Constant
The time constant, -c, defines the speed of the response. The response of the system will
always follow the profile shown on the previous page. After" time units, the response y(t)
equals 0.632 x 11PV or 63.2% of the final PV value. This will always be true for first-
I order systems.
Dead Time
While capacitance is a measure of how fast a system responds to disturbances, dead time
is a measure of the amount of time that elapses between a disturbance to the system and
the observed response in the system. Time delays in a system can become significant
depending on the nature of the process and the location of measuring devices around the
process. It is usually the time associated with the transport of material or energy from one
part of the plant to another that contributes to time delays observed in a system. The dead
time of a process may be easily modelled using the Transfer Function block operation.
I Capacity
Definition 1
I Capacity can be defined simply as the volume or storage space of a system. The
capacitance of a system dampens the output causing the response to take time to reach a
new steady state. For electrical systems, the capacity is defined in terms of the resistance
I of the system and the time constant of the response:
c~-R1: (9)
I Since the capacity of a system is proportional to the time constant, "• it can be concluded
that the larger the capacity, the slower the response of the system for a given forcing
function.
In first order systems, the capacity of a system has no effect on the process gain.
However, the capacity varies in direct proportion with the time constant of a system.
Definition 2
A system's capacity is also defined as its ability to attenuate an incoming disturbance.
Attenuation is defined as:
Response Amplitude Out of the System
Attenuation = 1
Disturbance Amplitude Into the System (IO)

\
Attenuation - 1- Amplitude Ratio
Section 2 - Discuss the control strategies available in

Aspen HYSYS
Controller Setup
The PID Controller operation .is the primary tool that you can use to manipulate and
control process variables in dynamic simulations, You can implement a variety of
feedback control schemes by modifying the tuning parameters in the PID Controller
operation. Tuning parameters can be modified to incorporate proportional, integral, and
derivative action into the controller.
A Digital On/Off control operation is also available. Cascade control may be modelled
using interacting PID Controller operations. Feedforward control can be incorporated into
the simulation model using the Spreadsheet operation.
Instrumentation dynamics can also be modelled in Aspen HYSYS, increasing the

accuracy of the simulation with real valve dynamics. Final control elements can be
modelled with hysteresis (lag). The valve response to controller input can be modelled as
instantaneous, linear, or first order. Dead time, lags, leads, whether they originate from
disturbances or within the process control loop, can be modelled effectively using the
Transfer function operation.
··---l'erminology- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ · · -- _ _ _ _
Before reviewing the major control operations that are available in Aspen HYSYS®, it is
useful to describe some terms.
Disturbances
A disturbance upsets the process system and causes the output variables to move from
their desired setpoints. Disturbance variables cannot be controlled or manipulated by the
process engineer. The control structure should account for all disturbances that can
significantly affect a process. The disturbances to a process can either be measured or
unmeasured.
Open Loop Control

Varying the input to a system and measuring the output's response detennines the open
loop response for a process. An open-loop system is shown below. In open-loop control,
the controller sets the input to the process without any knowledge of the output variable
that closes the loop in feedback control schemes.

CONTROLLER
INPUT PROCESS OUTPUT
[] Control Valve
OPEN LOOP CONTROL
A common example of open-loop control is the control of traffic in a city. The traffic
lights change according to a set of predetemiined rules.
Feedback Control (Closed Loop)
[1 Feedback control is achieved by "feeding back" process output information to the

controller. The controller makes use of the current information about the process variable
in order to determine what action to take to regulate the process variable. This is the
~l simplest and most widely used control structure in chemical process systems.
"I I
I I
l __ )
CONTROLLER ~ - - - - - - - - - - - 1
Disturbance
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
INPUT
• PROCESS
I
OUTPUT
Control Valve Sensor
CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
Feedback control attempts to maintain the output variable, PV, at a user-defined setpoint,
SP. There are some basic steps that are carried out by the controller in order to achieve
this task:
Measure the output variable, PV.
iI
·1.*'
,j
02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. Aspen Technology, Inc.
Fi
LJ
• Compare the measured value, PV, with the desired setpoint value, SP. Calculate
the error, E(t), between the two values. The definition of error depends on the
whether the controller is direct or reverse-acting.
• Supply the error, E(t), to the general control equation. The value of the desired
percent opening of the control valve, OP%, is calculated.
• The value of OP% is passed to the final control element which determines the
input to the process, U(t).
• The entire procedure is repeated .
The general control equation for a PID controller is given by:
(II)
OP(t)=K E(t)+ ~c )E(t)dt+KcTd d!(t)
C i t
where: OP(t) = Controller output at time I

E(t) = Error at time I
Kc= Proportional gain of the controller
Ti= Integral (reset) time of the controller
Td = Derivative (rate) time of the controller
Dlsturb<1nce
SP + E·t Process
FEEDBACK CONTROL
Direct and Reverse Acting

The input to the feedback contrqller is called the error. It is the difference between the
output process variable and the setpoint. The error is defined differently depending on
whether the process has a positive or negative steady state gain. For a process with a
positive steady state gain, the error should be defined as reverse acting.
E(t) = SP(t) -PV(t) (12)
where: SP(t) = setpoint

PV(t) = measured output process variable

That is, if the PV rises above the SP, the OP, or input to the process, decreases. If the PV
falls below the SP, the OP increases.
For a process with a negative steady state gain, the error should be set as direct acting:
I E(t) = PV(t)-SP(t) (13)
That is, if the PV rises above the SP, the OP, or input to the process, increases. If the PV
falls below the SP, the OP decreases.
A typical example of a reverse-acting controller is in the temperature control of a
reboiler. In this case, as the temperature in the vessel rises past the SP, the OP decreases,
in effect closing the steam valve and reducing the flow of heat.
I Stability
The stability of a system is a very important aspect to consider when designing control
schemes. Many systems have oscilJatory responses, depending on its controller tuning
I parameters. When a process is upset by a bounded disturbance or bounded change in the

input forcing function, the output typically will respond in one of three ways:
The response will oscillate with decreasing amplitude and eventually reach steady state
and stabilize.
I The response will oscillate continuously with constant amplitude.

The response will grow continuously and never reach steady state conditions.
Case 3
Case 2
y(t)
Case I
t, time
Stability Response Cases
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14- 11 Aspen Technology, Inc

The system is generally considered stable if the response proceeds to a steady state value
and stabilizes. It is considered unstable if the response continues to fluctuate. A stable
open-loop response is said to be self-regulating. If the open loop response ofa system is
not stable, it is said to be non-self-regulating. For instance, a pure integrating process,
such as a tank with a pumped (constant) exit flow, is non-self-regulating since a bounded
increase in the flow input to the system from steady state will result in the response
(liquid height) to increase continuously.
A prerequisite for closed-loop control is that the closed-loop response is stable. The
closed-loop response can vary considerably depending on the tuning parameters used in
the feedback control equation. In general, a higher controller gain gives tighter control.
However, the value of Kc cannot increase indefinitely. The response will remain stable up
to a certain value of Kc. Increasing Kc beyond the stability limit will cause the closed-loop
response to become unstable.
A number of factors can affect the stability of a closed-loop system:
Tuning parameters
• Non-linearities in the process
• Range and non-linearities in the instruments
• Interactions between control loops
Frequency of disturbance
• Capacity of process
• Noise in measurement of process variables
Available Control Operations
ModellingJfardware Elements
Modelling the hardware elements of the control loop may simulate the plant more
accurately. Non-linearities may be modelled in the VALVE operation in the Actuator
page of the Dynamics tab.
Sensors
Sensors are used to measure process variables. In Aspen HYSYS®, the sensing
instrument is incorporated directly in the PID Controller operation. You can choose the
range of the sensing instrument in the Minimum and Maximum PV parameters in the
controller operation. It is assumed in Aspen HYSYS® that the PID controller is perfectly
accurate in its measurement of the process variable.
Final Control Element- Valve Dynamics

You have the option of specifying a number of different dynamic modes for the valve. If
valve dynamics are very quick compared to the process, the instantaneous mode may be
used. The following is a list of the available dynamic modes for the VAL VE operation:
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14 - [2 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Vnhe J\lode Descri 1hon

Workshops
I nstantaneous n this mode, the actuator moves

·nstantaneously to the desired OP%
osition from the controller.
irst Order first order lag can be modelled in the
I esponse of the actuator position to

changes in the desired OP%. The
actuator time constant can be specified
'n the Parameters group.
I Similarly, a first order lag can be

odelled in the response of the actual
alve position to changes in the actuator
osition. The valve stickiness time
I onstant is specified in the Parameters

oup. In effect, a second order lag can
e modelled between the valve position
I and the desire OP%.
I Final Control Element- Valve Type

The flow rate through a control valve varies as a function of the valve percent opening
I and the Valve Type. Valve type may be defined more easily by expressing flow as a
percentage, Cv (0% representing no flow conditions and 100% representing maximum
flow conditions). The valve type can then be defined as the dependence on the quantity of
¾Cv as a function of the actual valve percent opening.
I
I
I
I
I
!02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14 - 13 Aspen Technology, Inc.
There are three different valve characteristics available in Aspen HYSYS. The valve
types are specified in the Ratings tab in the Valve Type and Sizing Methods group.
\, alve Tvpc Descr-iption

Linear A control valve with linear valve
characteristics has a flow, which is
kiirectly proportional to the valve %
nnening.
Quick Opening A control valve with q~ick opening
:Valve characteristics obtains larger flows
initially at lower valve openings. As the
!Valve opens further, the flow increases at
a smaller rate.
!Equal A.. control valve with equal percentage
Percentage !valve characteristics initially obtains
very small flows at lower valve
openings. However, the flow increases
apidly as the valve opens to its full
DOSition.
Control Valve Flow Characteristics
0 20 40 60 BO 100
Valve Percentage Open(%)

Feedback Control
Digital On/Off
Digital On/Off control is one of the most basic forms of regulatory control. In Aspen
HYSYS®, it is implemented using the Digital Point operation. An example of On/Off
control is a home heating system. When the thermostat detects that the temperature is
I below the setpoint, the heating element turns on. When the temperature rises above the
setpoint, the heating element turns off.
Control is maintained using a switch as a final control element (FCE). On/Off control
parameters are specified in the Parameters page of the Digital Point operation in Aspen
HYSYS®. If the OP is ON option is set to "PV < Threshold", the controller output turns
on when the PV falls below the setpoint. This is similar to the thermostat example given
above
OP= O¾forPV>SPor OP=lOO¾forPV<SP (14)
I The opposite is true when the OP is ON option is set to "PV >Threshold". This setting
can be used for pressure relief valves. The valve is open (on) when the PV is greater than
the threshold pressure.
I OP= 0%forPV<SP or OP=l00%forPV>SP (15)
One main characteristic of the On/Off controller is that the PV will always cycle about
the setpoint.
I
!00%,>---~
OP
0%>-----'-----'----L..---'-----'----
PV
t, time
On-Off Controller Response
The cycling frequency will depend on the dynamics of the process. Those systems with a
large capacity (large time constant) will cycle less frequently. The On/Off controller is an
appropriate controller if the deviation from the setpoint is within an acceptable range and
the cycling does not destabilize the rest of the process.

\
Proportional Control (P-only)

Unlike On/Off control, proportional control can damp out oscillations from disturbances
and stop the cycling of the process variable. P-only control is implemented in Aspen
HYSYS® by setting the value of Td to zero and the value for T1 to a large value (lOOO*K,)
in the PID Controller operation. With P-only control, oscillations that occur in the
process variable due to disturbances or changes in the setpoint dampen out the quickest
(have the smallest natural period) among all other simple feedback control schemes. The
output of the proportional control is defined as;
OP(t) = OP,,+ KcE(t) (16)
The value of the bias, OPss, is calculated when the controller is switched to Automatic
mode. The setpoint is defaulted to equal the current PV. In effect, the error becomes zero
and OP,, is then set to the value of OP(t) at that time.
A sustained offset between the process variable and the setpoint will always be present in
this sort of control scheme. The error becomes zero only if:
• The bias, OPss, equals the operating variable, OP

• Kc becomes infinitely large
However, Kc cannot practically become infinitely large. The magnitude of K~ is restricted
by the stability of the closed-loop system.
In general, a higher controller gain gives tighter control. However, the value of Kc cannot
increase indefinitely. The response will remain stable up to a certain value of Kc.
Increasing Kc beyond the stability limit will cause the closed-loop response to become
·------- - - - - - - - U n s t a N < : . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
The following shows the effect of the magnitude of Kc: on the closed loop response of a
first order system to a unit step change in the setpoint.

1.0 .. . .. -- .. "(5rfset·· -- -
I y(t)
Increasing Kp
~
fl.! t, time
Closed loop response of a system under P-Only Control
I Proportional only (P-only) control is suitable when a quick response to a disturbance is

required. P-only control is also suitable when steady-state offsets are unimportant, or
when the process possesses a large integrating process (has a large capacity). Many liquid
I level control loops are under P-only control. If a sustained error is undesirable, integral
action is required to eliminate the offset.
I Proportional+ Integral Control (PI)

Unlike P-only control, proportional+ integral control can dampen out oscillations and
return the process variable to the setpoint. Despite the fact that PI control results in zero
error, the integral action of the controller increases the natural period of the oscillations.
I That is, PI control will take longer to line out (dampen) the process variable than P-only
control. The output of the proportional controller+ integral controller is defined as:
OP(t} = KcE(t} + Kc JE(t}dt (l?)

T;
The integral term serves to bring the error to zero in the control scheme. The more
integral action there is, the slower the response of the controller will be. The integral tenn
continuously moves to eliminate the error. The closed loop response of a process with PI
control and P-only control is shown as follows:
I
©201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14 -17 Aspen Technology, Inc.
\
Sctpoint"'-.,_
·------------··---------·· ---~--------···-----------------······-
Pl Control
y(t)
P-Only Control
t, time
Proportional and Pl Control
The integral time, Ti, is defined as the amount of time required for the controller output to
move an amount equivalent to the error. Because the relationship between T1 and the
control action is reciprocal, increasing T1 will result in less integral action, while
decreasing Ti will result in greater integral action. The integral time should be decreased
(increased integral action) just enough to return the process variable to the setpoint. Any
more action will only serve to lengthen the response time.
PI control is suitable when offsets cannot be tolerated. The majority of controllers in

chemical process plants are under PI control. They combine accuracy (no offset) with a
-----relatively E_1uiGk--i:@spoo.se-time. l:fomever, :the added integral action acts as a destabilizing __ _
force, which may cause oscillations in the system and cause the control system to become
unstable. The larger the integral action the more likely it will become unstable.
Proportional Integral Derivative Control (PID)
If the response of a PI controller to a disturbance is not fast enough, the derivative action
in a PID controller can reduce the natural period of oscillations even further. By
measuring the rate of change in error, the controller can anticipate the direction of the
error and thus respond more quickly than a controller without derivative action. The
output of the proportional+ integral+ derivative controller is defined as:
(18)
I
OP(t)=K,E(t)+ ;, E(t}it+K,T, d!?)
Td is defined as the time required for the proportional action to reach the same level as the
derivative action. It is, in effect, a lead term in the control equation. For a ramped input,
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14 ~ 18 Aspen Technology, Inc.

the proportional only response will be ramped, as well. For the same ramped input the
derivative only response will be constant.
As the slope of the measured error increases to infinity, so does the derivative action.
While a perfect step change with a slope of infinity in either the setpoint or the measured
I process variable is not physically possible, signals which have short rise and fall times
can occur. This adversely affects the output of the derivative term in the control equation,
driving the controller response to saturation.
I Derivative action control is best for processes that have little or no dead times and large
capacities. Processes such as these, having large lags, benefit from the additional
response speed that derivative action provides. While the integral term in Pill control
schemes reduces the error to zero, it also adds a considerable lag to the response
compared to P-only control. It is the derivative action in PID control that shortens the
controller's response to be comparable to the response of a P-only contro11er. However, if
a controller has a very noisy input that cannot be filtered or minimized in the process,
I Pill control is not a suitable control scheme. Derivative action cannot be used in systems
where the PV signal will contain noise.
I
I y(t)
t, time
Pl and PIO Control
Feedfmward Control
Feedforward control may be used in cases for which feedback control cannot effectively
control a process variable. The main disadvantage of feedback control is that the
controller must wait until disturbances upset the process before responding. With
feedforward control, the controller can compensate for disturbances before the process is
affected. Cascade control is useful when measured disturbances significantly affect the
input to a process. On the other hand, feedforward control is useful if there are measured
disturbances that affect the output of the process.

\_
With feedback control, the controller requires information about the controlled process
variable(PV) and the setpoint (SP), in order to determine the value of the desired valve
percent opening (OP%) of the input to the process. In order to determine the value of
OP%, the feedforward controller requires information from two variables: the setpoint of
the process variable (SP) and the disturbance affecting the process. A steady-state process
model is used in the feed.forward controller to determine the value of OP%.
Disturbance
I P,ocm0 I
SP Feedforwanl
Final •
Control Process 1---"i+&e'P-'V'--+
controller
Element
FEEDFORWARD CONTROL
Consider an example of a liquid stream being heated in a steam heat exchanger.
-~ -~====::i==:'\:::::E:'XJ:::t=:=;~
--
F
~--1--~---+-~Contl;nsate
TI
Steam
FFC
Feedforward Control of a Heat Exchanger
It is desired to control the Exit stream temperature, T2, at a certain setpoint, SP, using the
Steam flow as the manipulated variable. However, the process suffers from frequent
changes in the Feed temperature, T1. In order to detennine the value of OP%, the values
of SP and T1 are required by the controller. At steady state, the overall energy balance
relates the steam flow to the disturbance of the process, Ti, and the temperature of stream
Exit, T2:

F,?.-FC,(T, -7;)=0 (19)
where: F:, = the steam flow

= the heat of condensation for steam
F = the flow of stream Exit
Cp = the specific heat of stream Exit
Frcim this process model, the desired value of steam flow into the heat exchanger can be
calculated. The flow of steam must be calculated such that the temperature of stream
Exit, T2, equals the desired temperature, SP. Therefore, Equation 19 becomes:
(20)
In order to calculate the feedforward controller output, a linear relation is assumed to

exist between the steam flow and the valve opening of the steam valve. Therefore, the
final form of the feedforward controller equation is:
(21)
OP(t)= C, F(SP-'./'.)SteamValveSpan
A ' 100%
There are some points to consider in order to successfully implement a feedforward

control system:
El It cannot be implemented if the disturbance is not measurable. If unexpected disturbances

-, enter the process when pure feedforward control is used, no corrective action is taken and
the errors will build up in the system.
r~-J
1:
A fairly accurate model of the system is required.
The feedforward controller contains the reciprocal of the process model. Even if the
LJ process model is accurate, a time delay in the process model implies that a predictor is
required in the feedforward controller. Unfortunately, it is impossible to predict the
nature of disturbances before they occur.
It is important to note that the process variable to be controlled is not measured using
feedforvvard control. There is no way of confirming that the process variable is
attenuating disturbances or maintaining a desired set point. Considering that an accurate
1-1 model of the process is usually not available, that the process or valve dynamics are not
I I
1J accounted for in this control scheme, and that the valve opening percent is not related
linearly to the flow in most dynamic simulation applications, there will probably be an
offset between the actual controlled variable and its desired set point. Therefore, feedback
control is often used in conjunction with feedforward control to eliminate the offset
associated with feedforward-only control.

Feedforward control in Aspen HYSYS® can be implemented using the Spreadsheet

operation. Variables can be imported from the simulation flowsheet. A feedforward
controller can be calculated in the Spreadsheet and the controller output exported to the
main flowsheet. If the operating variable, OP, is a valve in the plant, the desired
controller output calculated by the Spreadsheet should be exported to the Actuator
Desired Position of the valve.
Task 3 - Explore the General Guidelines to implement a

control strategy in Aspen HYSYS
General Guidelines
Effect of Characteristic Process Parameters on Control
The characteristic parameters of a process have a significant effect on how well a

controller is able to attenuate disturbances to the process. In many cases, the process itself
is able to attenuate disturbances and can be used in conjunction with the controller to
achieve better control. The following is a brief discussion outlining the effect of capacity
and dead time on the control strategy of a plant.
Capacity
The ability ofa system to attenuate incoming disturbances is a function of the capacitance
ofa system and the period of the disturbances to the system. Attenuation is defined as:
Attenuation 1
The time constant, 1:, is directly proportional to the capacity of a linear process system.
The higher the capacity (time constant) is in a system, the more easily the system can
attenuate incoming disturbances since the amplitude ratio decreases. The frequency of
incoming disturbances affects the system's ability to attenuate these disturbances. High.-
frequency disturbances are more easily attenuated than low-frequency disturbances.
Note: With capacity-dominated processes (with little or no dead time), P-only control can
achieve much better disturbance rejection. The system itself is able to attenuate
disturbances in the frequency range that the controller cannot. High frequency
disturbances can be handled by the system. Low frequency disturbances are handled best
with the controller.

@I
rzl
Aspen HYS YS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
Dead Time
The dead time has no effect on attenuating disturbances to open loop systems. However,
it does have a significant negative effect on controllability. Dead time in a process system
reduces the amount of gain the controller can implement before encountering instability.
Because the controller is forced to reduce the gain, the process is less able to attenuate
disturbances than the same process without dead time. Tight control is possible only if the
equivalent dead time in the loop is small compared to the shortest time constant of a
disturbance with a significant amplitude.
It is generally more effective to reduce the dead time of a process than increase its
capacity. To reduce dead time:
• Relocate sensor and valves in more strategic locations

• Minimize sensor and valve lags (lags in the control loop act like dead time)
To reduce the lag in a system and therefore reduce the effects of dead time, you can also
modify the controller to reduce the lead tenns to the closed-loop response. This can be
achieved by adding derivative action to a controller. Other model-based controller
methods anticipate disturbances to the system and reduce the effective lag of the control
loop.
Choosing the Correct Controller
You should consider what type of performance criteria is required for the setpoint
variables, and what acceptable limits they must operate within. Generally, an effective
closed loop system is expected to be stable and cause the process variable to ultimately
attain a value equal to the setpoint. The perfonnance of the controller should be a
reasonable compromise between performance and robustness.
A very tightly tuned or aggressive controller gives good performance but is not robust to
process changes. It could go unstable if the process changes too much. A very sluggishly-
tuned controller delivers poor performance but will be very robust. It is not likely to
become unstable.
Some general observations can be made regarding controller selection:
• If an offset can be tolerated, a proportional controller should be used.

• If there is significant noise, or if there is significant dead time and/or a small
capacity in the process, the PI controller should be used.
• If there is no significant noise in the process, and the capacity of the system is
large and there is no dead time, a PID controller may be appropriate.
It is apparent why the PI controller is often the most common controller found in a plant.
There are three possible conditions that a PI controller can handle, whereas the PIO
controller requires a specific set of conditions in order to be used effectively.

Choosing Controller Tuning Parameters

1
The following is a list of general tuning parameters appropriate for various processes •
Keep in mind that there is no single correct way of tuning a controller. The objective of
control is to provide a reasonable compromise between performance and robustness in
the closed loop response.
The following rules are approximate. They will provide you very close to tight control.
You can adjust the tuning parameters further if the closed loop response is not
satisfactory. Tighter control and better performance can be achieved by increasing the
gain. Decreasing the controller gain results in a slower but more stable response.
Generally, proportional control can be considered the principal controller. Integral and
derivative action should be used to trim the proportional response. Therefore, the
controller gain should be tuned first with the integral and derivative actions set to a
minimum, If instability occurs, the controller gain should be adjusted first. Adjustments
to the controller gain should be made gradually.
Typical Controller Tuning Parameters:
System Kc "C (minutes) T tJ (minutes)

Flow .I 0.2 0
L.,evel 10 0
Pressure 2 0
T"emnerature I 20 kl
Flow Control
Since the flow control is fast responding, it can be used effectively as the secondary
controller in a cascade control structure. The non-linearity in the control loop may cause
the control loop to become unstable at different operating conditions. Since flow
measurement is naturally noisy, derivative action is not recommended.
Liquid Pressure Control
The liquid pressure loop is typically very fast. The process is essentially identical to the
liquid flow process except that liquid pressure instead of flow is controlled using the final
control element. The liquid pressure loop can be tuned for Pl control, depending on your
performance requirements.
Liquid Level Control
Liquid level control is essentially a single dominant capacity without dead time. In some
cases, level control is used on processes which are used to attenuate disturbances in the
process. In this case, liquid level control is not as important. Such processes can be
\C20I 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14- 24 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

I
f1'~@ii Aspen HYSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
controlled with a loosely tuned P-only controller. If a liquid level offset cannot be
f'
I-~ tolerated, PI level controllers should be used.
There is some noise associated with the measurement of level in liquid control. If this
noise can be practically minimized, then derivative action can be applied to the controller.
It is recommended that Kc, be specified as 2 and the bias term ( OP:rs) be specified as 50%
I for P-only control. This ensures that the control valve is wide open for a level of75% and
compl~tely shut when the level is 25% for a set point level of 50%. If PI control is
desired, the liquid level controller is typically set to have a gain, Kc, between 2 and 10.
The integral time, T1, should be set between 1 and 5 minutes.
I Gas Pressure Control
Gas pressure control is similar to the liquid level process in that it is capacity dominated
I without dead time. Varying the flow into or out of a vessel controls the vessel pressure.
Because of the capacitive nature of most vessels, the gas pressure process usually has a
small process gain and a slow response. Consequently, a high controller gain can be
I implemented with little chance of instability.
Temperature Control
I PI controllers are widely used in industry, however PID control can be used to improve
the response time if the loop is slow.
Tuning Methods
I An effective means of determining controller tuning parameters is to bring the closed-

loop system to the verge of instability. This is achieved by attaching a P- only controller
and increasing the gain such that the closed-loop response cycles with a constant
I amplitude. At a system's stability margins, two important system parameters, the ultimate
period (Pu) and the ultimate gain (K11), allow the calculation of appropriate proportional
gain~ integral time, and derivative time values.
I ATV Tuning Technique
The ATV (Auto Tuning Variation) teclmique is used for processes which have significant
I dead time. A small limit cycle disturbance is set up between the manipulated variable
(OP%) and the controlled variable (PV). The ATV tuning method is as follows:
• Determine a reasonable value for the OP% valve change (h = fractional change in
valve position).
I • Move valve +h¾.

• Wait until process variable starts moving, and then move valve -2h% .
• When the PV crosses the set point, move the valve position +2h% .
• Continue until a limit cycle is established.
I
Z::·
• Record the amplitude of the response, A, expressed as a fraction of the PV span .
0201 5 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14- 25 Aspen Technology, Inc.

...,. . .. ·········--
'
Conu-oller '
Output. or
I,]!/ \ I \ I
I I \ I
/ Ul!1m:ile Gain
I Kir ~ ~11'(.\ l~aJ Ull11nm,· l'criod: I_
~
/\
P,
"
I
/
\
\
~
I
I
\ I
I "\
\. I \. I Process Variable, PV
t.time
A TV Stability Limit Parameters
The tuning parameters are calculated as follows:
Ec1uation
Tuning Parameter
Ultimate Gain K = ±t!
" 1ta
Ultimate Period P,. = Period taken from limit cycle

Controller Gain x.
Kc = 3.2
Controller T; = 2.2 x P,,

Intee:ral Time
Ziegler- Nichols Tuning Technique
The Ziegler-Nichols2 (Z-N) tuning method is another method which calculates tuning
parameters. The Z-N teclmique was originally developed for electromechanical system
controllers and is based on a more aggressive "quarter amplitude decay" criterion. The Z-
N technique can be used on processes without dead time. The procedure is as follows:
Attach a proportional-only controller (no integral or derivative action).

• Increase the proportional gain until a limit cycle is established in the PV .
The tuning parameters are calculated as follows:

Tuning Paraml'ter Equation

Ultimate Gain K,, = Controller gain that produces limil cycle
Ultimate Period P" = Period taken from limit cycle

Controller Gain K,
K = 2.2
C
Controller T;"" P,/1.2

Inteeral Time
Autotuner
The new autotuner function provides tuning parameters for the PID controller based on
fi
I " 1
0
gain and phase margin design. The autotuner itself can be viewed as another controller
object that has been embedded into the PID controller. The autotuner is based on a relay
00
feedback teclmique and by default incorporates a relay with hysteresis.
The PID controller parameters that are obtained from the autotuner are based on a design
methodology that makes use of a gain margin at a specified phase angle. This design is
quite similar to the regular gain and phase margin methodology except that it is more
accurate since the relay has the ability to determine points in the frequency domain
accurately and quickly. Also, the relay experiment is controlled and does not take a long
time during the tuning cycle.
In the present autotuner implementation, there are five parameters that you must supply:
0.\0$~$1.0
30°$~$65°
Relay hysteresis 0.01%:5:h:5:5.0%
h
Relay amplitude 0.5%$d$10.0%
Note: In the present version of the software there are default values specified for the PID
tuning. Before starting the autotuner, you must ensure that the controller is in the manual
or automatic mode and the process is relatively steady. If you move the cursor over the
tuning parameters field, the Status Bar will display the parameters range.
--c
1 .
'

Parameters
i'. Config1Jratio11 Design Type '§,; PIO )Pl
ii Advanced
i
j Atitoti.mer
I :IMC Design
I I Sck-cduling
Ii Al1:1rrns
Ii PV Conditioning
'j I. Signal Processing,!
!
j FeedFO,<Ward ·-··-····-· ... ---- _ ---- _ _ _ _ ·····-· _ -- ----
I
<
I! Model Tes.ting
j jiriitiali:.:i!ition I
I' Automatically Accept [C'j
I! I [K~- 1,00 '
i
II I [:~--- -------·-----·--··---------
["
.
<empty)
·-·-·-·<empty:>_ i I.
I
. Ji
11
11,]
i
i
, i_L::.-::::::::_:.:::::·
[
--- Delete _....
_ _ _._ _ _J
I L Fat_e,-Plate.•
Setting up a Control Strategy in Aspen HYSYS
This section outlines a possible way to create a control strategy in Aspen HYSYS®. You
should first follow the guidelines outlined in the Dynamic Modelling Manual in Section
1. 4.2 - Moving from Steady State to Dynamics in order to setup a stable dynamic case. In
many cases, an effective control strategy will stabilize the model.
You can install controllers in the simulation case either in Steady State or Dynamic
mode. There are many different ways to setup a control strategy. The following is a brief
outline of some of the more essential items that should be considered when setting up
controllers in Aspen HYSYS®.
1. Select the Controlled Variables in the Plant
Plan a control strategy that is able to achieve an overall plant objective and maintain
stability within the plant. Either design the controllers in the plant according to your own
standards and conventions or model a control strategy from an existing plant. In Aspen
HYSYS®, there are a number of variables which can either be set or controlled manually

I
' ,
in a dynamic simulation case. You should distinguish between variables that do not
change in a plant and those variables which are controlled.
Set variables do not change in the dynamic simulation case. Variables such as
temperature and composition should be set at each flowsheet boundary feed stream. One
pressure/flow specification is usually required for each flowsheet boundary stream in the
simulation case. These are the minimum number of variables required by the simulation
case for a solution.
Reserve these specifications for variables that physically remain constant in a plant. For
example, you can specify the exit pressure of a pressure relief valve since the exit
pressure typically remains constant in a plant.
In some instances, you can vary a set variable such as a stream's temperature,
composition, pressure or flow. To force a specification to behave sinusoidally or ramped,
attach the variable to the Transfer Function operation. A variety of different forcing
I functions and disturbances can be modelled in this manner.
The behaviour of controlled variables is determined by the type of controller and the
tuning parameters associated with the controller. Typically, the number of control valves
I in a plant dictates the possible number of controlled variables. There will be more
variables to control in Dynamic mode than in Steady State mode. For instance, a two-
product column in Steady State mode requires two steady state specifications. The
simulator wilJ manipulate the other variables in the column in order to satisfy the
provided specifications and the column material and energy balances.
The same column in Dynamic mode requires.five specifications. The three new
specifications correspond to the inventory or integrating specifications not fixed in steady
state. The inventory variables include condenser level, reboiler level, and column
pressure.
II Note: A good controller strategy includes the control of both integrating variables and
steady state variables. By maintaining the integrating variables at specified setpoints,
I controllers add stability to the plant. Other controllers maintain the desired steady state
design specifications such as product composition and throughput.
2. Select Controller Structures for Each ControJled Variable
You should choose appropriate controller structures for each controlled variable in the
simulation case.
The controller operations can be added in either Steady State or Dynamic mode.
However, controllers have no effect on the simulation in Steady State mode. You must
specify the following in order to fully define the PID Controller operation.

\
Connections Tab
The Process Variable (PV) can be specified in the Connections tab by clicking the
Select PV button. The controlJer measures the process variable in an attempt to maintain
it at a specified setpoint, SP.
The Operating Variable (OP) can be specified in the Connections tab by clicking the
Select OP button. The output of the controller is a contrOl valve. The output signal, OP,
is the percent opening of the control valve.
The operating variable may be specified as a physical valve in the plant, a material
stream, or an energy stream.
The output of a controller is always a control valve, unless the controller is the
primary controller in a Cascade control setup.
It is possible to have a flow reversal occur in a valve if the pressure drop across the
valve becomes negative. The flow reversal can be avoided by checking the Check
Valve.
02015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14- 30 Aspen Technology, lnc.

Aspen INSYS Dynamics: Introduction to Dynamic Modeling Workshops
Opc-1 .iting Deso iption

\ iu-iahk
Physical Valve tis recommended that a physical valve be used as the operating
ariable for a controller. The controller's output signal, OP, is the
esired actuator position of the physical valve. With this setup, a more
ealistic analysis of the effect of the controller on the process is
ossible. Material flow through the valve is calculated from the
rictional resistance equation of the valve and the surrounding unit
perations. Flow reversal conditions are possible and valve dynamics
a be modelled if a h sical valve is chosen.
Material Stream fa material stream is chosen as an operating variable, the material
stream's flow becomes a P-F specification in the dynamic simulation
case. You must specify the maximum and minimum flow of the
aterial stream by clicking the Control Valve button. The actual flow
I of the material stream is calculated from the formula:
I spen HYSYS varies the flow specification of the material stream

according to the calculated controller output, OP. (Therefore, a non-
ealistic situation may arise in the dynamic case since material flow is
ot de endent on the surroundin conditions.
I Energy Stream [fan energy stream is chosen as an operating variable, you may choose
a Direct Q or a Utility Fluid Duty Source by clicking tbe Control
alve button.
f the Direct Q option is chosen, you must specify the maximum and
I inimum energy flow of the energy stream. The actual energy flow of
he energy stream is calculated similarly to the material flow:
Energy Flow =
~
0
fJ~)(Flowma.< - F/owm!n) + Ff ow min
.
.
f the Utility Fluid option is chosen, you need to specify the maximum
d minimum flow of the utility fluid. The heat flow is then calculated
sing the local overall heat transfer coefficient, the inlet fluid
conditions, and the rocess conditions.
~2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14- 31 Aspen Technology, Inc.

\
Parameters Tab
The action of the controller, the controller's PY range, and the tuning parameters are
specified in the Parameters tab.
A controller's action (direct or reverse) is specified using the Action radio buttons.
A controller's PV span is also specified in the PV Range field. A controller's PV span
must cover the entire range of the process variabl_e the sensor is to measure.
Tuning parameters are specified in the tuning field.
3. Final Control Elements
Set the range on the control valve at roughly twice the steady state flow you are
controlling. This is achieved by sizing the valve as Linear with an opening of 50% at the
Steady State pressure drop and flowrate. If the controller uses a material or energy stream
as an operating variable (OP), the range of the stream's flow can be specified explicitly in
the FCV view of the material or energy stream. This view is displayed by clicking the
Control Valve button in the PIO Controller view.
The final control element can be characterized as a linear, equal percentage, or quick
opening valve. Control valves also have time constants which can be accounted for in
Aspen HYSYS. It is suggested that a linear valve mode be used to characterize the valve
dynamics of final control elements. This causes the actual valve position to move at a
constant rate to the desired valve positions much like an actual valve in a plant. Since the
actual valve position does not move immediately to the OP% set by the controller, the
process is less affected by aggressive controller tuning and may be more stable.
4. Set up Strip Charts

--setting-up ship charts-for-yow model allows Ji6ttto ea.sily-¥iew several T,ariable-s-whlle--
the simulation is running. The procedure for setting up these charts is straightforward.
Enter the Dynamics tab and click Strip Charts. Then select the variables to be included
in the Strip Chart.

Li
rn
~
Objed : Van ab I.. Active
D Alphal Mass Flow W:
""p
8ra~ol Mass Flow
Char!ie1 Mass Fk,w
HP Vap
I Mas; F!ow
''"··"····
D i
""'' "
.I
; flj
I
I
u l. ~
E
I No more than six variables should be active on any given strip chart; having more than
six active variables will make the strip chart difficult to read.
i
I Select the Display button to see the strip chart. Size it as desired. Right click on the plot
and then select Graph Control. There are several tabs in the Strip Chart Configuration
window where you can set:
r-:1 •
L. The numerical ranges of the strip chart for each variable
The nature of the lines for each variable
• How the strip chart updates and plots the data
1·--:
~ Add additional strip charts as desired by going back into the Dynamics tab and clicking
the Strip Charts button.
rI I .
4. Set up the Controller Faceplate,
Click the Faceplate button in the PID Controller view to display the controller's
u faceplate. The faceplate displays the PV, SP, OP, and mode of the controller. Controller
faceplates can be arranged in the Aspen HYSYS® work environment to allow for
monitoring of key process variables and easy access to tuning parameters.
' I
. I
:: _I
\
5. Set up the Integrator
The integration step size can be modified in the Integrator view in the Simulation menu.
If desired, change the integration step size to a smaller interval. The default integration
time step is 0.5 seconds. Reducing the step size will cause the model to run slower, but
during the initial switch from Steady State to Dynamic mode, the smaller step size allows
the system to initialize better and enables close monitoring of the controllers to ensure
that everything was set up properly. A smaller step size also increases the stability of the
model since the solver can more closely follow changes occurring in the plant. Increase
the integration step size to a reasonable value when the simulation case has achieved
some level of stability. Larger step sizes increase the speed of integration and may be
specified if the process can maintain stability.
-o~~:
1
: : ~: ~:,l Optio,, :,:::::oss_i ____ ------------
' '------ --- -- ----- - --- - - --- - - -- - -- --
1 l Iotegrnfoo Time
[I IV.nits - minut~·1
:I ! Currs=nt Tlme 0.0000000 I
,! I A.:::c-eleration 1.0 ]
· 11 i
i_
,~!,~: :_ --------
[Display Int€rvol ------ - ---- - - --
__i:c'.:~":':~:Jl
- - 1.0000
--------+1t- ------- -- --- ---------------'

I; ! Rea-! time factor O50
I I !
I1 I I
,-Ioteqca,tlooS.tep --- --------- ----------------- ---- -,
--------------------------
Units
---------------~----1
seconds [
I
!
iStep Sire
1
o.soooo_ [
!Mir,im1.1m
II ,____IMaximum -·-~·--·-·---------------·20.000J
-- --------- --------- - - ------- --- ------ --------- --- ,
L-------------------- -------- -------- --------·----------·- . ____ J
i
f-__- ~ I

I
7. Fine Tuning of Controllers

Before the Integrator is run, each controller should be turned off and then put back in
manual mode to initialize the controllers. Placing the controllers in manual will default
the set point to the current process variable and allow you to "manually" adjust the valve
% opening of the operating variable.
I If reasonable pressure/flow specifications are set in the dynamic simulation and all the
equipment is properly sized, most process variables should line out after the Integrator is
run. The transition of most unit operations from Steady State to Dynamic mode is very
I smooth. However, controller tuning is critical if the plant simulation is to remain stable.
Dynamic columns, for instance, are not open loop stable like many of the unit operations
in Aspen HYSYS®. Any large disturbances in the column may result in simulation
I instability.
Once the Integrator is running:
•
I Slowly bring the controllers online starting with the ones attached to upstream
unit operations. The control of flow and pressure of upstream unit operations
should be handled initially since these variables have a significant effect on the
stability of downstream unit operations.
I • Concentrate on controlling variables critical to the stability of the unit operation .

Always keep in mind that upstream variables to a unit operation should be
stabilized first. For example, the feed flow to a column should be controlled
initially. Next, try to control the temperature and pressure profile of the column.
I •
Finally, pay attention to the accumulations of the condenser and re boiler and
control those variables.
Start conservatively using low gains and no integral action. Most unit operations
can initially be set to use P-only control. If an offset cannot be tolerated initially,
I •
then integral action should be added.
Trim the controllers using integral or derivative action until satisfactory closed-
loop performance is obtained.
• At this point, you can concentrate on changing the plant to perform as desired. For
I example, the control strategy can be modified to maintain a desired product
composition. If energy considerations are critical to a plant, different control
strategies may be tested to reduce the energy requirements of unit operations.
Stability
It has been shown that the stability of a closed loop process depends on the controller
gain. If the controller gain is increased, the closed loop response is more likely to become
unstable. The controller gain (Kc) input in the PIO Controller operation in Aspen
HYSYS® is a unitless value defined in Equation 23.
(23)
I K =
'
OP%
Ll PV / PV Range

In order to control the process, the controller must interact with the actual process. This is
achieved by using the effective gain, Ke.ff, which is essentially the controller gain with
units. The effective gain is defined as:
K, (Flow,,.= - Flow'";~) (24)

K,,-
PVRange
Note: The process gain has units that are reciprocal to the effective gain.
Note: The stability of the closed-loop response is not only dependent on the controller
gain, Kc, but also on the PY range parameters provided and the maximum flow allowed
by the control valve. Decreasing the PV range increases the effective gain, Keff, and
therefore decreases the stability of the overall closed-loop response. Decreasing the
final control element's flow range decreases the effective gain, Keff, and therefore
increases the stability of the closed-loop response.
It is possible to achieve tight control in a plant and to have the simulation case become
unstable due to modifications in the PY range or Cv values of a final control element.
You should also consider the effect of interactions between the control loops existing in a
plant. Interactions between the control loops change the effective gain of each loop. It is
possible for a control loop that was tuned independently of the other control loops in the
plant to become unstable as soon as it is put into operation with the other loops. It is
therefore useful to design feedback control loops, which minimize the interactions
between the controllers.
References
• Svrcek, W.Y., Mahoney, D.P., and B.R. Young. A Real Time Approach to
Process Controls John Wiley & Sons Ltd, Chichester (2000) p. 125
Ogunnaike, B.A. and W.H. Ray. Process Dynamics, Modeling, and Control
Oxford University Press, New York (1994) p. 531
©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 14 - 36 Aspen Technology, 1nc.

EHY223 HYSYS Dynamics Introduction To Dynamic Modeling

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EHY223 HYSYS Dynamics Introduction To Dynamic Modeling

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

~aspentech

AspenTech Customer Education

Course Number EHY223.088.01

Aspen Technology may provide information regarding possible future product

Dynamic Details Workshop 4-9

Process Modeling Heat Transfer/ Basic Cost Analysis

EHY2102 f---- ~~-_".f:~']' Ul

Aspen Technology may provide information regarding possible

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I-I Aspen Technology, Inc.

Name, company, and position

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 1- 2 Aspen Teclmology, Inc.

At the end of this course you will be able to:

ll Develop the skills and techniques required for creating and

I compressor surge control, distillation column control, and

I Course Agenda - Day 1

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Resenred. l •3 Aspen Technology, Inc.

Course Agenda - Day 2

@aspent~ch ©2015AspenT<:<:hn"ffl!,V,lnc"'llrlghure""'1JCd I 7 ai§}NE

L. Course Agenda - Day 3

9. Dynamic Compressor Surge Analysis in Steady State

~aspentech ©2015 ...spenT<,,:l,nclog.v,Inc.Allngh!oar~ [ E) i§NE

I Appendix A: Pressure Flow Theory

I Appendix B: Basic Control Theory

I - Coffee break mid-afternoon

"Hands-on" learning philosophy

Begin at 8:30 am CT, conclude by 4:30 pm CT

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 1- 6 Aspen Tecimology, Inc.

I ~Jaspentech ©2015A5p~llle<:h/'lol1>gy,lllC A.lleoghi5reseNed I 13 ,¥,3NE

I E-Learning in Aspen HYSYS

:It :a::~ ::J:: 0

(!Jaspentech ~ }015AspenTechm,loyy rnc:.Allro~lrtsmse,v,>d ! H ·r9NE

E-Learning in Aspen HYSYS

!Acid G;;(j.;~ing ..... :·;

®c1$pentech ©20l5ASpenTechnafogy,{ne::.Allrlghl5r"""""'d I 1S ®NE

E-learning in Aspen HYSYS

...~ "'""" --~·"'" - ·- '""' -~-

@aspentech ©llll5As1>enT'"'hmilt>9y,ln<:.Alir19htsr~ I 16, ~NE

I aspenONE Exchange brings together equipment selection

.. "' s·~ ;a ""'Iii """''

lln!le a,~"" <l.'~'l'"<riont {or 1~, <urr,nf !J#O•<O

@aspentech ,i\l 2015 A~penTr.chnolo,;1v, tnr• .O.llr,~l>l3-r-,ved J 17 i>gN E

Find all the new content in aspenONE

~aspentech 1g2015Aspe,0Techn<>logy,Jnc.Allr1ght"re-SeNt!d I 19 §NE

aspenONE is a unified web and mobile environment for:

VS.8 -- aspenONE Drive on Premises

I ~)aspentech ci:;/Ol5A~peoTahnology,ln,:.Allrrght,n.. S<,Nt!d 1 21 ,§NE

I AspenTech Contact Information

Technical Support Hotline

NALA EMEA APAC

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. I - 11 Aspen Technology, Inc.

You will receive an email with a link to the course evaluation,

Course Tide: E.l>-.P1 01 - Aspen Plus. Process Modeilng Name:

Location: ASPEl~TECH-FRANKFURT. GERMANY to download your

Effecti·,e mix ol lecrnres and worksrtops !Selecton~~----vi

~aspentech © 2016 Aspen Technology, Inc. Allrighl:$ r-eserved J 1 d~N E.

Provide a theoretical overview of the Aspen HYSYS

f~)aspentech ,<1 ?.015 Aspen rei:hnol011\I, Inc.. AllrrghlSre,..,....cd I 2 •§NE

Pressure-Flow Solver (1)

The Dynamic Solver in Aspen HYSYS is not the same as the

Three Key Concepts:

Pressure-Flow Solver (2)

P Spec Pressure Node

©2015 AspenTech. All Rights Reserved. 2-2 Aspen Technology, Inc.

:[!:;,_--~i~,::--,s, ~~~:~:9_iD~i~t::i~,;;;;~,: -~ Introduction to